COTISATIONS / MEMBERSHIP 2009

Membres résidant en Belgique par Paypal (contacter roland.houart@skynet.be

(NOVAPEX et les numéros hors série) auparavant) ou par mandat poste international, EN

Membre effectif... 40 € EURO UNIQUEMENT, au nom de M. Marc Alexandre,

M À rue de la Libération, 45, B-6182 Souvret

(Sans le service du bulletin) : (tous frais y afférents à payer lors de l'acquittement)

Personne appartenant à la famille d'un membre

effectif et ayant même résidence 15€ FOREIGN SUBSCRIBERS

; L (NOVAPEX and irregularly published supplements)

Versement à effectuer à la Banque de la Poste, au Single subscription...’ 55 €

n° 000-0974225-54 de M. Marc Alexandre, rue de la

Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret. Payable at Banque de la Poste Belge, Brussels,

re LA account nr 000-0974225-54,

Abonnés résidant à l'étranger e [IBAN: BE42000097422554, BIC: (= SWIFT)

(NOVAPEX et les numéros hors série) BPOTBEB1] of M. Marc Alexandre, rue de la

Cotisation...:..... 222. crus 55 € Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret, Belgium, or by

Versement à effectuer auprès de la Banque de la International Money Order at same address or 58

Poste Belge, Bruxelles, au n° 000-0974225-54 euros With Paypal (contact roland.houart@skynet.be

[IBAN : BE42000097422554 - BIC : = SWIFT) before). Payable IN EURO ONLY. (AII bankcharges to

BPOTBEB1] de M. Marc Alexandre, rue de la be paid by customer)

Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret ou en versant 58 euros

Suivant un accord avec la SIM (Societa Italiana di Malacologia), nos membres européens qui souscrivent

également à cette société pour 2009, peuvent payer leur(s) cotisation(s) à la SBM pour les deux sociétés. Les

membres européens de la SIM peuvent faire de même chez eux.

By common agreement with SIM, our European members who subscribe to that society for 2009 can pay to the

SBM the membership fees for both societies. The European members of the SIM can do the same paying to their

society.

Dans ce cas, vous obtiendrez une réduction de 2 € pour la SIM et de 2 € pour la SBM, soit :

In this way you can have a discount of 2 € for the SIM and of 2 € for the SBM:

SIM (Bol. Malacologico + Notiziario SIM)... € 38,00 SBM (Novapex + Novapex/Société).................…. € 53,00

(Belgian members: € 38,00)

Editeur responsable: R. Houart, St. Jobsstraat, 8, B-3400 Landen (Ezemaal

PRESIDENT HONORAIRE (Æonorary President) e M. R. DUCHAMPS, av. Mozart, 52, 1190 Bruxelles

CONSEIL D'ADMINISTRATION

PRESIDENT + M. R. HOUART, St. Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Landen (Ezemaal) 016.78.86.16

VICE- PRESIDENT + M. C. VILVENS, rue de Hermalle, 113, 4680 Oupeye 04.248.32.25

TRESORIER (Treasurer) + M. M. ALEXANDRE, rue de la Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret 071.46.12.88

SECRETAIRE (Secretary) + Mme A. LANGLEIT, av. Cicéron, 27, bte 92, 1140 Bruxelles 02.726.17.61

BIBLIOTHECAIRE (Librarian) + M. E. MEULEMAN, Sart 32, 4171 Poulseur 04.380 55 16

ADMINISTRATEUR (Manager) ° M. E. WAIENGNIER, rue Camille Wollès, 42, 1030 Bruxelles 02.705.81.80

Internet : http://users.swing.be/sw216502/

e-mail : roland.houart@skynet.be ou vilvens.claude(@skynet.be ou sbm(@advalvas.be

Les articles et textes présentés dans cette revue réflètent l'opinion personnelle de leur(s) auteur(s) et non pas nécessairement celle de la

Société ou de l'éditeur responsable.

Tous droits de reproduction, de traduction et d'adaptation des articles publiés dans ce bulletin, réservés pour tous pays.

All rights of reproduction are reserved with the written permission of the board.

PUBLICATIONS PRECEDENTES/ FORMER PUBLICATIONS:

- Bulletin Mensuel d'Information (1966-1971)

- INFORMATIONS de la Société Belge de Malacologie (1972-1985)

- ARION (1986-1999)

- APEX (1986-1999)

SOCIETE BELGE DE MALACOLOGIE

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

NOVAPEX 11(1): 1-12, 20 mars 2010

New species of Annulariidae (Gastropoda) from the Bahamas

and Dominican Republic

G. Thomas WATTERS

1315 Kinnear Road, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43212 USA

Watters. | (@osu.edu

Glenn DUFFY

5679 Old Ranch Road, Sarasota, Florida 34241 USA

KEY WORDS. Gastropoda, Annulariidae, Bahamas, Dominican Republic.

ABSTRACT. Ten new taxa of Annulariidae are described from the Bahamas and the Dominican

Republic: Abbottella (Abbottella) harpeza n. sp.; À. (4.) mellosa n. sp.; A. (A.) milleacantha n. sp.;

Chondropoma (Chondropoma) marmoreum n.

sp; C. (Wetmorepoma) oculeum n. sp.

Chondropomium hooksi n. sp; C. alyshae n. sp.; C. pumilum n. sp.; Chondropomella elegans n.

sp. from the Dominican Republic; and Opisthosiphon (Opisthosiphona) simpsoni williamsae n.

subsp. from the Bahamas. Chondropomella is removed from the Chondropominae to the

Tudorinae.

INTRODUCTION

The family Annulariidae is one of the largest land

snail families in the world despite its relatively narrow

distribution in the Caribbean region. Many species

have very narrow ranges. Hispaniola, and to a lesser

extent the Bahamas, are areas of particularly high

diversity of these snails. The annulariids of these

islands were covered in detail by Bartsch (1946) and it

seemed that there was little left to be done.

Nevertheless, recent collections there reveal no

apparent end to the diversity of these snaïls — ten new

taxa are described here, most from a fairly narrow

region of the Barahona Peninsula, an area known to

harbor numerous endemics and peculiar taxa.

Repositories

BMNH: The Natural History Museum, London, UK.

GTW: Collection of G. Thomas Watters, Columbus,

Ohio, USA.

OSUM: The Ohio State University Museum of

Biological Diversity, Columbus, Ohio, USA.

UF: Florida Museum of Natural History, Gainesville,

Florida, USA.

SYSTEMATICS

Superfamily LITTORINOIDEA

Family ANNULARIIDAE Henderson & Bartsch,

1920

Subfamily ANNULARIINAE Henderson & Bartsch,

1920

Genus Abbottella Henderson & Bartsch, 1920

Type species Chondropomum moreletianum Crosse,

1873 (by original designation) — Recent, Hispaniola,

Cuba.

Abbottella (Abbottella) harpeza n. sp.

Figs 1-3

Type material. Holotype UF 420731 (5.6 mm

maximum length, including peristome x 7.1 mm

maximum width, including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Isla Beata.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Material Examined. UF 420731, Dominican

Republic, Isla Beata, under leaf mold (holotype), May,

1993, G. Duffy!

Description. Shell small (holotype 5.6 mm maximum

length, including peristome x 7.1 mm maximum

width, including peristome), helicoid, umbilicus wide

(holotype 26% of maximum width), circular, and open

to apex. Nuclear whorls 1 %, scarcely demarcated

from the teleoconch, smooth, prominent. Teleoconch

of 2 *4 whorls, adnate except for immediately behind

the peristome. Suture deeply impressed. Peristome

double (holotype 2.1 mm diameter maximum inner

aperture height x 2.0 mm diameter maximum inner

aperture width; holotype 3.6 mm diameter maximum

outer peristome height x 3.5 mm diameter maximum

outer peristome width, but broken). Outer lip fairly

thick, widely expanded, fluted, perpendicular to the

whorl except posteriorly where it forms a wide

concave auricle adherent to the previous whorl,

ventrally covered with numerous erect, concentric

lamellae. Inner lip exserted, very short. Spiral

sculpture of low, squarish threads (-26 on the final

whorl), every fifth one or so stronger than intervening

threads, becoming stronger and more widely separated

towards the umbilicus. Axial sculpture of closely

spaced, fine lamellae between which are numerous

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

New species of Annulariidae

microscopie lamellae. Intersections of spiral and axial

sculptures produced into sharp, erect denticles, except

in the umbilicus. Suture bounded by numerous

denticles. Background color tan with darker spiral

bands on top of whorls, breaking up into linear spots

on the base and umbilicus. Both sides of outer lip with

bold, radiating brown bands. Operculum multispiral

with obliquely projecting lamella.

Discussion. Abbotïtella harpeza most closely

resembles À. crossei (Pilsbry, 1933). Pilsbry gave

only “Santo Domingo” as the type locality for À.

crossei, referring to the island rather than the city.

Bartsch (1946) identified Pilsbry’s species with

specimens from Samanäa Bay in the northeastern

Dominican Republic. Abbottella harpeza is more

darkly colored than À. crossei and the thorny sculpture

is more pronounced; the denticles are more aligned

with the spiral sculpture than the axial sculpture in À.

harpeza, the opposite 1s true of À. crossei. Species of

Abbottella, including À. crossei, occur along the

northern coast of Hispaniola and easternmost Cuba,

although a few species have not been localized since

their descriptions. This species from Isla Beata and 4.

milleacantha n. sp. from Isla Saona are the only

species known from the southern coast of Hispaniola.

Although known from a single specimen, this species

is sufficiently distinct and geographically isolated to

warrant description.

Etymology. Greek harpeza, a thorny hedge, in

reference to the prickly sculpture of the shell.

Abbottella (Abbottella) mellosa n. sp.

Figs 4-6

Type material. Holotype UF 420729 (6.9 mm

maximum length, including peristome x 7.9 mm

maximum width, including peristome). Paratype

OSUM 32477, from type locality (5.6 mm maximum

length, including peristome x 6.6 mm maximum

width, including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Los Brazos, near

Sosüa.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Material Examined. Dominican Republic, Los

Brazos, near Sosüa, on limestone after rain, April,

2004, A. Bodart & M. Coltro! (holotype, paratype,

GTW 14055a [4 dd])

Description. Shell small (holotype 6.9 mm maximum

length, including peristome x 7.9 mm maximum

width, including peristome), helicoid, umbilicus wide

(holotype 26% of maximum width), elliptical, and

open to apex. Nuclear whorls 1 4, scarcely

demarcated from the teleoconch, smooth, prominent.

Teleoconch of 3 7 whorls, adnate except for

immediately behind the peristome. Suture impressed.

Peristome double (holotype 2.6 mm diameter

maximum inner aperture height x 2.7 mm diameter

maximum inner aperture width; holotype 3.9 mm

diameter maximum outer peristome height x 3.7 mm

diameter maximum outer peristome width). Outer lip

fairly thick, fluted, perpendicular to the whorl at its

base, concave at the apex, widely expanded, barely

adnate to the previous whorl. Inner lip exserted, very

short. Spiral sculpture of feeble threads (-30 on the

final whorl), widely separated, becoming stronger

towards the umbilicus. Axial sculpture of numerous

feeble threads between which are microscopic

lamellae. Spiral and axial sculptures intersect forming

square pits, the junctures produced into very weak

nodules. At the suture the axial sculpture forms

minute cusps. On the holotype every fifth axial or so

forms a peculiar enlarged scale at the suture; this 1s

variable on other specimens examined. Shell honey-

colored, waxy in appearance, with pale tan spots

arranged in a barely discernable spiral pattern. Both

sides of outer lip with radiating brown bands.

Operculum multispiral with obliquely projecting

lamella.

Discussion. Abbottella mellosa is characterized by its

subdued sculpture and waxy appearance: it is probably

the least sculptured of all the Abbottella. Only A.

adolfi (Pfeiffer, 1852) approaches it in this regard.

Abbottella adolfi has not been localized although

Bartsch (1946) described the subspecies peninsularis

from the Samanä Peninsula. Abbottella mellosa differs

in having even finer, almost obsolete sculpture, the

peculiar sutural tufts, and a lighter color.

Etymology. Latin mellosa, honey-colored, in

reference to the color of the shell.

Abbottella (Abbottella) milleacantha n. sp.

Figs 7-9

Type material. Holotype UF 420728 (5.7 mm

maximum length, including peristome x 7.5 mm

width, including peristome). Paratype OSUM 32478,

from type locality (5.5 mm maximum length,

including peristome x 7.8 mm width, including

peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, northeast Isla

Saona.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Material examined. Dominican Republic, northeast

Isla Saona, on limestone rocks, May, 1997, G. Duffy!

(holotype & paratype).

Description. Shell small (holotype 5.7 mm maximum

length, including peristome x 7.5 mm width, including

peristome), helicoid, umbilicus wide (holotype 27% of

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

NOVAPEX 11(1): 1-12, 20 mars 2010

maximum width), circular, and open to apex. Nuclear

whorls 1 4, scarcely demarcated from the teleoconch.

smooth, prominent. Teleoconch of 2 % whorls, adnate

except for immediately behind the peristome. Suture

impressed. Peristome double (holotype 2.8 mm

diameter maximum inner aperture height x 2.5 mm

diameter maximum inner aperture width; holotype 3.9

mm diameter maximum outer peristome height x 3.3

mm diameter maximum outer peristome width). Outer

lip thin, fluted, perpendicular to the whorl, narrow

except where the posterior edge is produced into a

triangular auricle adherent with the previous whorl.

Inner lip exserted, very short. Spiral sculpture of

numerous (-30 on the final whorl) low threads,

becoming stronger and more widely separated towards

the umbilicus. Axial sculpture of closely spaced,

minute, thin, low lamellae between which are

numerous microscopic lamellae. Intersections of spiral

and axial sculptures form erect prickles, strongest on

periphery. Shell straw-colored with occasional

obscure, pale tan spots. Early whorls may have a

brown peripheral band. Operculum multispiral with

obliquely projecting lamella.

Discussion. The uniformly minute, prickly sculpture

and pale coloration is characteristic of this species. It

is most closely related to the Abbottella moreletiana

(Crosse, 1873) group of subspecies centered around

Samanä Bay, particularly À. m. gabriella Bartsch,

1946. It differs in having even finer sculpture, a

smaller umbilicus, and in its geographic isolation. It is

the only Abbottella known from Isla Saona and only

the second species known from southern Hispaniola.

Etymology. Latin mille, thousand + Greek akantha,

thorn, prickle, in reference to the sculpture of the

shell.

Subfamily CHONDROPOMATINAE Henderson &

Bartsch, 1920

Genus Opisthosiphon Dall, 1905

Subgenus Opisthosiphona Henderson & Bartsch,

1920

Type species Cyclostoma moreletianum Petit de la

Saussaye, 1850 (by original designation) — Recent,

Cuba and Bahamas

Opisthosiphon (Opisthosiphona) simpsoni

williamsae n. subsp.

Figs 10-12

Type material. Holotype UF 420736 (10.5 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x 5.5

mm maximum width, including peristome). Paratype

OSUM 32480, Andros Island, 1.3 km E of Andros

airport (11.6 mm maximum length, including

peristome, decollate x 6.2 mm maximum width,

including peristome). Paratype OSUM 32481, Andros

Island, Red Bay settlement, 19.2 km W of Nicolls

Town (9.7 mm maximum length, including peristome,

decollate x 5.2 mm maximum width, including

peristome). Paratype OSUM 32479, Berry Islands,

Chub Cay, east end of airport runway, under rubble

(11.5 mm maximum length, including peristome,

decollate x 6.0 mm maximum width, including

peristome).

Type locality. Bahamas, Andros Island, Twin Lakes

Farm along Fresh Creek.

Material Examined. Bahamas. OSUM 6214. Andros

Island, 1.3 km E of Andros airport. 24 June, 1974.

C.B. Stein et al.! 16 dd (paratype lot) - OSUM 6344,

6355. Andros Island, Twin Lakes Farm along Fresh

Creek. 24, 27 June, 1974. C.B. Stein et al.! 117 dd

(holotype lot) - OSUM 6360. Andros Island, Red Bay

settlement, 19.2 km W of Nicolls Town. 28 June,

1974. C.B. Stein et al.! 28 dd (paratype lot) - OSUM

6327. Andros Island, around blue hole, 23 km S of

Stafford Creek settlement. 23 June, 1974. C.B. Stein

et al.! 38 dd. - OSUM 6369. Andros Island, under

rocks, -67 m from shore, W of Red Bay settlement. 28

June, 1974. C.B. Stein et al.! 1 dd. —- OSUM 6459.

Andros Island, pine forest along road -6 km NW of

Staniard Creek settlement. 26 June, 1974. C.B. Stein

et al.! 55 dd. - OSUM 6133. Andros Island, at airport.

20 June, 1974. C.B. Stein et al.! 1 dd. - GTW 13700a.

Berry Islands, Chub Cay, east end of airport runway,

under rubble. 18 May, 2007. G.T. Watters! 6 dd

(paratype lot).

Distribution. Known from the northern half of

Andros Island and Chub Cay, Berry Islands.

Description. Shell small (holotype 10.5 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x 5.5

mm maximum width, including peristome), pupoid,

decollate as adult, umbilicus narrow but open. Nuclear

whorls 1 4, scarcely demarcated from the teleoconch,

smooth, tan with brown periphery, usually lost when

adult. Non-decollate teleoconch of 4 whorls, adnate

except for immediately behind the peristome. Suture

channeled. Peristome double (holotype 2.7 mm

diameter maximum inner aperture height x 2.3 mm

diameter maximum inner aperture width; holotype 4.1

mm diameter maximum outer peristome height x 3.6

mm diameter maximum outer peristome width). Outer

lip thin, perpendicular to the whorl, narrow to

moderately expanded (wider over the umbilicus),

composed of numerous layers. Inner lip exserted, very

short. Siphon short, recurved dorsally and towards the

previous whorl, its opening facing inward. Spiral

sculpture absent except for weak ribs within the

umbilicus. Axial sculpture of numerous, closely

spaced, low lamellae. At the suture every other

lamella is expanded into a prominent denticle that

partially obscures the suture. Background color

orange-red to gray or pale brown with 7-10 narrow

spiral rows of smudged brown spots, the spots visible

through the shell in the aperture. Operculum

G.T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

New species of Annulariidae

With à paucispiral chondroiïd base

supporting à smaller calcareous plate composed of

short erect lamellae curving from the distal to

proximal border of the opercular whorl, without a

sulcus.

lhe density of the axial lamellae and the width of the

outer lip varies among specimens, as does the strength

of the cusps. The color pattern is nearly always well-

developed and varies from broken spiral bands and

spots to (rarely) solid bands. In some specimens the

earlier whorls are dark brown or purplish.

“rhytidopomine” -

Discussion. Bartsch (1946) named four subspecies of

O. simpsoni: simpsoni s.s. from Riding Point, Grand

Bahama Island; bryanti from Lubbers Quarters off

eastern Great Abaco Island; abacoensis from Matthew

Point, Great Abaco Island; and saccharinus from

Sugar Loaf Cay off northern Great Abaco Island.

These taxa were based on combinations of axial rib

numbers, intensity of color patterns, and width of

outer lip. However, additional examples from

elsewhere on Great Abaco Island complicate Bartsch’s

simple scheme. Specimens vary in sculptural strength,

lip width, and color intensity without any discernable

zoogeographic pattern.

This is also apparent in the Andros Island subspecies

described here where local populations have various

combinations of Bartsch’s shell characters. For

instance, the airport populations have wider lips than

do others, the Twin Lake population has the most

pronounced cusps, the blue hole population has the

most widely spaced axial ribs, etc. While each of these

could be considered a separate subspecies by

Bartsch’s criteria, we believe these to be nothing more

than local variants exhibiting no greater overall

geographic pattern.

Although features such as the width of the lip and

axial rib spacing vary, overall Opisthosiphon simpsoni

williamsae differs from Opisthosiphon simpsoni s.s. in

having consistently more pronounced cusps and in

having a clearly defined color pattern in all

populations. Opisthosiphon simpsoni williamsae is the

first Opisthosiphon recorded from the Berry Islands,

Figures 1-15

which are located just off of northern Andros Island

where this subspecies is also found. It is unusual that

Bartsch did not have any specimens of this subspecies,

particularly as he had specimens of Opisthosiphon

androsensis Pilsbry, 1930, from Stafford Lake within

the range of this subspecies.

Etymology. Named for Margaret “Peggy” Williams

of Tallevast, Florida, USA, in recognition of her years

of assisting both professional and amateur

malacologists alike.

Genus Chondropoma Pfeiffer, 1847

Type species Cyclostoma sagra d’Orbigny, 1842 (by

subsequent designation of Petit de la Saussaye, 1850)

— Recent, Puerto Rico, Cuba, Hispaniola, Bahamas,

Virgin Islands, Turks and Caicos, Cayman Islands,

Swan Island, Guadeloupe.

Subgenus Wetmorepoma Bartsch, 1946

Type species Chondropoma wetmorei Bartsch, 1932

(by original designation) — Recent, Hispaniola.

Chondropoma (Wetmorepoma) oculeum n. sp.

Figs 13-15

Type material. Holotype UF 420737 (9.0 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x 4.6

mm maximum width, including peristome). Paratype

OSUM 32488, Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales

Province, 16 km from intersection of main highway

and road from Cabo Rojo, dry area, under rocks (9.2

mm maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

4.8 mm maximum Width, including peristome).

Paratype BMNH 1996348, Barahona Peninsula,

Pedernales Province, SW part of Sierra de Baoruco,

23 km N of Cabo Rojo (9.0 mm maximum length,

including peristome, decollate x 4.7 mm maximum

width, including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Barahona

Peninsula, Pedernales Province, 14.5 km N of Cabo

Rojo, 500 m, under rocks in red dirt.

1-3. Abbottella harpeza n. sp., Holotype UF 420731, Dominican Republic, Isla Beata, 5.6 mm length;

4-6. À. mellosa n. sp., Holotype UF 420729, Dominican Republic, Los Brazos, near Sosüa, 6.9 mm length;

7-9. À. milleacantha n. sp., Holotype UF 420728, Dominican Republic, NE Isla Saona, 5.7 mm length:

10-12. Opisthosiphon simpsoni williamsae n. subsp. 10-11. Holotype UF 420736, Bahamas, Andros Island, Twin

Lakes Farm along Fresh Creek, 10.5 mm length; 12. Paratype OSUM 32479, Berry Islands, Chub Cay, E end of

airport runway, 11.3 mm length.

13-15. Chondropoma oculeum n. sp. 13. Paratype OSUM 32488, Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales Province, 16

km from intersection of main highway and road from Cabo Rojo, 9.2 mm length; 14-15. Holotype UF 420737,

Dominican Republic, Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales Province, 14.5 km N of Cabo Rojo, 9.0 mm length.

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY NOVAPEX 11(1): 1-12, 20 mars 2010

G.T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

New species of Annulariidae

Distribution. Dominican Republic, southern

Barahona Peninsula.

Material examined. Dominican Republic. Barahona

Peninsula, Pedernales Province, 14.5 km N of Cabo

Rojo, at 500 m, 28 Sept., 1996, G. Duffy! (holotype) -

Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales Province, 16 km from

intersection of main highway and road from Cabo

Rojo, dry area, under rocks, 28 Sept., 1996, G. Duffy!

(paratype) — Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales Province,

SW part of Sierra de Baoruco, 23 km N of Cabo Rojo,

-300 m above sea level, 28 Sept., 1996, G.Duffy!

(paratype).

Description. Shell small (holotype 9.0 mm maximum

length, including peristome, decollate x 4.6 mm

maximum width, including peristome), elongate,

umbilicus narrow but open, decollate as adult, shining.

Nuclear whorls unknown. Teleoconch of -4 4 whorls,

adnate except for immediately behind the peristome.

Suture weakly channeled. Peristome double (holotype

2.7 mm diameter maximum inner aperture height x 1.9

mm diameter maximum inner aperture width:

holotype 3.1 mm diameter maximum outer peristome

height x 2.3 mm diameter maximum outer peristome

width). Outer lip thin, not expanded except for a weak

triangular auricle posteriorly, separate from the

previous whorl. Inner lip very short, exserted. Spiral

sculpture absent. Axial sculpture of low but distinct

raised cords. Axial sculpture produced into minute

cusps at suture. Background golden with tan,

interrupted spiral bands often forming a series of

spots. Operculum paucispiral chondroiïid plate with

fine granular deposit.

Discussion. Bartsch (1946) considered this a

monotypic genus endemic to Isla Beata. This new

species expands the range to the southern tip of the

Barahona Peninsula on the mainland adjacent to Isla

Beata. This is Chondropoma (Wetmorepoma) sp. of

Watters (2006: 29).

This species differs from C. (W.) wetmorei Bartsch,

1932, the only other known species of Wetmorepoma,

in having axial threads over the entire shell (in C.

wetmorei the spire is devoid of axial sculpture),

accompanying sutural cusps (absent in C. wetmorei),

complete lack of spiral threads in the umbilicus

(present in C. wetmorei), and a more subdued color

pattern.

Etymology. Latin oculeus, full of eyes, in reference to

the pattern of spots on the shell.

Subgenus Chondropoma Pfeiffer, 1847

Type species Cyclostoma sagra d’Orbigny, 1842 (by

subsequent designation of Petit de la Saussaye, 1850)

— Recent, Puerto Rico, Cuba, Hispaniola, Bahamas,

Virgin Islands, Turks and Caicos, Cayman Islands,

Swan Island, Guadeloupe.

Chondropoma (Chondropoma) marmoreum n. Sp.

Figs 16-19

Type material. Holotype UF 420735 (18.3 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.9 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype OSUM 32483, Barahona Peninsula,

Pedernales Province, 22.4 km W of Oviedo (15.4 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x 9.2

mm maximum width, including peristome). Paratype

OSUM 32482, Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales

Province, Cabo Falso, under rocks on limestone cliff

(17.8 mm maximum length, including peristome,

decollate x 10.9 mm maximum width, including

peristome). Paratype BMNH 1996347, from type

locality (18.3 mm maximum length, including

peristome, decollate x 9.6 mm maximum width,

including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Barahona

Peninsula, Pedernales Province, along Route 44 ca. 10

km SE of Pedernales.

Distribution. Dominican Republic, southern

Barahona Peninsula.

Material examined. Dominican Republic. Barahona

Peninsula, Pedernales Province, 35 km W of Oviedo,

— 61 m above sea level, 26 Sept., 1996. G. Duffy!

(holotype) - Barahona Peninsula, Pedernales Province,

22.4 km W of Oviedo (paratype) - Barahona

Peninsula, Pedernales Province, Cabo Falso, under

rocks on limestone cliff (paratype).

Description. Shell medium sized (holotype 18.3 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.9 mm maximum width, including peristome),

conical, umbilicus narrow but open, decollate as adult,

shining. Nuclear whorls unknown. Teleoconch of -4

4 whorls, adnate except for immediately behind the

peristome. Suture channeled. Peristome double

(holotype 5.3 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

height x 4.6 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

width; holotype 6.9 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome height x 5.8 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome width). Outer lip thin, moderately expanded

except narrowed at umbilicus, perpendicular to the

whorl, produced into a triangular auricle separate from

the previous whorl. Inner lip very short, largely

adherent to outer lip. Spiral sculpture of numerous

(-36 on final whorl) low threads, becoming stronger

and more widely separated towards the umbilicus.

Axial sculpture of similar threads. Intersections of

spiral and axial sculptures form latticed pattern of

weak beads. Axial threads scarcely produced into

cusps at suture. Shell tan to grey with dark brown

“D”-shaped spots arranged in spiral bands, often

aligned into vague axial stripes. Outer lip white.

Operculum paucispiral chondroid plate with fine

granular deposit.

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

NOVAPEX 11(1): 1-12, 20 mars 2010

Discussion. In overall form and color pattern this

species resembles Chondropoma eyerdami Bartsch,

1946, from the Tiburon Peninsula of Haiti and

Chondropoma brownianum Weïinland, 1880, from Isla

Gonave, Haiti. Both species have stronger sculpture

than C. marmoreum. In addition, Chondropoma

brownianum lacks the double, reflected lip of C.

marmoreum.

Etymology. Latin marmoreus, marbled, in reference

to the color pattern.

Subfamily TUDORINAE Watters, 2006

Genus Chondropomium Henderson & Bartsch, 1920

Type species Chondropoma weinlandi Pfeiffer, 1862

(by original designation) — Recent, Hispaniola.

Chondropomium hooksi n. sp.

Figs 20-23

Type material. Holotype UF 420727 (19.2 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.9 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype OSUM 32486, Peravia Province, 21 km W

of Bani, —-60-90 m above sea level (18.7 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.5 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype BMNH 1996351, Peravia Province, 21 km

W of Bani, -60-90 m above sea level (19.1 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

11.1 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Peravia Province,

Punta Salina, 21 km W of Bani, under rocks on hill.

Distribution. Dominican Republic, southern Peravia

Province.

Material examined. Dominican Republic. Peravia

Province, 21 km W of Bani, -60-90 m above sea

level, 23 Sept., 1996, G. Duffy! (paratypes) — Peravia

Province, Punta Salina, 22 km W of Bani, under rocks

on hill, 23 Sept., 1996, G. Duffy! (holotype).

Description. Shell medium sized (holotype 19.2

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.9 mm maximum width, including peristome),

inflated, umbilicus narrow but open, decollate as

adult. Nuclear whorls unknown. Teleoconch of -4 %4

whorls, adnate except for immediately behind the

peristome. Suture indented. Peristome double

(holotype 2.1 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

height x 2.0 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

width; holotype 5.9 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome height x 5.3 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome width). Outer lip moderately expanded,

narrowest over umbilicus, produced into a small

triangular auricle posteriorly, separate from the

previous whorl. Inner lip flush with outer lip near

umbilicus, very short and exserted elsewhere. Spiral

sculpture of numerous (-36 on final whorl) low

threads. Axial sculpture of similar threads forming a

microscopic latticed pattern. Intersections of sculpture

scarcely enlarged into weak beads. Groups of 3-10

axial threads gathered at suture into fused tufts.

Background pale tan with rows of brown spots, often

smudged or in groups, arranged in spiral patterns.

Spiral pattern continues onto ventral face of outer lip.

Tufts may be white. Operculum paucispiral chondroiïd

plate on which are calcareous lamella flattened and

fused into a concave plate, lacking a sulcus.

Discussion. This species and the next, C. alyshae, are

placed in Chondropomium With reservations. They are

the only species known from the genus with spiral

sculpture outside of the umbilicus, but in overall form

they resemble other Chondropomium, such as C. swifti

(Shuttleworth, 1854), C. heatense (Clench, 1932), and

C. ignotum (Bartsch, 1946). It may be that C. hooksi

and C. alyshae form a separate unnamed genus allied

with Chondropomium.

Chondropomium hooksi differs from C. alyshae

primarily in sculpture. In €. hooksi the sculpture is

finely beaded, whereas in C. alyshae it is serrated. The

axial sculpture forms individual cusps at the suture in

C. alyshae but form fused tufts of 3-10 axials in €.

hooksi. From Chondropoma marmoratum, n. sp., C.

hooksi has much finer sculpture and a pseudolamellate

operculum.

Etymology. Randy Hooks, friend of GD who helped

collect many of the specimens in this paper.

Chondropomium alyshae n. sp.

Figs 24-26

Type material. Holotype UF 420733 (18.7 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.6 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype OSUM 32487, from type locality (17.4 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.0 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype BMNH 1996352, from type locality (20.1

mm maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.5 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Barahona

Province, 12 km S off main highway to Puerto

Alejandro.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Material examined. Dominican Republic. Barahona

Province, 12 km S off main highway to Puerto

Alejandro, 25 September 1996, G. Duffy! (holotype &

paratypes).

Description. Shell medium sized (holotype 18.7 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.6 mm maximum width, including peristome),

G.T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

New species of Annulariidae

inflated, umbilicus narrow but open, decollate as

adult. Nuclear whorls unknown. Teleoconch of 3 *4 - 4

whorls, adnate except for immediately behind the

peristome. Suture indented. Peristome double

(holotype 5.8 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

height x 4.7 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

width; holotype 8.1 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome height x 6.2 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome width). Outer lip moderately expanded,

scalloped, narrowest over umbilicus, produced into a

broad, curved auricle posteriorly, separate from the

previous whorl. Inner lip very short and exserted.

Spiral sculpture of numerous (-30 in the final whorl)

low, narrow, flat, widely-separated threads. Axial

sculpture of very fine threads. Intersections of

sculpture produced into miscroscopic scales forming a

fine serrated surface. Axial threads elongated at suture

into unfused blade-like cusps. Background grayish,

axial threads and cusps white, with spiral rows of tan

chevron-shaped spots. Operculum paucispiral

chondroid plate on which are calcareous lamellae

flattened and fused into a concave plate, lacking a

sulcus.

Discussion. See under Chondropomium hooksi, n. sp.

Etymology. Alysha Duffy, daughter of GD.

Chondropomium pumilum n. sp.

Figs 27-30

Type material. Holotype UF 420734 (15.0 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.3 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype OSUM 32484, Barahona Province,

Figures 16-36

Pedernales Province, 19-32 km N of Cabo Rojo,

-790-900 m above sea level in the Sierra de Bohoruco

(15.9 mm maximum length, including peristome,

decollate x 10.7 mm maximum width, including

peristome). Paratype BMNH 1996350, Barahona

Province, Pedernales Province, 19-32 km N of Cabo

Rojo, —-790-900 m above sea level in the Sierra de

Bohoruco (16.3 mm maximum length, including

peristome, decollate x 10.3 mm maximum width,

including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Barahona

Province, Pedernales Province, 19-32 km N of Cabo

Rojo, under rocks at -500 m.

Distribution. Dominican Republic, Barahona

Province, Pedernales Province, -10-30 km N of Cabo

Rojo, under rocks at -500-900 m.

Material examined. Dominican Republic. Barahona

Province, Pedernales Province, 19-32 km N of Cabo

Rojo, —-790-900 m above sea level in the Sierra de

Bohoruco, 28 Sept., 1996, G. Duffy! (paratypes) —

Barahona Province, 19-32 km N of Cabo Rojo, under

rocks at -500 m, 28 Sept., 1996, G. Duffy! (holotype).

Description. Shell medium sized (holotype 15.0 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

10.3 mm maximum width, including peristome),

conical, umbilicus wide, open, decollate as adult.

Nuclear whorls unknown. Teleoconch of 4 4 - 4%

whorls, adnate except for immediately behind the

peristome. Suture channeled. Peristome double

16-19. Chondropoma marmoreum n. sp. 16-17. Holotype UF 420735, Dominican Republic, Barahona Peninsula,

Pedernales Province, 35 km W of Oviedo, 18.3 mm length; 18. Paratype OSUM 32483, Barahona Peninsula,

Pedernales Province, 14 mi. W of Oviedo, 15.4 mm length; 19. Paratype BMNH 1996347, from type locality,

18.3 mm length.

20-23. C. hooksi n. sp. 20-21. Holotype UF 420727, Dominican Republic, Peravia Province, Punta Salina, 13 mi.

W of Bani, 19.2 mm length; 22. Paratype OSUM 32486, Peravia Province, 21 km W of Bani, 18.7 mm length;

23. Paratype BMNH 1996351, Peravia Province, 21 km W of Bani, 19.1 mm length.

24-26. C. alyshae n. sp. 24-25. Holotype UF 420733, Dominican Republic, Barahona Province, 12 km S off

main highway to Puerto Alejandro, 18.7 mm length; 26. Paratype OSUM 32487, from type locality, 17.4 mm

length.

27-30. C. pumilum n. sp. 27. Paratype OSUM 32484, Barahona Province, Pedernales Province, 19-32 km N of

Cabo Rojo, -790-900 m above sea level in the Sierra de Bohoruco, 15.9 mm length; 28-29. Holotype UF

420734, Dominican Republic, Barahona Province, Pedernales Province, 19-32 km N of Cabo Rojo, under rocks

at —-500 m, 15.0 mm length; 30. Paratype BMNH 1996350, Barahona Province, Pedernales Province, 19-32 km

N of Cabo Rojo, -790-900 m above sea level in the Sierra de Bohoruco, 16.3 mm length.

31. Chondropomella magnifica (Pfeiffer, 1852). GTW 7639a, Dominican Republic, Barrera, 267 m, 26.5 mm

length.

32-36. C. elegans n. sp. 32-33. Holotype UF 420732, Dominican Republic, Independencia Province, — 8 km SW

of Duvergé, Puerto Escondita, -457 m above sea level, 27.2 mm length; 34-35. Paratype OSUM 32485, from

type locality, 30.3 mm length; 36. Paratype BMNH 1996349, from type locality, 24.5 mm length.

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY NOVAPEX 11(1): 1-12, 20 mars 2010

G.T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

New species of Annulariidae

(holotype 5.4 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

height x 4.7 mm diameter maximum inner aperture

width; holotype 7.4 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome height x 6.4 mm diameter maximum outer

peristome width). Outer lip widely expanded, strongly

scalloped on anterior margin, narrowest over

umbilicus, produced into a prominent, concave auricle

posteriorly, separate from the previous whorl. Inner

lip very short and exserted. Spiral sculpture absent

except for a few low, undulating cords in the

umbilicus. Axial sculpture of numerous closely

spaced, thin, low lamellae, occasionally anastomosing.

Axial lamellae shightly elongated at suture into blade-

like cusps. Background tan or brownish purple with

vague narrow, spiral brown bands. Outer lip white.

Operculum paucispiral chondroïd plate on which are

coarse calcareous lamellae fused into a concave plate,

lacking a sulcus; operculum barely fitting in aperture.

Discussion. This species resembles a miniature

Chondropomium nobile (Pfeiffer, 1852) in every

respect. Chondropomium nobile exceeds 27 mm in

length, but C. pumilum attains only -I15 mm.

Chondropomium nobile inhabits the eastern edge of

the Barahona Peninsula whereas €. pumilum inhabits

the western edge.

Etymology. Latin pumilum, dwarfish, in reference to

its relationship to Chondropomium nobile.

Genus : Chondropomella Bartsch, 1932

Type species Cyclostoma magnificum “Sallé”

Pfeiffer, 1852 (by original designation) — Hispaniola

Chondropomella elegans n. sp.

Figs 32-36

Type material. Holotype UF 420732 (27.2 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

19.0 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Paratype OSUM 32485, from type locality (30.3 mm

maximum length, including peristome x 17.9 mm

maximum width, including peristome). Paratype

BMNH 1996349, from type locality (24.5 mm

maximum length, including peristome, decollate x

17.4 mm maximum width, including peristome).

Type locality. Dominican Republic, Independencia

Province, —- 8 km SW of Duvergé, Puerto Escondita,

—457 m above sea level.

Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Material examined. Dominican Republic,

Independencia Province, —- 8 km SW of Duvergé,

Puerto Escondita, -457 m above sea level, 26 Sept.

1996, G. Duffy! (holotype & paratypes).

Description. Shell large (holotype 27.2 mm maximum

length, including peristome, decollate x 19.0 mm

maximum width, including peristome), ovate,

umbilicus narrow but open, may be decollate as adult,

polished. Nuclear whorls 1 2, smooth, but often lost.

Teleoconch of 4 — 5 } whorls, adnate. Suture

indented. Peristome double (holotype 10.4 mm

diameter maximum inner aperture height x 7.9 mm

diameter maximum inner aperture width; holotype

13.6 mm diameter maximum outer peristome height x

11.3 mm diameter maximum outer peristome width,

but broken). Outer lip moderately expanded,

undulating, narrowest over umbilicus, minimally

adherent to the previous whorl, produced into a weak

auricle posteriorly, separate from the previous whorl.

Inner lip adherent to outer lip or barely exserted.

Spiral sculpture limited to weak cords in the

umbilicus. Axial sculpture of closely spaced, very

low, undulating ribs. Background white with axial

brown and tan markings broken up by spiral, colorless

zones. Base spotted. Pattern extends to both sides of

the outer lip. Operculum paucispiral chondroïd plate

on which are calcareous lamellae divided into two

regions: outer half of the spiral with very coarse

lamellae, inner half smoothly fused. The outer edges

of the opercular spiral are raised, not flush with the

previous whorls.

Discussion. Species of Chondropomella Bartsch,

1932, are among the largest of annulariids. They are

rarely seen in collections. Bartsch included two

species in his genus: C. magnifica Pfeiffer, 1852, and

C. platychila Pfeiffer, 1848. Watters (2006) included a

third species, /ncertipoma virile Bartsch, 1946.

The distribution of the three species has been the

subject of speculation. Pfeiffer recorded “insula Haiti”

for the type locality of C. magnifica, collected by the

French explorer August Sallé. Crosse (1890) stated

that Sallé had found the species on rocks at the

entrance to a cave at Barrera, which Bartsch (1946)

further localized in Azua Province about 27 km

southwest of Azua. The specimen illustrated here (Fig.

31)1s from Barrera.

Pfeiffer originally (1847b) misidentified the worn

specimen he would later name C. platychilum as

Cyclostoma latilabris d’Orbigny, 1842, a Cuban

species. In 1848 he renamed the specimen C.

platychilum but was unaware of its origin. Bartsch

(1946) identified a specimen at the U.S. National

Museum (also worn) from Trujin as an example of

Pfeiffer’s C. platychilum. As for Incertipoma virile

Bartsch gave only “Haiti” as the type locality.

No specimen before Bartsch of these three species had

an operculum. But Pfeiffer (1852), in his original

description of €. magnificum, observed “Operc.

Cartilagineum, planum, pallide corneum” suggesting,

as Bartsch noted, a chondropomine operculum. (The

type has not been located and is presumed lost.)

Because of this both Bartsch (1946) and Watters

(2006) placed Chondropomella in the

Chondropominae. However, these species also seem

closely related to the tudorine Chondropomium in

G. T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

NOVAPEX 11(1): 1-12, 20 mars 2010

terms of size, sculpture, and geography. Watters

(2006) noted that some populations of

Chondropomium superbum (Henderson & Simpson,

1902) have pseudolamellate opercula whereas others

do not. The fact that C. elegans has a pseudolamella

places it near Chondropomium. But its obvious

affinities with C. magnificum suggest that both should

be included near Chondropomella. The relevant points

are: the opercula of C. platychilum and €. virilis are

unknown; the operculum of C. magnificum apparently

lacks a pseudolamella (based on a single observation);

and the operculum of C. elegans possesses a

pseudolamella. Apparently Chondropomella, like

Chondropomium, may or may not have a

pseudolamella. Because of this Chondropomella is

herein removed from the Chondropominae and placed

in the Tudorinae near Chondropomium.

Chondropomella was based on species with a sinuous,

widely expanded outer lip adherent to the previous

whorl. The inclusion of C. elegans requires a

reworking of that definition and the recognition of

additional species for inclusion in Chondropomella.

Chondropomella differs from the closely related

Chondropomium in having a widely expanded outer

lip that may or may not be adherent to the earlier

whorl; Chondropomium species have virtually no

expansion to this lip. Otherwise both genera have

similar sculpture and attain a similar large size. The

following two species are removed from

Chondropomium to Chondropomella: Chondropoma

asymmetricum Pilsbry, 1933, from Fond Parisien on

the south shore of Étang Saumâtre in Haïti, originally

described in Chondropoma (Chondropomella) by

Pilsbry but removed from Chondropomella by Watters

(2006), but herein reinstated; and Chondropoma

inaequilabrum Bartsch, 1946, from Mount

Petitchemin on the Tiburon Peninsula of Haiti.

Chondropomella thus contains six species: C.

magnificum, C. platychilum, €. virile, C. elegans, C.

asymmetricum, and C: inaequilabrum.

Chondropomella occupies the valley between Sierra

de Bohoruco and Neïiba Sierra, including the lake

region, spanning the Haiti-Dominican Republic

border.

Chondropomella

magnificum but

elegans is very similar to €.

differs in sculpture. The axial

sculpture of C. elegans consists of very low

undulating ribs; in some places the surface is

completely smooth. The suture is not modified by the

axial ribs. In C. magnificum the axial sculpture is of

minute, narrow, widely separated threads that form

minute cusps at the suture. The color patterns of the

two species are nearly identical. The two species are

separated by —-100 km.

Etymology. Latin e/egans, elegant, in reference to the

impressive color pattern and size of the shell.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors thank Roland Houart and an anonymous

reviewer for significantly improving this contribution,

and Marcus Coltro of Femorale for the gift of

specimens.

REFERENCES

Bartsch, P. 1932. A newly discovered West Indian

mollusk faunula. Proceedings of the U.S. National

Museum 81: 1-12, pls. 1-3.

Bartsch, P. 1946. The operculate land mollusks of the

family Annularidae of the island of Hispaniola

and the Bahama Archipelago. Bulletin of the U.S.

National Museum 192: iv+252pp, 38 pls.

Clench, W.J. 1932. Some land mollusks from Beata

Island, Santo Domingo. Proceedings of the New

England Zoülogical Club 12: 103-107.

Crosse, H. 1873. Diagnoses molluscorum novorum, ex

insula Haïti dicta oriundorum. Journal de

Conchyliologie 21: 352-356.

Crosse, H. 1874. Description de Mollusques terrestres

nouveaux provenant de l’Isle d'Haïti. Journal de

Conchyliologie 22: 82-89.

Dall, W.H. 1905. An arrangement of the American

Cyclostomatidae, with a revision of the

nomenclature. Proceedings of the Malacological

Society of London 6: 208-210.

Henderson, J.B. & Bartsch, P. 1920. A classification

of the American operculate land mollusks of the

family Annulariidae. Proceedings of the U.S.

National Museum 58: 49-82.

Henderson, J.B. & Simpson, C.T. 1902. A new

Haitian Chondropoma. Nautilus 16: 88-89.

Orbigny, A.C.V.D. d’. 1842. Mollusques. In: Historie

physique, politique et naturelle de l'Ile de Cuba.

(Ramon de la Sagra). French edition. 1: 209-264,

pts. 15-17.

Petit de la Saussaye. 1850. Notice sur le genre

Cyclostoma, et catalogue des espèces appartenant à

ce genre. Journal de Conchyliologie 1: 36-55.

Pfeiffer, L. 1847a. Uebersicht aller bekannten Arten

von Cyclostomaceen. Zeitschrift für

Malakozoologie 4: 101-112.

Pfeiffer, L. 1847b. Die gedeckelten Lungenschnecken.

(Helicinacea et Cyclostomacea). In:

Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini

und Chemnitz. Küster edition. Part 19. Installment

64: pp. 25-40, pls. 8, 10, 12-14, 17.

Pfeiffer, L. 1848. Die gedeckelten Lungenschnecken.

(Helicinacea et Cyclostomacea). In:

Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini

und Chemnitz. Küster edition. Part 19. Installment

74: pp. 57-96, pls. 20-25.

Pfeiffer, L. 1852. Monographia pneumonoporum

viventum. T. Fischer: 435 pp.

G.T. WATTERS & G. DUFFY

Pfeiffer, L. 1854. Die gedeckelten Lungenschnecken.

(Helicinacea et Cyclostomacea). Systematisches

Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz

(Küster edition). Part 19. Installment 136: 309-

356, pls. 43-48.

Pfeiffer, L. 1862. Bemerkungen zu den beschribenen

Arten. Malakozoologische Blätter 9: 91-97.

Pilsbry, H.A. 1933. Santo Domingo land mollusks

collected by Daniel C. Pease, 1932, and by A. A.

Olsson, 1916. Proceedings of the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 85: 121-162.

New species of Annulariidae

Shuttleworth, R.J. 1854. Beiträge zur näheren

Kenntniss der Land- und Süsswasser-Mollusken

der Insel Portorico. Mittheilungen der

naturforschenden Gessellschaft in Bern (321-322):

89-103.

Watters, G.T. 2006. The Caribbean land snail family

Annulariidae: À revision of the higher taxa and a

catalog of the species. Backhuys Publishers: 557

PP:

Weinland, D.F. 1880. Zur Molluskenfauna von Haiti.

Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozooligischen

Gesselschaft nebst Nachrichtsblatt 7: 338-378.

P. RYALL & C. VOS

NOVAPEX 11(1): 13-20, 20 mars 2010

Two new species of Turritella (Gastropoda: Turritellidae) from

western Africa

Peter RY ALL

St. Ulrich 16, A-9161 Maria Rain, Osterreich

peterryalll @hotmail.com

Chris VOS

Merellaan 13, 3270 Scherpenheuvel, Belgium

chris.vos(@compagnet.be

KEY WORDS. Cerithoidea, Turritellinae, Turritella nzimaorum sp. nov. Turritella wareni sp.

nov., western Africa, Turritella cochlea Reeve, 1849, Mauritania, Marche-Marchad.

ABSTRACT. Zurritella nzimaorum sp. nov. and Turritella wareni sp. nov. are hereby described

and illustrated. Their habitat ranges are respectively defined as from western Ghana to northern

Angola and from Western Sahara to Gabon. The radula of T. nzimaorum Sp. nov. is presented

whilst the opercula of both new species are illustrated. They are compared to other, similar western

African species.

INTRODUCTION

The family Turritellidae is a relatively small family

with approximately 100 recent species world-wide.

About half of the extant species are endemic to

various parts of Australia (Beesley et al., 1998). Most

of the remaining species inhabit regions off the coasts

of central America (eastern and western) and western

Africa. The latter region was revised by Marche-

Marchad (1960) treating 16 species and two

subspecies (divided over 5 genera), and another 9

species of which the presence in that area is yet to be

confirmed.

Material collected by the MNHN, Paris as well as by

the first author, and examined and compared to type

material previously by A. Warén (SMNH, pers. com.

2" author, 2008), shows that currently undescribed

species occur in the western African region. The

research also indicates a need for a complete

taxonomical revision in order to clear out issues such

as subsequent references to Marche-Marchad’s (1960)

reference to Turritella cochlea Reeve, 1849 which,

after examination, is described here as Turritella

wareni Sp. nov.

Furthermore, species of Turritellidae are usually quite

variable and as a result many synonyms have been

described throughout history. At the same time, there

are several examples of good species with very

restricted distribution areas.

The classification of the family is presently chaotic

[Garrard (1972), Marche-Marchad (1960), Bandel

(2006), and many others applied different analytical

methods based on one or more characteristics] with

numerous genera and subgenera often based on subtle

differences in fossil species, for which there seems to

be little correlation to the soft parts of living species.

It is evident that further study is required to clarify

generic, as well as specific taxonomy of the

Turritellidae family and, until further information is

available, we uncritically use the generic name

Turritella for all species.

Material and Methods.

The two new species are described from specimens

originating from different sources:

° Turritella nzimaorum Sp. nov. is described from

specimens collected by the first author who has

dived and dredged extensively off Ghana for

marine molluscan fauna over the past 30 years.

Comparison is being made with a similar specimen

in the collection of Christfried Schünherr (Luanda,

Angola) which was collected off the coast of

Luanda, Angola.

e Turritella wareni sp. nov. is described from

specimens separated by A. Warén (SMNH) from

material conserved in the MNHN, Paris and by

additional material from both authors’ collections

and the collection of F. Swinnen (Belgium);

material which was trawled off Mauritania,

Western Sahara and northern Senegal.

Abbreviations used

CCS: Collection Christfried Schôünherr, Luanda,

Angola.

CCV: Collection Chris Vos, Scherpenheuvel,

Belgium.

CPR: Collection Peter Ryall, Maria Rain, Austria.

BMNAH (and NMNAH): Natural History Museum,

London, UK.

MNHG: Muséum d'histoire Naturelle, Geneva,

Switzerland.

P. RYALL & C. VOS

Two new species of Turritella

MNHN: Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris,

France

SMNH: Natural History Museum, Stockholm, Sweden

ZMB: Zoologisches Museum, Berlin, Germany

SYSTEMATICS

Family Turrittellidae Lovén, 1847

Subfamily Turritellinae Lovén, 1847

Genus Turritella Lamarck, 1799

lype species Zurbo terebra Linnaeus, 1758

Turritella nzimaorum Sp. nov.

Figs 1 —7; 13 - 15

Type material. Holotype MNHN 22608, 58.3 mm x

18.5 mm (Ex. Coll. P. Ryall).

Paratypes: Paratype 1: MNHN 22609, 64.1 mm x 21.7

mm (Ex. Coll. P. Ryall); paratype 2: Coll. P. Ryall,

54.0 mm x 18.5 mm; paratype 3: Coll. C. Schôünherr

ca. 150 mm

Type locality. Off Takoradi, western Ghana, on a

hard rock bottom covered with fine sand/silt and

rocks.

Examined material.

e 1 shell, collected without animal, 58.3 mm x 18.5

mm, from off Takoradi, Western Ghana, ex. CPR,

deposited at MNHN and designated here as

holotype, coll. nr. MNHN 22608 (Figs 1,2)

e | specimen, live collected, Ghana, off Adjua at ca

40 m, from canoe fishermens' net, January 1983,

64.1 mm x 21.7 mm, ex. CPR, deposited at

MNHN and designated here as paratype 1; coll. nr.

MNHN 22609 (not figured). Radula and

operculum previously examined by A. Warén

(SMNH). (Figs 13-15)

shell, collected without animal, CPR, white

eroded shell. Collected by P. Ryall, by scuba at

20m, under rock in silt, Mudrachmi Bay, Ghana,

January, 1986. 54.0 mm x 18.5 mm (ex-

protoconch). Designated here as paratype 2 (Fig.

e |

Figures 1-12 (Figs 1-3; 8-12: Courtesy of Kenneth Vos)

1-7. Turritella nzimaorum Sp. nov.

e | shell, collected without animal, CCS, ca. 150

mm, diameter ca 50 mm, dredged at about 45 m

deep, off Luanda, Angola. Designated here as

paratype 3. (Fig. 4)

shell, collected without animal, CPR, adult

specimen, heavy shell, apex missing, dredged at

25m on sand and rubble off Mudrachmi Bay,

western Ghana, March, 1989. 66.7 mm x 23.9 mm

e | specimen, live collected, CPR, apex missing;

Ghana, Abokwa Island, dredged on silt in 20 m,

Dec. 1989, 48.9 mm x 16.6 mm

e | shell, collected without animal, CPR, dredged at

20m off the Volta estuary, Ghana, March, 1995,

25.4 mm x 9.7 mm (fragment: adapical whorls

only, ex-protoconch, lower whorls missing)

e 3 shells, collected without animal, CPR, taken at a

depth of 22 to 35 metres off Mudrachmi Bay,

Ghana, 78.3 mm x 23.5 mm; 80.3 mm x 27.4 mm;

80.5 mm x 27.5 mm (Figs 5 — 7).

e 5 shells, examined visually using digital

photography only, Eastern Ghana, off the Volta

estuary, dredged 20 m depth, March 1995,

e |

Distribution range. Currently known from western

Ghana to northern Angola.

Habitat. In silt and sand bottom between rocks and

rubble on hard substrata at depths of 15 to 50 meters.

Dimensions. Average size between 60 mm and 80

mm. Largest specimen examined (paratype 3, CCS)

measures ca. [50 mm.

Description. Shell tall and broadly conical, with flat

whorls. The examined specimens show that the more

apical whorl is broader on the lower end than the

apical diameter of the succeeding one.

Protoconch glassy, and measures approx. 0.5 — 0.7mm

for one and a half whorls when the first keel appears

The adapical whorls, up to a diameter of 8-9 mm, have

a sharp median keel, and a rounded suprasutural ridge.

The whole surface is covered by a very fine spiral

striation. On the lower whorls, the sculpture becomes

coarser and more irregular and a subsutural spiral cord

is added.

1-2. Holotype MNHN 22608, 58.3 mm x 18.5 mm, Off Takoradi, western Ghana; 3. Paratype 2: coll. P. Ryall,

54.0 mm x 18.5 mm, Mudrachmi Bay, Ghana (eroded shell); 4. Paratype 3, coll. C. Schünherr, Off Luanda,

Angola, Ca 150 mm; 5-7. Colour set, coll. P. Ryall, 5. 78.3 mm x 23.5 mm; 6. 80.3 mm x 27.4 mm; 7. 80.5

mm x 27.5 mm

8-12 Turritella wareni sp. nov.

8-9. Holotype MNHN 22611, 55.8 mm x 13.7 mm, off Mauritania, 17°18°N, 16°32’W, plateau continental, N.

O. N'Diago, st. 181, 104m deep; 10. Paratype 1 MNHN 22612, 62.2 mm x 14.5 mm, off Mauritania, 18°36° N,

16°31°W, plateau continental, N. O. N'Diago, st. 118, 96m deep; 11-12. Paratype 2 coll. C. Vos, ref. TUS17,

53.8 mm x 13.2 mm, Cap Barbas, Western Sahara, Trawled by fishermen in 50-60m.

P. RYALL & C. VOS NOVAPEX 11(1): 13-20, 20 mars 2010

P. RYALL & C. Vos

Two new species of Turritella

\t a diameter of 10-12 mm the Kkeels and cords

become nodulous. Later on these become tubercular.

At 10-15 mm diameter, 2 to 4 additional, weaker

spirals appear in the concave interspaces. During this

change the dominance of the two original spirals

reduces. Large specimens have 2 spiral cords above

the median series of knobs and 5 slightly smaller ones

below. The axial sculpture consists of fine growth

lines, slightly stronger than the spiral striation, with a

broad embayment with its deepest part at and just

above the median keel. The basal surface is flat and

sharply demarcated in immature specimens, but

becomes more rounded in larger, more mature

specimens.

The typical colour 1s dark brown below the suture,

becoming lighter at the base of each whorl and on the

subsutural and median knobs. The protoconch is pale

cream to mauve. White and pale brown specimens

have been recorded suggesting some degree of colour

variation (Figs 3, 5 - 7).

Remarks. Adult specimens are very heavy compared

to all other species in this family.

Operculum. Dark brown, stiff, sturdily built, with

more than 15 glossy whorls sculptured by weak

growth lines only. The edge of the coils slightly

overlap the subsequent coil. (Fig. 15).

Radula. taenioglossan, (Figs 13, 14). The middle row

of ventral teeth and the two adjacent rows of lateral

teeth are approximately of the same size and shape.

Detail (Fig. 14) shows that the middle teeth have a

serrated edge.

Etymology. Named after the indigenous Ghanaian

tribe Nzima, who are predominantly fisher folk and

inhabit the western region of Ghana where the species

was first collected.

Comparison. Turritella conspersa Adams & Reeve,

1850 (p. 47) has a single keel on the first six whorls,

but subsequent whorls bear two rounded ridges and

the surface is covered with a uniform striation which

is never nodulose. The operculum also differs by

having a strong sculpture of obliquely radiating,

incremental lines comprising of many clearly visible

granules. 7. aguila Reeve, 1849 was described from

Japan and later considered a synonym of 7. conspersa

by Marche-Marchad (1960: 864). The locality range

of 7. conspersa Adams & Reeve, 1850 is north-west

Africa to Guinea Bissau.

Turritella torulosa Kiener, 1844, which closely

resembles 7. conspersa Adams & Reeve, 1850, has

apical whorls which are less strongly keeled; at a

diameter of 10 mm the whorls have 3 spiral ribs; at 15

Figures 13-17 (courtesy of Anders Warén)

13-15. Turritella nzimaorum sp. nov.

mm 4 ribs. Its operculum has long, radiating bristles

forming a continuation of the incremental ridges. It is

known from Morrocco to Guinea Conakry.

Turritella gemmata Reeve, 1849 (Holotype BMNH

1958.6.11.11), described without mention of locality,

slightly resembles 7. nzimaorum sp. nov. but its apical

whorls are more convex and not as distinctly keeled;

only 2-3 whorls have a single keel (7. candida Reeve,

1849, syntypes BMNH 1958.6.11.12-13, is a

synonym). This species can be recognised by the

sinuate basal part of the peristome. The operculum has

a sculpture of micro tubercles forming the growth

lines. 7. gemmata Reeve, 1849 occurs from

Mauritania to Angola, where it is common intertidal to

a depth of 5m under rocks, often completely buried in

sediment.

Turritella meta Reeve, 1849 was described without

mention of locality, but has been associated with the

west African fauna (Dautzenberg 1910: 75, Marche-

Marchad 1960:867) and as a synonym of 7. gemmata

Reeve, 1849 (Gofas ef al. 1985: 48, fig 16a). The

holotype (BMNH 1904.10.28.124) however seems to

be nearly identical to the western American T. banksii

Reeve, 1849.

Reeve (1849, PI. VII, fig. 34) mentions for T. meta

that it is “Unacquainted to the 7! nebulosa of M.

Kiener” (Kiener, 1844, p. 33; pl. 14, fig. 2) but that he

was tempted to assign this species to it, leaving

reasonable doubt on the true identity of this species.

Among the fossil Turritellidae, Turritella

desmarestina Basterot, 1825, from the Aquitanian

deposits around Bordeaux is similar. It is the type

species of the subgeneric name Peyrotia Cossmann,

SUD

T. desmarestina Basterot, 1825 is well known from

the French and Italian Helvetian (Sacco 1895, pp 18-

21) and Aquitanian (Cossmann & Peyrot, 1921) and

seems to be perhaps the most voluminous Turritella

known with a size of up to 160 x 60 mm.

Turritella wareni sp. nov.

Figs 8 — 12; 16, 17

Type material. Holotype: MNHN 22611, 55.80 mm

x 13.76 mm.

Paratypes: Paratype 1: MNHN 22612, 62.2 mm x 14.5

im; paratype 2 CCViret AUS 1753 8m aus?

mm, paratype 3: CPR, 66.4 mm; paratype 4: SMNH

cat. Nbr. 6105, 46 mm.

Type locality. Off Mauritania, N/O N'Diago, station

181, 17°18'N, 16°32'W, 104 m depth.

13-14. Paratype 1 MNHN 22609, radula; 15. Paratype 1 MNHN 22609, operculum.

16-17. Turritella wareni sp. nov. Holotype MNHN 22611, operculum

(ei

—

[°E

P. RYALL & C. VOS

Two new species of Turritella

Material examined.

collected without animal, from off

Mauritania, 17°18’N, 16°32°W, plateau

continental, N. O. N'Diago, station 181, 104m

deep, B. Richer de Forges coll, 1981. Deposited at

MNHN and designated here as holotype MNHN

22611; 55:87 mm, x: 13,72 /mm(Fiase 8 9)

(protoconch with holotype in separate tube). The

operculum was previously examined by A. Warén

but is no longer available (Figs 16, 17).

| shell,

l shell, collected without animal, from off

Mauritania, 18°36° N, 16°31°W, plateau

continental, N. O. N’Diago campagne 1981,

station 118, 96m deep, Richer de Forgers-

ORSTOM coll. 29/10/1981, Designated here as

paratype 1 MNHN 22612. 62.2 mm x 14.5 mm

(Fig. 10).

| shell, collected without animal, from Cap

Barbas, Western Sahara, trawled by fishermen in

50-60m, May 2001, In collection C. Vos ref.

TUS17 (ex-colll Marthe Bellocq, Spain),

designated here as paratype 2, 53.8 mm x 13.2 mm

(Figs 11, 12).

3 shells, collected without animal, trawled at 50/60

m. off Western Sahara, in collection P. Ryall (ex-

coll. Marthe Bellocq, Spain), 49.3 mm, 51.7 mm

and 66.4 mm. The 66.4 mm specimen :1s

designated here as paratype 3 (not figured).

| shell, collected without animal, from off Cap

Barbas, Western Sahara, trawled by fishermen in

50-60m, May 2001, deposited at SMNH, catalogue

number 6105 (ex-collection C. Vos from coll. M.

Bellocq) and designated here as paratype 4 (not

figured), 46 mm.

| shell, collected without animal, MNHN, Au

large du Cap Blanc, Mauritania, 20° 38° N, 17° 37°

W, prof. 110m, “Leon Coursin”; st. 10, 20-2-1957,

coll. EL Marche-Marchad (which he labelled ‘7.

cochlea', auct.). 29.0 mm x 7.8 mm

1 shell, collected without animal, MNHN, Région

de Dakar (Sénégal), “Gérard Tréca”, 14°49°N,

17°34°W, 150m, 7-1-1958, Coll. Marche-Marchad

(which he labelled as ‘“?Turritella cochlea Reeve

(var ex coloré) “G.T” “ (where “G. T.” stands for

Gérard Tréca, auct.). 37.7 mm x 9.8 mm

3 shells, collected without animal, MNHN, form

off Mauritania, Plateau Continental, N/O N'Diago,

st. 303 19°00’N, 16°42°W, at 120m. B. Richer de

Forges coll. 1981. 20.0 mm x 5.5 mm; 9.2 mm x

2.9 mm; 6.6 mm x 2.3 mm

1 shell, collected without animal, MNHN, from off

Mauritania, Plateau Continental, N.O. N’Diago, St.

354, 19°42°N, 17°01°W, at 98m, B. Richer de

Forges coll., 1981. 43.8 mm x 11.5 mm

1 shell, collected without animal, MNHN, from off

Gabon, Golfe de Guinée, Calypso, 1950, 0°25°N,

9°00’E, at 73m. 27.7 mm x 7.8 mm.

1 shell, collected without animal, MNEN,

Président Th. Tissier (1936), St. 691, 20°34N,

17°47°W, at 90m. 35.7 mm x 10.0 mm

e | shell, collected without animal, MNHN, from off

Mauritania, Plateau Continental, N/O N'Diago, st.

173, 17°12°N, 16°32°W, 106m, B. Richer de

Forges coll. 1981, 52.7 mm x 12.9 mm.

e 1 shell, collected without animal, MNHN, Région

de Dakar (Sénégal), “Tenace”-dragage 2,

14°50’01”N, 17°29°03”W, at 150m, 15-3-1967,

Coll. Marche-Marchad. 30.6 mm x 8.7 mm

e | shell, collected without animal, MNHN, from off

Mauritania, Plateau Continental, N/O N'Diago, st.

176, 17°12°N, 16°41°’W, 170m, B. Richer de

Forges coll. 1981, 26.5 mm x 7.2 mm.

e 2 shells, collected without animal, MNHN, Région

de Dakar (Sénégal), “Gérard Tréca”, Dans le nord

vrai des Almadies, 14°51’5"N, 17°30°W, at 165-

180m, 18-02-1958. Coll. Marche-Marchad. 26.3

mm x 7.2 mm ; 27.5 mm x 7.1 mm

e | shell, collected without animal, MNAN, I.

Marche-Marchad, 1960, Bull. LF.A.N. t XXIL

sér. À, n° 3, p. 860, Fig. 12, Baie de Gorée. At

IS0m. Determined and figured by I. Marche-

Marchad as Archimediella cochlea Reeve. 34.5

mm x 9.0 mm,

e 2 shells, collected without animal, CPR, dredged —

80 m. off Cayar, Senegal, 46.3 mm & 45.8 mm

e | shell, collected without animal, Coll. Frank

Swinnen (Lommel, Belgium), from off Mauritania,

from fishermen. 51.3 mm x 11.7 mm

e 2 shells, collected without animal, Coll. Frank

Swinnen (Lommel, Belgium), from off Ad Dakhla,

Western Sahara, dredged 60-80m deep, 43.9 mm x

11.2 mm; 80.5 mm x 11.6 mm

Distribution range. Known from Western Sahara to

the Gulf of Guinea, Gabon.

Habitat. From the examined material it is concluded

that this species lives at depths of 80 — 150 m, where it

lives in sand and mud.

Dimensions. Average size of the examined material

around 35 mm. Largest examined specimen (Coll. F.

Swinnen) measures 80.5 mm.

Description. Shell tall, slender, strongly bicarinate,

mottled with axial brownish blotches, more distinct

where they cross the keels. Protoconch partly crushed

in the best preseved specimen, but it seems to have

consisted of 1.5 whorls. The first teleoconch whorl has

a single strong keel, on the third whorl appears a much

weaker spiral cord below this, plus a few still weaker

spiral lines. The seventh whorl, diameter 2.0 mm,

starts to appear bicarinate, with a more prominent

apical keel. At the 13th whorl, the keels are of about

the same size and the holotype has 20 whorls. The

surface of the whorls is covered by a rather uniform

sculpture of ca. 40 spiral striae, covering also the two

main keels. There is also a microsculpture of about 5-

8 much finer lines for each striae. The axial sculpture

P. RYALL & C. VOS

consists of weak incremental lines and more scattered

scars. The outer lip is shallowly sinuated with its

deepest part situated between the two keels.

Operculum. The operculum of the holotype was

examined and used for SEM photography (Figs 16,

17), though is no longer available. It had numerous

coils with uneven, fringed edges partly overlapping

the subsequent whorl and was sculptured with radial

rows of small spines (detail Fig. 17).

Etymology. Named after Anders Warén, Senior

Curator of Mollusca at the Swedish Museum of

Natural History, Stockholm - who first drew our

attention to this unnamed species - in appreciation for

the enormous support and preliminary research to this

description, support to the authors and in honour of his

elaborate knowledge and experience with the

Turritellidae family.

Remarks. Marche-Marchad (1958: 16; 1960: 860)

used the name 7. cochlea Reeve, 1849 for this species.

The original labels show that he was unsure of the

determination, as the names are mostly put between

quotes.

Reeve (1849, PI. VII, species 29; holotype and 2

paratypes in NHM, London) described 7. cochlea

without mention of locality. The name T. cochlea was

later on correctly used by Bosch et al. (1995: 58) for a

species living off eastern Arabia.

Turritella aurocincta Martens, 1882, (syntypes ZMB,

examined from photographs) was mentioned as a

synonym by Bosch et al. (1995) but has no relation to

T. cochlea Reeve, 1849. It is considered a junior

synonym of Turritella cingulifera Sowerby, 1825, the

most common and widely distributed of the Indo-

Pacific Turritellidae. T cochlea Reeve, 1849 is similar

to T. wareni sp.nov., but in addition to living in a

distinctly different area, its spiral keels are already of

the same size at a diameter of less than 1 mm.

Turritella bicingulata Lamarck, 1822 (3 syntypes in

MHNG reg. no. 1097, examined on photographs) is a

much more sturdy built species with a more reddish

coloured shell with fewer whorls and of which the

keels are much less prominent and dominating. It was

described (Lamarck, 1822: 58) without mention of

locality and currently considered to be restricted to the

Cape Verde Islands.

The apical whorls of T. wareni sp. nov. show most

resemblance in style to Turritella annulata Kiener,

1843, but that species has a less strong bicarinate shell

and coarser secondary sculpture. T. annulata occurs

from Dakar in Senegal to southern Angola (Marche-

Marchad, 1960).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We wish to express our gratitude (in no particular

order) to:

NOVAPEX 11(1): 13-20, 20 mars 2010

Anders Warén (SMNH, Sweden) for the enormous

amount of work done preceding this article, re-reading

and Joan of his extensive documentation on

Turritellidae. Philippe Bouchet, Rudo Von Cosel,

Virginie Héros (MNHN, Paris), for the loan of a large

amount of material, re-reading and access to vital

information and type material. Yves Finet (MNHG,

Geneva) for access to type material (during the

preliminary research by A. Warén). Kathie M. Way

(NHM, London) for access to type material (during

the preliminary research by A. Warén). Christfried

Schôünherr (Luanda, Angola) for the loan of

specimens. Marthe Bellocq (Marbella, Spain) for

assistance with specimens of 7. wareni sp. nov.

The authors would also like to thank master Kenneth

Vos (Scherpenheuvel, Belgium) for the photography

of the type material and some of the material from the

second author’s collection.

REFERENCES

Adams, A. & Reeve, L. A. 1850. The zoology of the

voyage of H.M.S. Samarang under the command

of Captain Sir Edward Belcher … during the years

1843-1846; Reeve, Benham, and Reeve, King

William Street Strand, 1848. Vol. [. [1], xxxix, [1],

358, 2, 8 p., [27] leaves of plates; Vol. IL. [1], [2],

574, [2] p., [S] leaves of plates.

Bandel, K. 2006. Families of the Cerithioidea and

related superfamilies (Paleo-Caenogastropoda;

mollusca) from the Triassic to the Recent

characterized by protoconch morphology —

including the description of new taxa.

Paläontologie, Stratigraphie, Fazies (14),

Freiberger Forschungshefte, C 511: 59-138.

Beesley, P. L., Ross, G. J. B. & Wells, A. eds. 1998

[January]: Mollusca: the southern synthesis.

Fauna of Australia, 5. Melbourne, CSIRO. Part A:

xvVi + 563 pp; Part B: viii + 565-1234 pp.

Bosch, D.T., Dance, P., Moolenbeek, R. & Oliver,

P.G. 1995. Seashells of eastern Arabia. Motivate

Publishing, Dubai, 296 pp.

Cossmann, M. & Peyrot, A. 1921. Conchologie

néogénique de la Bassin de l'Aquitaine. 3. Bulletin

de la Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux 73: pp. 1-

2211

Dautzenberg P. 1910. Contribution 4 la faune

Malacologique de l’ Afrique occidentale. Actes

Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux, pp. 1-174.

Garrard, T. A. 1972. A Revision of Australian Recent

and Tertiary Turritellidae (Gastropoda : Mollusca).

Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia

2(3): 267-338.

Gofas, S., Pinto Afonso, J. & Brandao, M. 1985.

Coquillages et Mollusques d'Angola. Universidade

Agosthino Neto, Luanda, 144 pp.

Kiener, L. C. 1844. Species général et iconographie

des coquilles vivantes. Paris. 10. Turritella, 46 pp.,

12 plates.

P. RYALL & C. VOS

Lamarck, J. B. de Monet, Chevalier de 1799,

Mémoires de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de

Paris. Paris, Baudoin, Imprimeur du Corps

législatif et de l'Institut national, place du

Carrousel, n" 662. Prairial, AN VII, 171 pp., 10 pl.

Lamarck, J. B. de Monet, Chevalier de 1822. Histoire

Naturelles des Animaux sans Vertèbres, Tome

septième, Paris, Chez l’auteur, Au jardin du Roi,

Aout, 1822, De L’imprimerie de Guiraudet, Rue

St.-Honoré, n°. 515, vis-à-vis St.-Roch., pp. 711.

Marche-Marchad, [. 1958. Nouveau catalogue de la

collection des mollusques testacés marins de

Two new species of Turritella

l'LF.A.N. Bulletin de l'Institut Français d'Afrique

Noire Ser. À 20(14): 1-64.

Marche-Marchad, I. 1960. Les Turritellidae de

l'Afrique Occidentale (Gasteropodes

Prosobranches marins). Bulletin de l'Institut

Français d'Afrique Noire Ser. À 22: 853-883.

Reeve, L. A. 1849. Monograph of the genus

Turritella. Conchologia Iconica 5, Reeve,

Benham and Reeve, King William Street Strand,

London, 11 pl.

R. HOUART

NOVAPEX 11(1): 21-27, 20 mars 2010

A remarkable new species of Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong, 1951

(Gastropoda: Muricidae: Ocenebrinae)

from the Gulf of California

Roland HOUART

Research Associate, Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique

rue Vautier, 29, 1000 Bruxelles, Belgium.

roland.houart(@skynet.be

KEY WORDS. Gastropoda, Muricidae, Gulf of California, Zacatrophon, new species.

ABSTRACT. Zacatrophon skoglundae n.sp. is described from the Gulf of California and

compared with Zacatrophon beebei (Hertlein & Strong, 1948), Austrotrophon cerrosensis (Dall,

1891) and À. catalinensis (Oldroyd, 1927). The radula characters are 1llustrated for Forreria

Jousseaume, 1880, Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong, 1951 and Austrotrophon Dall, 1902. The three

genera are included in Ocenebrinae Cossmann, 1903.

RESUME. Zacatrophon skoglundae n.sp. est décrit du Golfe de Californie et est comparé à

Zacatrophon beebei (Hertlein & Strong, 1948), Austrotrophon cerrosensis (Dall, 1891) et À.

catalinensis (Oldroyd, 1927). Les caractéristiques de la radula sont illustrées pour Forreria

Jousseaume, 1880, Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong, 1951 et Austrotrophon Dall, 1902. Les trois

genres sont inclus dans les Ocenebrinae Cossmann, 1903.

INTRODUCTION

The new species described herein was previously

published as Forreria (Zacatrophon) beebei (Hertlein

& Strong, 1948) by Myers & Hertz (1990). After a

careful study of many specimens and comparison with

the type species of Zacatrophon, it turned out to be a

new species.

Repository

ANSP: Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,

U:S:A:

CAS: California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,

USA.

IRSNB: Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de

Belgique, Bruxelles, Belgium.

MNHN: Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris,

France.

SBMNH: Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History,

California, U.S.A.

USNM: National Museum of Natural History,

Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

CS: coll. Carol Skoglund

DP: coll. Don Pisor

RH: coll. Roland Houart

Other abbreviations

IP: Infrasutural primary cord (primary cord

on subsutural ramp)

BIT Shoulder cord

P2-P3 : Primary cords of the convex part of the

teleoconch whorl

SYSTEMATICS

Family MURICIDAE Rafinesque, 1815

Subfamily OCENEBRINAE Cossmann, 1903

Genus Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong, 1951

Type species by original designation:

(Zacatrophon) beebei Hertlein & Strong,

Recent, Gulf of California.

Trophon

1948,

Zacatrophon skoglundae n. sp.

Figs 1-6

Material examined. The holotype and 12 paratypes

from the Skoglund Collection were examined and

distributed to the following museums and private

collections:

Holotype SBMNH 423912.

Paratypes: 1 ANSP 423438; 1 CAS CASIZ 182027; 1

IRSNB IG 31.468/MT2241; 1 MNHN 22716;

SBMNH 423913; 1 USNM 1133478; 2 RH (no

registration number) (all from the type locality); 4 CS

(no registration number), from three miles SE of

Punta San Antonio, Sonora, Mexico. Dredged, 60 to

90 m, by Paul & Carol Skoglund Nov. 1982

Type locality. Gulf of California, Baja California Sur,

Mexico, brought in San Juanico by shrimpers.

Other material examined. Zacatrophon skoglundae

n.sp.: Gulf of California, Baja California Sur, Mexico,

San Juanico taken by shrimpers (4 specimens, 54 to

70.5 mm in length, CS); Near Loreto, Baja California

Sur, Mexico (1 specimen, 64 mm in length, CS).

Zacatrophon beebeï: Gulf of California (1); Cabo San

Lucas, Gulf of California (1); Ceralbo Island, West

R. HOUARI

A remarkable new species of Zacatrophon

Mexico (24°18'51"N; 109°55'30"W) (2) (all coll. RH);

Cabo San Lucas, Gulf of California, dredged 46 m (5)

(coll. CS) (Figs 7-13):

tustrotrophon cerrosensis: Gulf of California (1)

(coll. RH); Off Cedros Island, Baja California (3)

(coll. CS) (Figs 14-16).

Austrotrophon catalinensis: San Pedro, California (1)

(coll. RH); Catalina Island, California (1); Baja

California, 27°28.3' N, 114°57.0'W, 110 m (1); Off

San Diego, California, 77 m (1) (all coll. DP) (Figs

17-18).

Austrotrophon sp. Off NW Isla Smith, Bahia de Los

Angeles, Baja California, Mexico, dredged 183 m

(CS) [as Trophon (Austrotrophon) cf. cerrosensis in

Skoglund (1988: 115, Fig. 10)] (Figs 19-20).

Description. Shell large for the genus, up to 72 mm in

length at maturity, length/width ratio 1.7-2.2:1.

Slender, elongate, narrow, lightly built. Subsutural

ramp broad, tabulate, weakly convex.

Creamy-white, light tan or tan. Flat lamellae of last

teleoconch whorl usually weakly darker colored.

Lighter coloured spiral band at adapical extremity of

siphonal canal. Aperture glossy white.

Spire high, up to 5 or 5.5 narrow, strongly shouldered,

spinose, loosely coiled whorls. Suture deeply

excavated, strongly impressed. Protoconch unknown,

broken in all examined specimens. Axial sculpture of

teleoconch whorls consisting of low, broad, flattened

lamellae, more strongly developed at shoulder,

producing short or long, broad, flat, guttered, spinelike

projections. First teleoconch whorl eroded in all

examined specimens; second whorl with 10 or 11 ribs

with small, broad, shoulder spinelets; third whorl with

9 or 10 flat, almost undistinguishable ribs with flat,

open spinelets at shoulder; fourth whorl with 8-10 flat

lamellae, producing short or long, flat spinelets at

shoulder; last whorl with 7-10 low, flat, axial

lamellae, generally ending as long, upward curved,

flat, guttered, open, spinelike projections at shoulder.

Spiral sculpture consisting of PI, and when present, of

very low, almost undistinguishable P2 and P3 on

second and third whorl. Other whorls smooth or with

very low, broad, concentrated, spiral cords, extending

also on siphonal canal. Subsutural ramp smooth,

except axial lamellae.

Figures 1-16

1-6. Zacatrophon skoglundae n.sp.

Aperture large, broad, rounded, with adapical portion

starting at base of preceding whorl. Columellar lip

broad, entirely smooth, rim completely adherent.

Outer lip smooth, with smooth surface within.

Siphonal canal long, broad, straight or weakly dorsally

curved, broadly open, with low axial lamellae over

whole length.

Operculum and radula unknown.

Remarks. Compared to Zacatrophon beebei (Figs 7-

13, 21-23), the only other representative of the genus,

Z. skoglundae n.sp. has broader, fewer, and more

strongly developed, flat, shoulder spines (8-10 vs 10-

15 in Z becbei), less convex teleoconch whorls,

especially remarkable at the last whorl, and more

strongly developed axial lamellae. The new species

apparently also reach a larger size.

Zacatrophon skoglundae n. sp. differs from

Austrotrophon cerrosensis (Figs 14-16, 24-26) and 4.

catalinensis (Figs 17-18, 27-29, two species assigned

to Austrotrophon Dall, 1902, a related genus, in

having the typical loosely coiled teleoconch whorls

with deeply impressed suture, and a tabulate

subsutural ramp, typical features of Zacatrophon.

Moreover, it also differs from À. cerrosensis in the

absence of obvious spiral sculpture, in the more

numerous axial lamellae (8-10 vs 6-8) and in the

strongly upward curved and flatter shoulder spines.

From À. catfalinensis it also differs in the more

numerous and less developed axial lamellae, more

strongly upward curved, less developed spines, and

comparatively smaller size.

Etymology. I am very pleased to name that species for

Carol Skoglund who kindly put many of her

specimens at my disposal for study.

Discussion. Zacatrophon, Austrotrophon, Forreria

and the species related to these taxa were the subject

of several different assignations:

- Hinds (1844: 127) described Murex belcheri. It was

assigned to Forreria by Jousseaume (1880: 335).

- Dall (1891: 181) described 7rophon cerrosensis and

assigned it later to Austrotrophon as Trophon

(Austrotrophon) cerrosensis (Dall, 1902: 549).

1-3. Gulf of California, Baja California Sur, Mexico, brought in San Juanico by shrimpers Holotype SBMNH

423912, 72 mm; 4-5. paratype, same locality, MNHN 22716, 41.8 mm, 6. paratype, same locality, USNM

1133478, 41.6 mm

7-13. Zacatrophon beebei (Hertlein & Strong, 1948)

7-9. Cabo San Lucas, Gulf of California, dredged 46 m, (CS), 47.5 mm; 10-11. Ceralbo Island, West Mexico

(24°18'51"N; 109°55'30"W), (RH), 40.9 mm; 12. Protoconch (CS), scale bar 0.5 mm; 13. Operculum (CS),

scale bar 2 mm.

14-16. Austrotrophon cerrosensis (Dall, 1891)

14-15. Off Cedros Island, Baja California, (CS), 35 mm; 16. Gulf of California, (RH), 52.2 mm.

R. HOUART NOVAPEX 11(1}): 21-27, 20 mars 2010

;

KR. Hi

Oldroyd (1927 29) described

Trophon

(Austrotrophon) catalinensis from San Pedro,

Calhtornia

- Hertlein & Strong (1948: 79) described 7rophon

beebei. Three years later they proposed Zacatrophon

À remarkable new species of Zacatrophon

as subgenus of 7rophon Montfort, 1810 for 7rophon

(Zacatrophon) beebei (Hertlein & Strong, 1951: 86).

- Keen (1971: 537) included Zacatrophon and

Austrotrophon in Trophoninae as subgenera of

Trophon. The genus Forreria Was not discussed.

Figures 17-20

17-18. Austrotrophon catalinensis (Oldroyd, 1927)

17. San Pedro, California, (RH), 80.2 mm; 18. Catalina Island, California, (DP), 56.9 mm.

19-20. Austrotrophon sp. OffNW Isla Smith, Bahia de Los Angeles, Baja California, Mexico, 183 m, (CS),

36.9 mm.

- Abbott (1974) included Forreria in Rapaninae

(1974: 171) and Zacatrophon and Austrotrophon in

Trophoninae, as subgenera of 7rophon (1974: 191).

- Radwin & D'Attilio (1976: 176) listed all these taxa

in Thaïdidae.

- Vaught (1989: 45) listed these taxa in Rapaninae.

- Myers & Hertz (1990) illustrated radula and

operculum characters of Zacatrophon and included the

three taxa in Thaidinae. They also considered

Zacatrophon and Austrotrophon as subgenera of

Forreria notwithstanding the strong labral tooth in the

Figures 21-28. SEM of radulae

latter, absent in Zacatrophon and Austrotrophon.

- Kool (1993) illustrated shell, operculum and radula

characters of Forreria (1993: 164, fig. ID; 228, fig.

26) and noted that phylogenetic analysis revealed

close relationship among Ocenebrinae Cossmann,

1903 and Forreria, and excluded it from Rapaninae.

- McLean (1996: 82) followed Kool (1993) and placed

Austrotrophon in Ocenebrinae.

- Vokes (1996: 6) Also included Austrotrophon and

Zacatrophon in Ocenebrinae but retained both as

subgenera of Forreria.

21-23. Zacatrophon beebei (Hertlein & Strong, 1948), Mexico, Sonora, Guaymas, 27°52'12" N, 110°50'60" W,

SBMNH 93431 (scale bars: 100 um).

24-26. Austrotrophon cerrosensis (Dall, 1891), Mexico Baja California, Bahia Sebastian Vizcaino; dredged

Latitude: 28°26'30" N, 114°35'60" W, SBMNH 93378 (scale bars: 24-25: 100 pm; 26: 200 pm).

27-28. A. catalinensis (Oldroyd, 1927), California, Los Angeles County, San Pedro Bay, 33°40'40" N,

118°17'32" W, SBMNH 100258 (scale bars: 27: 100 pm; 28: 200 um).

NOVAPEX 11(1): 21-27, 20 mars 2010

R. HOUART

R. HOUAR1I

A remarkable new species of Zacatrophon

he radula of Zacatrophon, Austrotrophon and

Forreria (Figs 21-32) is closely related to

Ocenebrinae, having the rachidian tooth with a

projecting central cusp, a long lateral cusp with inner

and outer lateral denticles on base, several marginal

cusps and an obvious marginal cusp, as seen in

Ocenebra Gray, 1847 (Figs 33-34) and Nucella

Rüding, 1798 (Figs 35-36).

Due to close relationship of shell, operculum and

radula characters in Ocenebra, Nucella, Forreria,

Zacatrophon and Austrotrophon (except the presence

of a labral tooth in Forreria), I will also follow Kool

(1993) and McLean (1996) and group all these taxa as

separate genera Within Ocenebrinae.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

[ am very grateful to Carol Skoglund, Phoenix,

Arizona, U.S.A for the loan and gift of many

specimens from her collection, and for the correction

of the first draft of this paper. I am also most indebted

to Henry W. Chaney and to Daniel Geiger, Santa

Barbara Museum of Natural History, California,

U.S.A., for extracting the radulae and for the Scanning

Electron Microscope photographs of Zacatrophon,

Austrotrophon and Forreria, and to Anders Warén

(Natural History Museum, Stockholm, Sweden) for

preparation and SEM work of the radulae of Ocenebra

and Nucella). Thanks also to H.W. Chaney and to

Virginie Héros (Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle,

Paris, France), for bibliographic research, and to Don

Pisor, San Diego, California, U.S.A for the loan of

some comparative material.

REFERENCES

Abbott, R.T. 1974. American Seashells, 2nd. Ed. Van

Nostrand Reinhold, N.Y., 663 pp.

Dall, W. H. 1891. Scientific results of explorations by

the U.S. Fish Commission steamer "Albatross".

XX. On some new or interesting West American

shells obtained from the . "Albatross", 1888, and

from other sources. Proceedings of the US.

National Museum 14(849): 173-191.

Dall, W.H. 1902. Illustrations and descriptions of new,

unfigured or imperfectly known shells, chiefly

American, in the U.S. National Museum.

Figures 29-36. SEM of radulae

Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum

24(1264): 499-566.

Hertlein, L.G. & Strong, A.M. 1948. Descriptions of a

new species of 7rophon from the Gulf of

California. Bulletin of the South California

Academy of Sciences 46(2): 79-80.

Hertlein, L.G. & Strong, A.M. 1951. Eastern Pacific

expeditions of the New York Zoological Society.

Mollusks from.the west coast of Mexico and

Central America. Pt. 10, vol. 36(2): 67-120.

Hinds, R.B., 1844. Descriptions of new species of

Scalaria and Murex from the collection of Sir

Edward Belcher, C.B. Proceedings of the

Zoological Society of London (1843), 12:124-129

Keen, A.M.1971. Sea Shells of Tropical West

America, 2d Ed. Stanford University Press,

Stanford, Calif., 1064 pp.

Jousseaume, F. 1881. Diagnoses de mollusques

nouveaux. Le Naturaliste 44: 349-350.

Kool, S.P. 1993. Phylogenetic analysis of the

Rapaninae (Neogastropoda: Muricidae).

Malacologia 35(2): 155-259.

McLean, J.H. 1996. Taxonomic Atlas of the benthic

fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa

Barbara Channel. Vol. 9 - The Mollusca Part 2 -

The Gastropoda - The Prosobranchia. Santa

Barbara Museum of Natural History: 1-160.

Myers, B.W. & Hertz, C.M. 1990. Forreria

(Zacatrophon) beebei (Hertlein & strong, 1948)

(Muricidae: Thaidinae). The Festivus 22(4): 32-36.

Oldroyd, LS. 1927. The marine shells of the west

coast of North America. Stanford University

Publications, Univ. series, Geological Science, vol.

2, Gastropoda, Scaphopoda and Amphineura, pt. 2,

pp. 1-304, pls. 30-72

Radwin, G.E. & D'Attilio, A. 1976. Murex Shells of

the World. An illustrated guide to the Muricidae.

Stanford University Press, Stanford, 284 pp.

Skoglund, C. 1988. Deep water shells from off Isla

Smith, Bahia de Los Angeles, Baja California,

Mexico. The Festivus 20(11): 110-116.

Vaught, K.C.1989. A Classification of the Living

Mollusca. American Malacologists, Melbourne,

Fla, i-xit, 189 pp.

Vokes, E.H. 2002. One last look at Muricidae.

American Conchologist 24(4): 4-6.

29. Austrotrophon catalinensis (Oldroyd, 1927), California, Los Angeles County, San Pedro Bay, 33°40'40" N,

118°17'32" W, SBMNH 100258 (scale bars: 200 um).

30-32. Forreria belcheri (Hinds, 1844). California, Los Angeles County, 33°42'0" N, 118°16'0" W, SBMNH

99550 (scale bars: 200 um).

33-34. Ocenebra erinaceus (Linnaeus, 1758), France, Brittany, Oleron (RH) (scale bars: 33: 10 um; 34: 20 pm).

35-36. Nucella heyseana Dunker, 1882, Korea, Sokch'o (RH) (scale bars: 35: 100 um; 36: 10 um).

R. HOUART NOVAPEX 11(1): 21-27, 20 mars 2010

EC]

tVe:. ”" té >: à

0 es

ad , ner "Ra i

En 4520 Lun s à À

? ‘ L _ y

@ : à 0 Le 11h nan 0 L

R. HOUART NOVAPEX 11(1): 29-35, 20 mars 2010

Description of a new species from Indonesia in the Murex scolopax group

(Mollusca: Gastropoda: Muricidae) and comments about

Murex (Murex) ternispina Lamarck, 1822 from East Java

Roland HOUART

Research Associate, Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique

rue Vautier, 29, 1000 Bruxelles, Belgium.

roland.houart(@skynet.be

KEY WORDS. Gastropoda, Muricidae, Moluccas, Arafura, East Java, Murex s.s., new species,

new colour form.

ABSTRACT. Murex spinastreptos n.sp. is described from Indonesia and compared with Murex

occa Sowerby, 1834 and M. coppingeri Smith, 1884. A rare colour form of M. ternispina

Lamarck, 1822 from Java is commented on and illustrated.

RESUME. Murex spinastreptos n.sp. est décrit d'Indonésie et est comparé à Murex occa Sowerby,

1834 et à M. coppingeri Smith, 1884. Une variété de couleur de M. ternispina Lamarck, 1822 de

Java est commentée et illustrée.

INTRODUCTION. Radwin & D'Attilio (1976) listed

17 Indo-West Pacific species in the genus Murex.

From these taxa, 10 were transferred to other genera

or subgenera by Ponder & Vokes (1988), Houart

(1992) and Houart (1999). The seven remaining

species in Radwin & D'Attilio (1976) are: M

brevispina Lamarck, 1822, M. coppingeri E. A. Smith,

1884, M. pecten Lightfoot, 1786, M. scolopax Dillwyn,

1817, M. trapa Roding, 1798, M. tribulus Linnaeus,

1758 and M. troscheli Lischke, 1868.

Afterwards, the genus Murex s.s. was revised by

Ponder & Vokes (1988) who named nine new species

or subspecies. They also reconsidered the classification

of Radwin & D'Attilio (1976) and reinstated several

names considered as synonyms or not listed by these

authors, bringing the total of species and subspecies in

Murex s.s. to 26. Two species were not recognized in

Ponder & Vokes (1988), one, Murex concinnus Reeve,

1845, considered as synonym, the other, Murex

Primary cord

secondary cord

surinamensis Okutani, 1982, was originally described

from Suriname, in the Western Atlantic.

A neotype was designated for M. concinnus in Parth

(1990: 42), who separated the taxon at the specific

level and Murex surinamensis Was proved to originate

from the Saya de Malha Bank, in the Indian Ocean by

Bouchet & Baïl (1991: 160) and Okutani (1991: 165).

Five new species were described after 1988, updating

the total of Murex s.s. species from the Indo-West

Pacific to 33, which is here increased to 34 with the

new species described below.

Repository

IRSNB. Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de

Belgique, Bruxelles, Belgium.

MNHN. Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris,

France.

RH. Collection of the author.

adapical

ab : | abapical

IP: Infrasutural primary cord (primary cord on subsutural ramp)

adis : adapical infrasutural secondary cord (on subsutural ramp)

abis : abapical infrasutural secondary cord (on subsutural ramp)

BE Shoulder cord

P2-P6 : Primary cords of the convex part of the teleoconch whorl

s1-s6 : secondary cords of the convex part of the teleoconch whorl

example: si = seconda

cord between PI and P2; s2 — secondary cord between P2 and P3, etc.

adapertural primary cord on the siphonal canal

median prima

cord on the siphonal canal

abapertural primary cord on the siphonal canal

EAB : | extreme abapertural primary cord on the siphonal canal

BABIE extreme abapertural primary cord 1 on the siphonal canal

R. HOUART Murex s.s. from Indonesia and East Java

EAB2 : l l extreme abapertural primary cord 2 on the siphonal canal

Example: EABI — between EAB and EAB2

ads : |adapertural secondary cord on the siphonal canal

ms : median secondary cord on the siphonal canal

abs! abapertural secondary cord on the siphonal canal

eabs : lextreme abapertural secondary cord on the siphonal canal

eabsl : extreme abapertural secondary cord 1 on the siphonal canal

eabs2 : l'extreme abapertural secondary cord 2 on the siphonal canal

Example: eabs1 — secondary cord between EAB and EABI1

APERTURE

ID: Infrasutural denticle

DI to D6: Abapical denticles

Terminology in parentheses: erratic feature.

Table 1. Terminology used to describe the spiral cords (based on Merle, 1999 and 2001)

ADP

ABP

EAB1

EAB2

Fig. 1. Terminology used in Murex (Murex) spinastreptos n.sp.

Figures 2-16 (Protoconch: scale bar 0.5 mm)

2-7. Murex (Murex) spinastreptos n.Sp.

2-3. Moluccas, from fishermen, 20-40 m, holotype IRSNB 31.468/MT2204, 59.5 mm; 4-5. Arafura Sea, from

fishermen, 15-25 m, paratype RH, 60.7 mm; 6-7. Arafura Sea, from fishermen, 15-25 m, paratype MNHN

22715%534mm:

8-9. Murex (Murex) occa Sowerby, 1834, Thailand, Satul, crab nets, 5-10 m, in muddy sand, RH, 60.8 mm.

10-11. Murex (Murex) coppingeri Smith, 1884, Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia, RH, 54.3 mm.

12. Protoconch of Murex (Murex) spinastreptos n.sp.

12. Paratype RH; 13. Paratype MNHN.

14. Protoconch of Murex (Murex) occa Sowerby, 1834 (specimen figured here); 15. Labral tooth of Murex

(Murex) spinastreptos n.sp.; 16. Labral tooth of Murex (Murex) occa Sowerby, 1834

R. HOUART NOVAPEX 11(1): 29-35, 20 mars 2010

R. HOUARI

Murex s.s. from Indonesia and East Java

SYSTEMATICS

Family MURICIDAE Rafinesque, 1815

Subfamily MURICINAE Rafinesque, 1815

Genus Murex Linnaeus, 1758

Subgenus Murex ss.

Type species by subsequent designation (Montfort,

1810): Murex tribulus Linnaeus, 1758, as Murex

pecten Montfort, 1810 (not Lightfoot, 1786), Recent,

Indo-West Pacific.

Murex (Murex) spinastreptos n.Sp.

Figs 1277 12-1515

Type material. Moluccas, 20-40 m, by fishermen,

59.5 mm, holotype IRSNB IG 31.468/MT2204;

Arafura Sea, 15-25 m, by fishermen, 53.0 mm

paratype MNHN 22715: 60.7 mm, paratype RH (all

live taken).

Type locality. Indonesia, Moluccas, 20-40 m.

Distribution. Arafura Sea and Moluccas, living at 15-

20 m.

Description. Shell small for the genus, up to 60.7 mm

in length. Lengh/width ratio: 1.92-2.14:1. Slender,

spinose, weakly nodose, lightly built. Subsutural ramp

weakly sloping, straight or weakly concave.

Shell light or dark greyish-tan with lighter coloured

spiral cords and threads, light cream coloured nodes

between axial varices and varical spines topped with

light cream abaperturally, obviously extended on

spiral cords of siphonal canal. Abapical extremity of

siphonal canal darker coloured. Outer lip of aperture

dark brown within, bordered with a glossy white band

with small brown blotches between crenulations and

on anal notch. Columellar lip bordered with white,

light brown and white within.

Spire high with 2.15-2.5 protoconch whorls and

teleoconch up to 5 broad, angulated, strongly

shouldered spinose whorls. Suture weakly impressed.

Protoconch large, broad, irregularly shaped, first

whorl smooth, second and last whorls with a single

strong narrow keel abapically. Terminal lip thin, low,

oblique, weakly curved, almost straight.

Axial sculpture of teleoconch whorls consisting of low

lamellate ribs, rounded varices and intervarical nodes:

first whorl with 8 lamellate ribs, second with 8

lamellate ribs changing to varices and intervarical

nodes at the end of whorl, third, fourth and last whorl

with 3 spinose, low rounded varices and 2 narrow

intervarical nodes between each pair of varices. Spiral

cords of low smooth primary and secondary cords and

few weak threads: first and second whorls with visible

PI and P2; third whorl with PI and narrow P2; fourth

whorl with adis, IP, abis, PI, s, P2; last whorl with

adis, IP*abis, PI. SI P2NS2 9257 P4154 "25" P6 (66);

Spiral cords extending as acute open spines on

LD)

varices. PI, P3 and PS longest spines of last whorl, P2

shortest, very tiny on previous whorls.

Aperture broad, ovate. Columellar lip narrow, smooth

except knobs of ADP, MP and ABP in transparency.

Rim very weakly erect abapically, otherwise adherent.

Anal notch deep, broad. Outer lip erect, crenulate,

With narrow weak labral tooth between P4 and s4 and

low elongate denticles within, giving rise to short

crenulations on outer lip: ID split, DI split, D2, D3

(D4 to D6 obsolete). Siphonal canal long, broad,

straight, open, with ADP, ads, MP, ms, ABP, abs,

EABI, (eabsl), EAB2, (eabs2), (EAB3). Primary

cords giving rise to long or short, straight,

abaperturally bent, spines: ADP and MP

approximately similar in size, ABP, EABI, EAB?2,

and EAB3 when present, decreasing in length

abapically.

Operculum and radula unknown.

Remarks. Murex (Murex) spinastreptos n.sp.

undoubtedly belongs to what is named the Murex

scolopax group by Ponder & Vokes (1988: 49) and

which now includes the following seven Recent

species:

- Murex scolopax Dillwyn, 1817 from the southern

part of the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden and the Persian

Gulf.

- Murex occa Sowerby,

Malaysia, Sumatra and Java.

- Murex acanthostephes Watson, 1883 from

Carnarvon (Western Australia) to the Torres Straits

(Queensland, Australia).

- Murex poppei Houart, 1979 known from a small area

between Thailand, Sumatra and Borneo.

- Murex altispira Ponder & Vokes,

Thailand and the Philippine Islands.

- Murex somalicus Parth, 1990 from Northern Somalia

to Djibouti.

- Murex megapex Neubert, 1998 from the Gulf of

Aden.

All these species have a few shell characters in

common: a more or less smooth surface, few broad

spines on the siphonal canal, more or less angulated

teleoconch whorls, and a broad irregularly shaped

protoconch of variable size, with a more or less

strongly keeled last whorl, denoting a probable

intracapsular larval development, corroborated by

their restricted geographical distribution.

Murex (Murex) spinastreptos n.sp. differs from the

most related closely species, namely Murex occa (Figs

8-9, 14 and 16), in having comparatively broader

teleoconch whorls, weakly broader, shorter and

chiefly straighter varical spines, especially noticeable

on the siphonal canal, M. occa having strongly upward

curved shoulder spines and relatively long, curved

spines on the siphonal canal. M. (M.) spinastreptos

also has a relatively broader siphonal canal and a

narrower labral tooth (Figs 15-16).

All the other species of this group differ in many other

aspects, including length, width, and outline of the

1834 from Thailand,

1988 from

R. HOUART

NOVAPEX 11(1): 29-35, 20 mars 2010

shell, teleoconch whorls, spines and labral teeth and

do not need to be compared here.

Another species M. (M.) coppingeri Smith, 1884 (Figs

10-11), also occurring in the Arafura Sea, can be

confused with M. spinastreptos n.sp. due to its small

size, angulated teleoconch whorls and broad spines,

however it is definitively different, having a conical

protoconch of 3 smooth whorls, denoting a probable

planktotrophic larval development. M. coppingeri also

has longer, more curved and broader varical spines, a

less prominent labral tooth and a siphonal canal with

tapered adapical extremity.

Etymology. Spina (L): spine and streptos (G):

straight. Named after the distinctive straight spines

and the straight siphonal canal.

Murex (Murex) ternispina Lamarck, 1822

Figs 17, 19-21, 24-26

Murex ternispina Lamarck, 1822: 158.

Murex nigrospinosus Reeve, 1845: pl. 20, fig. 79.

Murex ternispina Ponder & Vokes, 1988: 80, Figs 41-

43, 77J, 86 C (only); Table 31.

Distribution: From Sri Lanka to Southeast Asia,

south of Japan and throughout Indonesia.

Fig. 17. Murex ternispina, protoconch, Philippines.

Scale 0.5 mm.

À beautiful colour form of M. ternispina with very

dark coloured varices and spines, from Kangean

Islands, off east Java (Figs 24-26), was sent to me for

identification. Unfortunately the protoconch was

eroded in the 3 specimens examined but all other shell

morphology characters conform with the typical form.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

l am grateful to Rajiwan Tirtadinata, Jakarta,

Indonesia for giving me the opportunity to examine

his specimens of Murex ternispina from Java and to

Diagnosis. Shell up to 117 mm in length with an

average size Of 70-90 mm, with 2-2.25 protoconch

whorls and 6 or 7 teleoconch whorls. Protoconch

small, whorls rounded, last whorl with narrow keel

abapically, otherwise smooth, glossy.

Siphonal canal long, broad, straight, open, with 5-7

acute, long spines.

Colour creamy-white, light tan or light brown, tip of

primary spines usually tinged with purple. Aperture

white.

Remarks. Murex ternispina 1s easily distinguishable

from other species of Murex s.s. by its very nodulose

shell sculpture, broad and straight spines on

teleoconch whorls, and usually dark purple coloured

tip of primary spines, in the absence of spinelets on

the siphonal canal, and in its concentrically foliate

operculum with subcentral nucleus.

The specimen illustrated by Ponder & Vokes (1988:

Fig. 86B only) from the Solomon Islands turned out to

be another species, named later Murex salomonensis

Parth, 1994 (Figs 18, 22-23). Murex salomonensis is

related to M. fernispina Lamarck, 1822, although the

shell of M. salomonensis has weaker axial sculpture

and a different protoconch (see Figs 17 and 18).

Moreover, the dark purple tinge on the primary spines

is situated approximately in the middle of each spine

in M. salomonensis, While it is situated at the tip of the

spines in M. ternispina.

Fig. 18. Murex salomonensis, protoconch,

Papua New Guinea. Scale 0.5 mm.

John Wolff, Lancaster, Pennsylvania, U.S.A, for

checking the English text.

REFERENCES

Bouchet, P. & Bail, P. 1991. Volutes from Saya de

Malha Bank: the saga of Lyria surinamensis and a

new species. Nautilus 105(4): 159-164.

Houart, R. 1992. The genus Chicoreus and related

genera (Gastropoda: Muricidae) in the Indo-West

Pacific. Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle. Zoologie, Tome(A), 154: 1-188.

[e=)

R. HOUART

Murex 5.5. from Indonesia and East Java

Houart, R. 1999. Review of the Indo-West Pacific

species of Æaustellum Schumacher, 1817 and

comments on Pokesimurex Petuch, 1994

(Gastropoda : Muricidae) with the description of

H. bondarevi n.sp. Apex 14(3-4): 81-107.

Lamarck, J.B.P.A., de M. de, 1822. Histoire naturelle

des animaux sans vertèbres, vol. 7, Paris: 1-232.

Merle, D. 1999. La radiation des Muricidae

(Gastropoda : Neogastropoda) au Paléogène:

approche phylogénétique et évolutive. Paris.

Unpublished thesis, Muséum national d'Histoire

naturelle : 1-vi, 499 pp.

Merle, D. 2001. The spiral cords and the internal

denticles of the outer lip in the Muricidae:

terminology and methodological comments.

Novapex 2 (3): 69-91.

Figures 19-26

Okutani, T. 1991. Mistaken localities for some shells

"from Surinam", The Nautilus 105(4): 165.

Parth, M. 1990. À new muricid species from Somalia.

La Conchiglia 22(256): 40-42.

Ponder W.F. & Vokes E.H. 1988. Revision of the

Indo-West Pacific fossil and Recent species of

Murex s.s. and Haustellum (Mollusca: Gastropoda:

Muricidae). Records of the Australian Museum,

suppl. 8: 1-160.

Radwin G. & D'Attilio, À. 1976. Murex shells of the

world. An 1llustrated guide to the Muricidae.

Stanford University Press, Stanford: 1-284.

Reeve, L.A., 1845. Conchologia iconica, or

illustrations of the shells of molluscous animals.

Monograph of the genus Murex. L. Reeve,

London, vol.3: pls. 1-36.

19-21. Murex (Murex) ternispina Lamarck, 1822, Cebu, Philippines, RH (19-20. 71 mm; 21. 72 mm);

22-23. Murex (Murex) salomonensis Parth, 1994, Madang, Papua New Guinea, 40-60 m, RH, 86.2 mm;

24-26. Murex (Murex) ternispina Lamarck, 1822, Kangean Islands, about 60 km northern side of E Java, 10-20

m, sandy bottom, coll. T. Tirtadinata (24. 104.5 mm; 25-26. 79.7 mm).

R. HOUART NOVAPEX 11(1): 29-35, 20 mars 2010

o mn

D CR LD | LA

2 Ps - rm tbedpé,

resii LAUREIT 0) :

i LL LL.

NOTE AUX AUTEURS

Conditions Générales. L'affiliation à la Société n'est pas obligatoire pour les auteurs. La publication des articles de maximum 12 pages imprimées en double interligne est

gratuite. Au-delà de 12 par numéro, chaque page sera facturée au prix de 40,00 €. Les articles de taille supérieure peuvent être scindés sur plusieurs numéros.

Les numéros hors série sont publiés irrégulièrement. Les auteurs désireux de soumettre un article pour un numéro hors série (40 pages imprimées ou plus) sont priés de

contacter auparavant la Société Belge de Malacologie à l'adresse ci-dessous.

Les articles décrivant de nouvelles espèces (sous-espèces) ne seront acceptés que si le matériel type primaire est déposé dans un Musée ou une Institution scientifique

publique.

Les auteurs devront suivre strictement les règles du Code de Nomenclature Zoologique (quatrième édition).

Manuscrits. Les manuscrits seront rédigés en français ou en anglais. Ils doivent être dactylographiés, justifiés à gauche, avec double interligne, sur une seule face de

papier A4 et sur une colonne. Les marges doivent être de 25 mm minimum. La séquence des sections respectera l'ordre suivant : titre, nom de(s) auteur(s), adresse(s) de(s)

auteur(s), mots-clés et résumé en anglais (et éventuellement en français). Les noms de genre et des (sous) espèces seront en caractères italiques. Les références dans le

texte auront la forme: Keen & Campbell (1964) ou (Keen & Campbell, 1964). Consultez un numéro récent de Novapex pour l'organisation du texte.

La liste des références, en ordre alphabétique, respectera la forme suivante (les titres des publications ne devraient pas être abrégés):

Keen, A.M. & Campbell, G.B. 1964. Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda : Muricidae). The Veliger 7(1): 46-57.

Powell, A.W.B. 1979. New Zealand Mollusca. Marine, land and freshwater shells. William Collins Publishers Ltd: xiv + 500 pp.

Mayr, E. 1989. Attaching names to objects. In: What the philosophy of biology is : essays for David Hull (M. Ruse, ed.), Klumer Academic, Dordrecht: 235-243.

Source Internet:

Auteur(s) 2007. Titre du site web ou de la base de données, nom de l'éditeur et localité (si indiquée), nombre de pages, adresse: http:/Awww.…... (date d'accès).

Illustrations. Les photographies doivent être de bonne qualité (couleur ou noir/blanc), imprimées sur papier brillant et montées sur un support adéquat dans le format final

souhaité (max. 16 X 21 cm). Des photographies en couleur peuvent être soumises pour une reproduction en noir et blanc. Les illustrations peuvent également être fournies

sur un support informatique (CD-ROM, ZIP) en format PSD (Photoshop) BMP, JPG ou TIFF avec mention du programme utilisé. Elle doivent être montées et ne peuvent

contenir aucun texte, sauf la numérotation. Une version imprimée des planches doit être impérativement jointe au manuscrit.

Si plus d'une figure apparaît sur une planche ou/et dans le texte, TOUTES les figures doivent être numérotées consécutivement (Fig. 1, 2, 3...) ET PAS Fig 1A, 1B, 1C, NI

planche 1, Fig. 1...

L'inclusion de planches couleurs est soumise à l'approbation du conseil d'administration qui prendra la décision finale. Les auteurs désireux d'inclure une ou plusieurs

planches couleurs sont priés de se renseigner quant aux possibilités offertes et aux coûts.

Traitement des manuscrits. Les manuscrits seront soumis au conseil d'administration qui distinguera les articles d'intérêt scientifique et ceux d'intérêt général. Les

décisions et les commentaires seront communiqués aux auteurs, qui en tiendront compte. La version corrigée devra être renvoyée à la Société Belge de Malacologie sous

forme informatisée (en Word pour Windows) accompagnée d'un tirage sur papier. Elle devra respecter strictement les instructions de mise en page qui auront été

communiquées aux auteurs. Une épreuve finale sera renvoyée aux auteurs pour correction.

Tirés-à-part. En ce qui concerne les articles d'intérêt scientifique, 30 exemplaires sont gratuits, jusqu'à concurrence de 240 pages maximum, si au moins un des auteurs est

membre de la Société. Les exemplaires supplémentaires (min. 30 exemplaires) seront facturés au prix coûtant.

Pour les non-membres, les tirés à part sont à charge des auteurs, au prix coûtant (minimum 30 exemplaires). Les frais de port sont toujours à charge des auteurs.

Les manuscrits, les épreuves corrigées et toute correspondance seront adressés à:

Société Belge de Malacologie, M. R. Houart, B.P. 3, B-1370 Jodoigne, Belgique.

NOTE TO AUTHORS

General conditions. Membership is not mandatory for authors. Publication of papers with a maximum of 12 double spaced printed pages is free of charge. Beyond 12,

every page Will be invoiced at the price of 40,00 €. Larger papers may be splitted on several issues.

Supplements are published irregularly. Authors wishing to submit papers for supplements (40 printed pages or more) are asked to contact the board previously at the

address mentioned below.

Papers describing new species (subspecies) will be accepted only if the primary types are deposited in a recognized public Museum or scientific Institution.

The paper will be in accordance with the rules of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Fourth edition)

Manuscripts. Manuscripts will be in English or in French. They must be typed on one column, ragged right (left-justified), double-spaced throughout, on one side only of A4.

Margins must be at least 25 mm. The sequence of sections will respect the following order: title, name of author(s), address(es) of author(s), keywords and summary in

English. Generic and (sub)specific names have to be typed in jfalics. References in the text should be given as follows: Keen & Campbell (1964) or (Keen & Campbell,

1964). Refer to a recent issue of Novapex for the lay out.

References, in alphabetic order, should be given in the following form (titles of journals should not be abbreviated):

Keen, A.M. & Campbell, G.B. 1964. Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda : Muricidae). TheVeliger 7(l): 46-57.

Powell, A.W.B. 1979. New Zealand Mollusca. Marine, land and freshwater shells. William Collins Publishers Ltd: xiv + 500 pp.

Mayr, E. 1989. Attaching names to objects. In: What the philosophy of biology is : essays for David Hull (M. Ruse, ed.), Klumer Academic, Dordrecht: 235-243.

Internet resources.

Author(s) 2007. Title of the website or database, publisher name and locatiuon (if indicated), number of pages, address: http://www... (date of access).

Illustrations. Photographs must be of a high quality (colour or black/white), printed on glossy paper in a final version (max. 16 X 21 cm), adequatly mounted. Colour work

can be submitted for black & white production. The illustrations may be submitted as digital files (CD-ROM, ZIP) in BMP, JPG or TIFF format, with mention of the program.

They must be adequately mounted with not any other text than the numbering. À printed version of the plates must be imperatively sent together with the manuscript.

If more than one figure is included in a plate or/and in the text, ALL figures must be consecutively numbered (Fig. 1, 2, 3...) NOT Fig 1A, 1B, 1C, NOR plate 1, Fig. 1.

inclusion of colour plates has to be approved by the board who will take the final decision. Authors who want to include colour plates are invited to ask for possibilities and

charges.

Processing of manuscripts. Manuscripts will be submitted to the board who will distinguish between the articles of scientific interest, and those of general aim. The

comments will be communicated to authors, who will consider them. À diskette containing the corrected version should be sent back to the Belgian Malacological Society (in

Word for Windows support) together with a printed copy. It should strictly follow the style instructions which will be communicated to the author(s).

Reprints. With regard to papers of scientific interest, 30 reprints are free of charge, representing a maximum of 240 pages, if at least one author is member of the Society.

Additional copies (at least 30) will be invoiced at cost.

For non-members, the reprints (min. order 30 copies) will be billed to the author(s). Mailing costs are always to be paid by authors.

Manuscripts, corrected proofs and any mail are to be sent to:

Société Belge de Malacologie, Mr. R. Houart, B.P. 3, B-1370 Jodoigne, Belgium.

C. Delongueville &

R. Scaillet

J.-P.Coppée

E.Meuleman

C. Vilvens

R. Scaillet,

C. Vilvens &

R.Houart

C. Vilvens

C. Delongueville &

R. Scaillet

Importante population de Siphonaria crenata Blainville,

1827 implantée à l’ouest du golfe d’Iskenderun (Turquie)

Etymologie et malacologie dans deux sites naturels du

nord-est de Bruxelles — Deuxième partie

L'écho des réunions :

- Roland Scaillet & Christiane Delongueville : Les Iles

Kerkennah (Tunisie)

La Bourse d'Anvers de la BVC les 15 et 16 mai 2010

Quelques nouvelles publications

Nous avons reçu

Les marées de 2010

_—

NoOvAPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

VIE DE LA SOCIETE € UPE OF 1e SOCIETV

Claude VILVENS

Lieu de réunion : Nouveau local !

Salle ""Memling'' (1er étage - ascenseur) - Rue de Genève, 470b — Schaerbeek (Bruxelles)

- à partir de 14h.

SAMEDI 27 MARS 2010

C. Vilvens : Les Solariellidae : panorama général et perspectives

Parmi les anciens Trochidae, dont la classification a été profondément restructurée, les espèces du genre

Solariella et autres Archiminolia, Microgaza, Bathymophila, Zetela, etc constituent encore à l'heure actuelle un

large sujet de recherches. Cet exposé visera à brosser une vue d'ensemble de cette famille avec ses principaux

genres et espèces emblématiques.

SAMEDI 25 AVRIL 2010

E. Meuleman : Les espèces invasives

Le phénomène des espèces invasives prend de plus en plus d'ampleur de part le monde. En particulier, les

espèces des régions chaudes remontent à présent vers les zones tempérées, souvent au détriment de la faune

locale. C'est à un panorama général de ce problème (déjà évoqué pour des zones particulières par certains de nos

membres) qu'Etienne nous convie ici.

SAMEDI 29 mai 2010

Tout le monde : L'excursion de printemps de la SBM.

Avec le beau temps revient l'envie d'aller sur le terrain ;-) Comme toujours, nous ne savons encore

précisément où se déroulera cette excursion car nous (Etienne et Claude) prospectons pour trouver les zones les

plus favorables ou les moins investiguées jusqu'à présent. il est cependant probable que cela se passera dans le

Hainaut.

Comme d'habitude, les informations sont disponibles sur notre site Internet

(http://users.swing.be/sw216502/) ou auprès de Claude (vilvens.claude @skynet.be ou 04/248.32.25) et Etienne

Meuleman (e.meuleman @skynet.be ou 04/380.55.16). Comme d'habitude aussi, il convient de prévoir

d'emporter sa bonne humeur, un guide de détermination .… et sans doute aussi bottes et vêtements de pluie (en

principe, il fera magnifique, mais bon ;-) ...).

SAMEDI 19 JUIN 2010

R. Houart : Les Muricidae — the continuing story

Notre spécialiste de cette splendide et épineuse famille nous invite à le suivre dans les méandres de la

systématique de la sous-famille des Muricopsinae avec la suite attendue : Murexiella et Pygmaepterys. Belles

coquilles et explications claires garanties !

Réservez déjà dans vos agendas le 11/9/2010 (reprise de contact).

Pour les informations de dernière minute :

http://users.swing.be/sw216502/ ou http://www.sbm.be.tf

NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Novapex/Société : la publication généraliste de la SBM

Rédacteurs en chef : Claude Vilvens & Etienne Meuleman

Tous les articles généraux sont les bienvenus pour Novapex/Société © !

Afin de faciliter le travail de la Rédaction, il est vivement (et le mot est faible ;-))

souhaité de respecter les règles suivantes pour les articles proposés :

document MS-Word (pour PC Windows 2000 ou XP);

police de caractères Times New Roman;

texte de taille 10, titres de taille 12;

interligne simple;

toutes les marges à 2,5 cm;

document en une seule section;

pas de mode colonne;

photos en version électronique JPG.

+ + + + + + + +

Merci pour les Scribes ;-) ! N'hésitez pas à demander une page avec en-tête pour

cadrer au mieux vos travaux (vilvens.claude @skynet.be ou

e.meuleman @skynet.be).

Malacologie basique © de Philippe Geluck : "Le chat à Malibu", Ed. Casterman,

NovaprEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 3

Echantillonnage de mollusques invasifs

et première signalisation de

Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 à Chypre Nord

Christiane DELONGUEVILLE

Avenue Den Doorn, 5 — B - 1180 Bruxelles - christiane.delongueville @skynet.be

Roland SCAILLET

Avenue Franz Guillaume, 63 — B - 1140 Bruxelles - scaillet.roland@skynet.be

MOTS-CLEEFS Chypre Nord, Chamidae, Chama aspersa, Mollusques invasifs

KEY-WORDS North Cyprus, Chamidae, Chama aspersa, Invasive molluscs

RÉSUMÉ

Différentes localités côtières de Chypre Nord ont été échantillonnées à la recherche de mollusques marins. Au

sein des espèces trouvées, 16 sont invasives pour ces eaux de la Méditerranée et parmi elles figure, Chama

aspersa Reeve, 1846. Après avoir été rapporté sur les côtes d’Israël, de Turquie et de Grèce, Chama aspersa est

maintenant signalé pour la première fois le long de la côte Est de Chypre Nord.

ABSTRACT

Different localities along the coast of North Cyprus have been sampled in search for marine molluscs. In these

Mediterranean waters, sixteen immigrant species have been found including Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846. After

having been reported from the coasts of Israel, Turkey and Greece, Chama aspersa is now recorded for the first

time from the Eastern coast of North Cyprus.

INTRODUCTION

Différentes publications font mention de la présence d’espèces invasives à Chypre Nord (Cecalupo & Quadri

1996 - Zenetos et al. 2009). A ce jour, pour ce qui concerne l’île dans son entièreté, 31 espèces de gastéropodes

et 11 espèces de bivalves ont été répertoriées le long des côtes du territoire (Katsanevakis ef al. 2009).

RÉCOLTES PERSONNELLES

33° 00’ E 34° 00'E Ayios Philion

Mer Méditerranée Yenierenkoy

La plage de Taslica se situe sur la côte Est de

la péninsule de Karpaz à Chypre Nord. Elle

Cap Koruçam ar Es _ se compose d’un long croissant de sable

Kumyali encadré par deux avancées composées d’un

Chypre Nord plateau rocheux s’enfonçant en pente douce

fe dans la mer avant de plonger vers un fond

sableux. En bordure de ce plateau, là où

viennent mourir les vagues, de petits bassins

de pierre concentrent sable grossier, petits

Mer

Méditerranée

0 10 20km cailloux et coquilles mortes. Parmi celles-ci,

sept espèces invasives ont été répertoriées

EE Territoires britanniques dont un spécimen de Chama aspersa Reeve,

1846 (25,1 x 20,8 mm) (Fig. 4 et 23).

Sept autres stations ont fait l’objet d’échantillonnage en 2007 et 2009 (Fig. 1). Ces récoltes ont révélé, en tout, la

présence de seize espèces de mollusques invasifs (Tableau 1). Les premiers envahisseurs, présents en

Méditerranée depuis plusieurs décennies, sont définitivement bien implantés et trouvés en abondance tout le long

des côtes: Cerithium scabridum Philippi, 1848 (Fig. 3), Strombus persicus Swainson, 1821 (Fig. 15) et

Brachidontes pharaonis (Fischer P., 1870) (Fig. 2). Ergalatax junionae Houart, 2008 (Fig. 8), d'introduction

plus récente (Delongueville & Scaillet 2008), semble imposer sa présence dans la quasi-totalité des stations et

réussit une implantation sans cesse croissante. Cette tendance semble également se confirmer pour Chama

pacifica Broderip, 1834 (Fig. 6). L’aplysie, Aplysia dactylomela Rang, 1828 (Fig. 16), observée en 2007 dans un

«rock pool » à Kayalar, n’a pas été retrouvée lors de la campagne de recherche 2009.

4 NoOvAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Tableau 1.

V = vivant

E = vide

be fee

TT SRRR RE

L'INTERNET 3]

DISCUSSION

Chama aspersa : origines multiples des populations méditerranéennes

Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846, Chamidae originaire de l’Indo-Pacifique est un des nombreux envahisseurs installé

le long des côtes de la Méditerranée orientale. Signalée d’abord sur la côte d’Israël (récoltes en 2002 et 2004 :

Mienis 2004 et 2006), la présence de ce bivalve a été décrite le long des côtes méridionales de la Turquie à

Marmaris (sud-est de la mer Egée) et à Mersin (Méditerranée orientale) (Mifsud & Ovalis 2007) et dans le golfe

d’Evoikos (entre l’Attique et l’Eubée) (récoltes en 2007 : Ovalis & Zenetos 2007). Avant la première publication

localisant Chama aspersa en Israël, l’espèce était déjà présente dans le bassin levantin comme en témoignent des

spécimens récoltés en 1993 à Liman Kalesi (Turquie) (Fig. 19), en 2002 à Yumurtalik (Turquie) (Fig. 20 et 21)

et en 2005 à Karatas (Turquie) (Fig. 22) (Collection Delongueville & Scaillet). En outre, un spécimen récolté en

1990 sur une ancre à Silivri (Mer de Marmara, non loin d’Istanbul - collection Delongueville & Scaillet) (Fig.

18), date bien antérieure à celle de la première signalisation officielle en Méditerranée, laisse supposer

l’existence de plusieurs phases d’introduction de l’espèce, indépendantes les unes des autres. Ceci peut

s’expliquer une fois de plus par un apport anthropique lié aux vidanges de ballasts des navires dans des zones

maritimes très fréquentées, ce qui est le cas de l’embouchure du Bosphore à Istanbul et du golfe d’Iskenderun à

l'Est de la Turquie. La taille de ces spécimens ne dépasse pas 1,5 à 2,5 cm. L’espèce est aisément reconnaissable

par sa couleur spécifique: la valve droite (opposée à celle attachée au substrat) est de couleur crème et ornée de

deux à trois bandes brunes se réunissant dans la région de l’umbo (Rusmore - Villaume 2008).

CONCLUSIONS

L'expansion des mollusques invasifs en Méditerranée orientale et à Chypre Nord en particulier est un

phénomène qui prend une ampleur sans cesse croissante. Les échantillonnages systématiques apportent à chaque

fois leur lot d’espèces additionnelles non encore répertoriées. Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 est signalé pour la

NovaPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 5

première fois sur la côte Est de Chypre Nord et pourrait avoir envahi la Méditerranée et la mer de Marmara en

plusieurs phases indépendantes les unes des autres.

REMERCIEMENTS

Nous remercions Argyro Zenetos (Hellenic Center for Marine Research - Institute of Oceanography - Anavissos

- Grèce) pour ses commentaires utiles.

RÉFÉRENCES

Cecalupo, A. & Quadri, P., [1995] 1996. Contributo alla conoscenza malacologica per il Nord dell’Isola di

Cipro (Terza e ultima parte). Bolletino Malacologico; 31(5-8):95-118.

Delongueville, C. & Scaillet, R., 2008. Colonisation des côtes de la République Turque de Chypre du Nord par

un Muricidae originaire du golfe persique (Ergalatax Iredale, 1931). Novapex/Société; 9(1):3-6.

Katsanevakis, S., Tsiamis, K., Ioannou, G., Michailidis, N. & Zenetos, A. 2009. Inventory of Alien Marine

Species of Cyprus. Mediterranean Marine Science; 10(2):109-133.

Mienis, H.K., 2004. Mariene mollusken uit het oostelijk deel van de Middelandsezee 19. - De eerste vondsten

van Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846. Spirula; 337:34-35.

Mienis, H.K., 2006. Monitoring Invasion of the Eastern Mediterranean by Lessepsian Migrants and Other Indo-

Pacific Molluscs. Haasiania; 3:67-68.

Mifsud, C. & Ovalis, P., 2007. Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 (Bivalvia: Chamidae) Another Established

Lessepsian Invader in the Mediterranean Sea. Novapex; 8(1):27-28.

Ovalis, P. & Zenetos, A., 2007. On the Establishment of Two More Alien Mollusca (Chama aspersa Reeve,

1846 and Chama asperella Lamarck, 1819) in the Eastern Mediterranean. Mediterranean Marine Science;

8(2):97-100.

Rusmore - Villaume, M.L., 2008. Seashells of the Egyptian Red Sea. The American University in Cairo Press -

Cairo - Egypt; 307 p.

Zenetos, A., Konstantinou, F. & Konstantinou, G., 2009. Towards Homogenization of the Levantine Alien

Biota: Additions to the Alien Molluscan Fauna along the Cypriot Coast. Marine Biodiversity Records; doi:

10.1017/S1755267209990832; Vol. 2; e 156; 7 p.

LÉGENDES

Fig. 1 Carte de Chypre Nord

Planches

Fig. 2 Brachidontes pharaonis (Fischer P., 1870) Cap Koruçam 23,6 x 11,6 mm.

Fig. 3 Cerithium scabridum Philippi, 1848 Ayios Philion 19,3 x 7,7 mm.

Fig. 4 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Taslica 25,1 x 20,8 mm.

Fig. 5 Rhinoclavis kochi (Philippi, 1848) Taslica 21,7 x 6,6 mm.

Fig. 6 Chama pacifica Broderip, 1834 Ayios Philion 48,6 x 37,9 mm.

Fig. 7 Acteocina mucronata (Philippi, 1849) Cap Koruçam 253-x41-1emimne

Fig. 8 Ergalatax junionae Houart 2008 Bogaz 19,9 x 11,0 mm.

Fig. 9 Septifer forskali Dunker, 1855 Cap Koruçam 10,4 x 7,1 mm

Fig. 10 Cingulina isseli (Tryon, 1886) Cap Koruçam 1,7 x 0.8 mm

Fig. 11 Malvufundus regula (Forskäl, 1775) Tatlisu 35,4 x 17,9 mm.

Fig. 12 Dendrostrea frons (Linnaeus, 1758) Tatlisu 33,8 x 23,5 mm.

Fig. 13 Cerithiopsis pulvis (Issel, 1869) Cap Koruçam 2,3 x 1,0 mm

Fig. 14 Cylichnina girardi (Audouïin, 1826) Cap Koruçam 3,4 x 2,0 mm.

Fig. 15 Strombus persicus Swainson, 1821 Yenierenkoy 52,6 x 29,6 mm.

Fig. 16 Aplysia dactylomela Rang, 1828 Kayalar +/- 150 mm.

Fig. 17 Pinctada radiata (Leach, 1814) Ayios Philion 42,3 x 38,3 mm.

Fig. 18 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Silivri (Turquie - Mer de Marmara) 16,2 x 17,3 mm

Fig. 19 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Liman Kalesi (Turquie orientale) 23.0 x 15,9 mm.

Fig. 20 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Yumurtalik (Turquie - Golfe d’Iskenderun) 17,2 x 12,3 mm.

Fig. 21 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Yumurtalik (Turquie - Golfe d’Iskenderun) 12,6 x 13,7 mm.

Fig. 22 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Karatas (Turquie - Golfe d’Iskenderun) 21,9 x 16,8 mm.

Fig. 23 Chama aspersa Reeve, 1846 Taslica (Chypre Nord) 25,1 x 20,8 mm.

(æ

“

—

NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

8 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Importante population de Siphonaria crenata Blainville, 1827

implantée à l’ouest du golfe d’Iskenderun (Turquie)

Christiane DELONGUEVILLE

Avenue Den Doorn, 5 — B - 1180 Bruxelles - christiane.delongueville @skynet.be

Roland SCAILLET

Avenue Franz Guillaume, 63 — B - 1140 Bruxelles - scaillet.roland@skynet.be

MOTS-CLEEFS Siphonariidae, Siphonaria crenata, Méditerranée, Mollusques invasifs

KEY-WORDS Siphonariidae, Siphonaria crenata, Mediterranean Sea, Invasive molluscs

RÉSUMÉ

Une importante population de Siphonaria crenata de Blainville, 1827 (Siphonariidae - Gastéropodes pulmonés

marins) a été localisée le long des côtes rocheuses de Yumurtalik (ouest du golfe d’Iskenderun - Turquie).

Une autre espèce invasive appartenant à la même famille a été rapportée de la même région (Siphonaria belcheri

Hanley, 1858). Un examen attentif des Siphonariidae présents dans le golfe d’Iskenderun devrait permettre de

connaître l’extension réelle de ces deux espèces dans la région.

ABSTRACT

An important population of Siphonaria crenata de Blainville, 1827 (Siphonariidae - Marine pulmonate

gastropods) was localized along the rocky shore of Yumurtalik (West of Iskenderun bay - Turkey).

Another invasive species from the same family was previously mentioned from this area (Siphonaria belcheri

Hanley, 1858). A close examination of the Siphonariidae present in the Iskenderun Bay should contribute to the

knowledge of the effective extension of these two species 1n the area.

INTRODUCTION

Le golfe d’Iskenderun est connu pour sa concentration importante en espèces invasives de mollusques marins

(Ceviker 2001 - Ceviker 2002 - Albayrak & Çeviker 2001 - Zenetos ef al. 2004). La situation géographique

particulière du golfe et le trafic marin important dans la région sont deux facteurs qui contribuent à cet état de

fait.

Toros Gübre Terminal-Ceyhan Botas Terminal-Dértyol

Botas Oil Terminal ce TR Delta Terminal-Ceyhan

& pe Aygaz Terminal

YUMURT ALIK

Isdemir Harbour

Le golfe est une zone en cul de

sac dans la partie orientale de la

Méditerranée vers où confluent

les courants marins provenant des

côtes levantines situées plus au

sud (Fig. 1). Les courants peuvent

contribuer à la propagation de

proche en proche d’espèces en

provenance du canal de Suez.

Turquie

Ekinciler Pier-1Sk

KARATAS Sanseki Fertilizer

Iskenderun Bay Pier-Isk

La région est aussi au départ

d’une voie maritime

particulièrement fréquentée pour

le transport des hydrocarbures.

Les points mentionnés sur la

figure 2 situent quelques

terminaux d’accès des navires aux

infrastructures pétrolières et industrielles de la zone. De nombreuses vidanges d’eaux de ballast doivent s’y

produire, ce qui contribue, malgré certaines précautions prises (Gregg et al. 2009), à la dispersion de larves de

mollusques ou de juvéniles provenant d’autres régions du globe. Pour peu que ces individus trouvent des

conditions favorables à leur développement, des implantations d’espèces invasives peuvent ainsi voir le jour.

MEDITERRANEAN Iskenderun Harbour

La Turkey

NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 9

RÉCOLTES PERSONNELLES

Les côtes rocheuses aux alentours et dans le port de

Populations de Yumurtalik (Fig. 3) abritent une importante colonie

Siphonaria crenata

= de Siphonaria crenata de Blainville, 1827.

Ce gastéropode pulmoné patelliforme (Fig. 5)

affectionne les rochers dénudés situés à fleur d’eau

(Fig. 4). Il cohabite sur ce milieu, tantôt à sec,

tantôt recouvert, mais toujours humide, avec des

balanes et des patelles (Patella caerulea Linnaeus,

1758) (Fig. 6). L'observation et la récolte de

quelques spécimens ont été réalisées en fin du mois

Fig. 3 de septembre 2000.

Méditerranée

DISCUSSION

Siphonaria crenata de Blainville, 1827 est connu de la mer Rouge et du canal de Suez (Dekker & Orlin 2000 -

Rusmore-Villaume 2008). Des spécimens de Méditerranée ont été trouvés pour la première fois sur la côte

israélienne en 1965 (Zenetos et al 2004). Une bonne iconographie est présente dans Barash & Danin 1992, qui

mentionnent la présence de la coquille sous le nom de Siphonaria kurracheensis Reeve, 1856. Par la suite, une

seconde espèce, originaire du Golfe Persique et non présente dans la mer Rouge ou le canal de Suez a été

localisée dans le golfe d’Iskenderun : Siphonaria belcheri Hanley, 1858 (Albayrak & Çeviker 2001). Il s’agissait

d’un spécimen mort récolté sur une plage à Burnaz.

Bien que dans l’atlas des espèces exotiques du CIESM (Zenetos et al. 2004) il soit suggéré une identification

erronée (confusion avec Siphonaria crenata), Albayrak & Çaÿlar (2006) maintiennent l’identification originale

de Siphonaria belcheri sur base de spécimens vivants récoltés en novembre 2005 sur une côte rocheuse à

Iskenderun. Albayrak confirme ne jamais avoir trouvé dans le golfe d’Iskenderun de Siphonaria semblables à

nos spécimens récoltés en 2009 (communication personnelle).

Si deux espèces coexistent dans le golfe d’Iskenderun, comme la présence récente de Siphonaria crenata

identifiée à Yumurtalik semble l’indiquer (Fig. 7 à 10), leur introduction en Méditerranée est probablement le

fruit de deux événements indépendants les uns des autres, liés une fois de plus à l’activité maritime intense que

connait la région (vidange des eaux de ballast) ou aux possibles migrations en provenance des côtes d’Israël.

CONCLUSIONS

L’expansion des mollusques marins invasifs en Méditerranée orientale et dans le golfe d’Iskenderun en

particulier est un phénomène qui prend une ampleur sans cesse croissante. Une population de Siphonaria crenata

est fermement implantée dans la région de Yumurtalik où par ailleurs aucun spécimen de Siphonaria belcheri

n’a pu être mis en évidence lors de la récolte de septembre 2009.

Un examen attentif des Siphonariidae présents dans le golfe d’Iskenderun devrait permettre de connaître

l’extension réelle des populations de Siphonaria crenata et Siphonaria belcheri dans cette région.

NOTE

La nomenclature des mollusques est reprise de CLEMAM, "Check List of European Marine Mollusca"

www.somali.asso.fr/clemam/index.clemam.html - consultation 15 janvier 2010.

REMERCIEMENTS

Nous remercions Argyro Zenetos (Hellenic Center for Marine Research - Institute of Oceanography - Anavissos

- Grèce) et Serhat Albayrak (Department of Biology, Faculty of Sciences, University of Istanbul - Turquie) pour

leurs commentaires éclairés.

10 NoOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

RÉFÉRENCES

Albayrak, S. & Çeviker, D. 2001. Two New Extra-Mediterranean Molluscs from Southeast Turkey :

Siphonaria belcheri Hanley, 1858 [Gastropoda: Siphonariidae] and Septifer bilocularis (Linnaeus, 1758)

[Bivalvia: Mytilidae]. /srael Journal of Zoology; 47:297-298.

Albayrak, S. & Çaÿlar, S. 2006. On the Presence of Siphonaria belcheri Hanley, 1858 [Gastropoda:

Siphonartidae] and Septifer bilocularis (Linnaeus, 1758) [Bivalvia : Myÿtilidae] in the Iskenderun Bay (SE

Turkey). Aguatic invasions; 1(4):292-294.

Barash, A. & Danin, Z. 1992. Fauna Palaestina - Mollusca I - Annotated List of Mediterranean Molluscs of

Israel and Sinai. The Israel Academy of Sciences and Humanities - Jerusalem - Israel; 405 p.

Ceviker, D. 2001. Recent Immigrant Bivalves in the Northeastern Mediterranean off Iskenderun. La Conchiglia;

298:39-46.

Ceviker, D. 2002. A new finding of Septifer forskali Dunker, 1855 (Bivalvia: Mytilidae) from the Northeastern

Mediterranean Sea, Turkey. La Conchiglia; 305:14-16,59.

Ceviker, D. & Albayrak, S. 2006. Three Alien Molluscs from Iskenderun Bay (SE Turkey). Aguatic invasions;

1(2):76-79.

Dekker, H. & Orlin, Z. 2000. Check-List of Red Sea Mollusca. Spirula; 47 (Supplement):1-46.

Gregg, M., Rigby, G. & Hallegraeff, G.M. 2009. Review of Two Decades of Progress in the Development of

Management Options for Reducing or Eradicating Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Bacteria in Ship’s Ballast

Water. Aguatic Invasions; 4(3):521-565.

Rusmore-Villaume, M.L. 2008. Seashells of the Egyptian Red Sea. The American University in Cairo Press -

Cairo - Egypt; 307 p.

Zenetos, A., Gofas, S., Russo, G. & Templado, J. [2003] 2004. CIESM Atlas of Exotic Species in the

Mediterranean - Volume 3 Molluscs. Frederic Briand, Editor CIESM Publisher / Monaco; 376 p.

LÉGENDES

Figure 1 Golfe d’Iskenderun - situation géographique

Figure 2 Golfe d’Iskenderun - implantations industrielles

Figure 3 Région de Yumurtalik

Figure 4 Environnement rocheux marin aux alentours de Yumurtalik

Figure 5 Siphonaria crenata - spécimen vivant - face ventrale +/- 20 mm

Figure 6 Siphonaria crenata - Patella caerulea et balanes in situ

Figure 7 Siphonaria crenata - face dorsale 24,3 x 16,9 mm

Figure 8 Siphonaria crenata - face ventrale 24,3 x 16,9 mm

Figure 9 Siphonaria crenata - face dorsale 22,0 x 16,7 mm

Figure 10 Siphonaria crenata - face ventrale 22,0 x 16,7 mm

NOvAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

12 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Etymologie et malacologie dans deux sites naturels

du nord-est de Bruxelles - Deuxième partie

Jean-Philippe COPPEE

CEBE ASBL -— www.cebe.be

Rue Jean-Baptiste Mosselmans, 44 — B - 1140 Bruxelles — jp.coppee @ yucom.be

Introduction

Dans un numéro précédent, nous avons approché quelque peu la systématique et la formation du nom

scientifique d’une espèce. Ensuite, nous avons passé en revue les quatre bivalves (coquillages) présents à l’Hof

ter Musschen et au Moeraske, ces deux sites naturels du nord-est de la Région de Bruxelles-Capitale.

Dans cet article, nous poursuivons notre voyage au royaume des mots et des mollusques en abordant les

gastéropodes dulcicoles qui hantent les eaux de ces 2 zones vertes bruxelloises.

La classe des gastéropodes (Gastropoda) reprend les mollusques connus communément sous les noms

d’escargots et de limaces.

Gastropoda est composé de « gastéro- », du grec « gastêr, gastros » qui signifie « ventre » ou « estomac », et de

«-pode », du grec « pous, podos » qui veut dire « pied ».

Le qualificatif « dulcicole » vient de l’adjectif latin « dulcis » (doux) et du verbe latin « colere » (habiter). Le

suffixe « -cole » doit être compris comme « qui vit, qui croît (dans) ».

Le terme « dulçaquicole » est parfois utilisé comme synonyme. On y retrouve les racines précédentes ainsi que la

racine « aqua » (« eau » en latin).

Les gastéropodes dulcicoles (« zoetwaterslakken » en néerlandais) sont donc les escargots qui vivent dans l’eau

douce, que celle-ci soit stagnante ou courante.

Pour tout un chacun, il n’est pas toujours facile de définir le milieu dans lequel un mollusque vit. En effet,

l’énorme majorité des escargots et des limaces affectionne les milieux humides, parfois franchement mouillés.

Ce n’est pas pour autant qu’ils peuvent être qualifiés d’aquatiques.

De plus, il est fréquent qu’un escargot terrestre se noie dans une mare ou un cours d’eau. Trouver une coquille

lors d’une prospection dans ce milieu ne signifie donc pas toujours que l’animal y vive.

Afin de systématiser notre revue des espèces présentées, nous avons abordé ces animaux famille par famille, en

appliquant la succession proposée dans la « Checklist of species-group taxa of continental Mollusca living in

Belgium (Clecom Section ) ».

Famille des Bithyniidae

La Bithynie est une région du nord-ouest de l’ Asie mineure en bordure de la mer Noire et de la mer de Marmara.

Elle est connue depuis l’ Antiquité et correspond actuellement au nord de l’Anatolie. La Bithynie était dénommée

« Bithynia » en latin et « Bithunia » en grec.

La liaison entre les noms de genre et de la famille avec cette région géographique n’a pas pu être retrouvée.

Certains estiment cependant que le terme pourrait dériver de la racine grecque « buthos » qui signifie « fond,

abîme, gouffre ». Cette idée de profondeur se retrouverait ainsi dans le nom néerlandais de ces animaux

(diepslakken), et ferait référence au fait que ces gastéropodes semblent peu dépendants de la profondeur du

milieu aquatique dans lequel ils évoluent. En effet, ils peuvent vivre dans des eaux peu profondes comme à plus

grande profondeur.

Deux espèces de cette famille sont présentes à l’Hof ter Musschen.

Bithynia tentaculata (Linnaeus, 1758)

Tentaculata vient du latin « tentaculata » qui signifie “avec des tentacules”, cet escargot aquatique présentant de

longs et fins tentacules. Précisons cependant qu’il ne s’agit pas d’une caractéristique propre à cette espèce, la

suivante ayant également cette particularité.

Cette Bithynia (h : 16 mm ; diamètre : 8,5 mm) est qualifiée de « grande » en néerlandais (grote diepslak) et de

“commune” en anglais et en allemand (common bithynia et Gemeine Schnauzenschnecke). En allemand, le nom

de genre «Schnauzenschnecke » est plus énigmatique. Si « schnecke » signifie « escargot » ou « vis » et parle de

lui-même, « Schnauzen » (de « Schnauze » (= museau, bec)) est moins évident.

En langue française, elle est dénommée « bithynie impure », voire « paludine sale ».

NovaPEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 13

Bithynia leachii (Hof ter Musschen) Bithynia tentaculata (Hof ter Musschen)

Bithynia leachii (Sheppard, 1823)

Le nom de cet escargot de plus petite taille (h : 5 à 9 mm ; diamètre : 3 à 6 mm) fait référence au zoologiste anglais

William Elford Leach (1790-1836) qui a notamment décrit le genre Bithynia. I] travailla au British Museum où il

s’occupa des collections. Il y devint conservateur-assistant au département d’histoire naturelle et se spécialisa dans

l’étude des crustacés et des mollusques.

Ce zoologiste s’attela aussi à la description d’espèces. A titre d’exemple, 1l en nomma 27 à partir du nom de son ami J.

Cranch, décédé en Afrique, et 9 à partir d’anagrammes tirés du prénom Caroline.

L'origine de certains noms scientifiques peut donc parfois reposer sur des réalités peu... cartésiennes. Mais ne dit-on pas

que le cœur a ses raisons que la raison ignore ?

La référence à ce zoologiste se retrouve dans le nom anglais de ce mollusque : Leach’s Bythinia. Littéralement, comme

pour le nom scientifique, il s’agit donc de la « bithynie de Leach », nom qu’on lui donne également en français.

En néerlandais, on fait référence à la taille de l’escargot (kleine diepslak), celle-ci étant inférieure à l’espèce précédente

Bythinia tentaculata (voir photos des deux espèces).

Le terme allemand « Bauchige Schnauzenschnecke » fait plutôt référence à la forme des spires qui, par comparaison avec

l’espèce précédente, est plus bombée (Bauchige = bombé).

Famille des Hydrobiidae

Le nom de cette famille vient du terme grec « hudôr » qui signifie « eau » et qui a donné, p.ex., « hydro- » ou

« hydrique ». On retrouve également la racine grecque « bios » qui veut dire « vie ».

Littéralement, Hydrobiidae est donc la famille des escargots « vivant dans l’eau ». Relevons immédiatement que ce n’est

pas la seule famille dont les membres vivent dans l’eau.

Potamopyrgus antipodarum (J.E. Gray, 1843)

Présent tant au Moeraske qu’à l’Hof ter Musschen, Potamopyrgus antipodarum (J.E. Gray, 1843) peut pourtant être

considérée comme une espèce invasive. Cette petite « tourelle » (h : 5 à 6 mm ; diamètre : 2,5 à 3 mm) fut découverte en

1859 dans l’estuaire de la Tamise et s’est probablement répandue en Europe à partir de cette région. Elle est découverte

aux Pays-Bas en 1913.

Cette espèce fut décrite par E. A. Smith en 1889 et reçut les noms d’Hydrobia jenkinsi et de Potamopyrgus jenkinsi.

Zoologiste britannique, Edgar Albert Smith (1847-1916) fut, comme

Leach, conservateur-assistant au British Museum. Il y étudia les

mollusques, notamment ceux ramenés d’expéditions antarctiques.

Le nom d’espèce jenkinsi fut formé à partir du nom d’un naturaliste

amateur et collectionneur de coquillages A. J. Jenkins qui récoltait du

matériel pour Smith. Plus tard, on se rendit compte que l’espèce était

identique à un gastéropode néo-zélandais Potamopyrgus antipodarum

(JE. Gray, 1843). Le nom jenkinsi fut donc considéré comme synonyme

et modifié en fonction des règles de priorité du code de nomenclature

zoologique en vigueur. L’auteur de la description John Edward Gray

(1800 - 1875) est un autre zoologiste britannique ayant également

travaillé au British Museum.

Potamopyrgus antipodarum

js " , , po 2 (Hof ter Musschen)

Les noms néerlandais et anglais font cependant toujours référence à cet Jean-Philippe Coppée

« Jenkins waterhoren » et « Jenkin’s spire snail ».

14 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Le nom de genre Potamopyrgus est constitué à partir des mots grecs “potamos” qui signifie “fleuve, courant”

(racine que nous retrouvons dans « hippopotame » ou « potamot ») et « pyrgos », « tour élevée, citadelle ». Ce

genre se rencontre à la fois dans les eaux douces et saumâtres et la forme de sa coquille peut être assimilée à une

(petite) tour.

Antipodarum vient du grec « antipodos » lui-même formé des deux termes « contre » et « pied ». La référence à

l'origine néo-zélandaise de l’escargot est évidente, la Nouvelle-Zélande étant située aux antipodes de l’Europe

occidentale. Cette origine néo-zélandaise se retrouve également dans le nom en langue allemande, cette espèce y

étant dénommée « Neuseeländische Deckelsnecken ». |

Famille des Valvatidae

Le nom de cette famille trouve son origine dans le terme latin « valva » qui signifie « valve » ou « feuille ». Il est

fait référence, comme pour le nom de genre Valvata, aux deux branchies externes particulièrement visibles sur

l'animal vivant.

La famille est d’ailleurs dénommée « pluimdrager » en néerlandais, soit littéralement « porteur de plumes ».

L’allusion aux deux branchies externes de cet escargot est évidente (voir photo ci-dessous).

Valvata piscinalis (O.F. Müller, 1774

Ce petit escargot (h : 1 à 1,5 mm ; diamètre : 3 à 4 mm) présente une coquille enroulée en spirale. Il vit sur les

plantes aquatiques et sur le fond des eaux stagnantes ou faiblement courantes. Pour nos sites, il n’est connu que

de l’Hof ter Musschen.

Piscinalis vient du latin « piscina » (étang (de pisciculture)), lui-même dérivé de « pisces », signifiant

« poisson ».

En français, cet animal est parfois dénommé « valvée piscinale ». Les noms anglais et allemand font référence au

caractère commun de ce gastéropode (common valve-shell et Gemeine Federkiemenschnecke). En néerlandais, il

est plutôt fait référence à l’habitat de l’espèce : viygverpluimdrager (vijver = étang).

Valvata piscinalis (une des deux branchies externes, en forme de

Valvata piscinalis (Hof ter Musschen)

Le responsable de la première description de cet escargot est Otto Friedrich Müller (1730-1784). Brillant

zoologiste et naturaliste danois, nous lui devons pas mal de descriptions de mollusques. Bien qu’il ait étudié les

champignons et la botanique, c’est dans l’étude des invertébrés qu’il excella.

Famille des Lymnaeidae

La famille des Limnées est bien représentée sur les deux sites bruxellois avec un total de 5 espèces différentes

dont une seule, Radix labiata, n’est connue que de l’Hof ter Musschen.

Le nom de cette famille est dérivé du grec « limnè » qui signifie « lac », « mare » ou « étang ».

C’est cette même racine qui a donné « limnologie » en l’occurence la science qui se penche sur l’étude des eaux

douces.

En français, les membres de cette famille sont dénommés « limnées » alors qu’en néerlandais, on les dénomme

« poelslakken » (escargots des mares).

Galba truncatula (O.P. Müller, 1774)

Le nom de genre Galba vient soit du latin “galba” qui signifie “bedaine”, soit du latin “galbus” signifiant

“jaune”. Les deux options semblent possibles. Les spires arrondies font pencher pour la première alors que la

couleur de corne jaunâtre de la coquille justifierait la seconde.

NoVAPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 15

Le nom d’espèce truncatula vient du latin

« truncatus », « tronqué ». La présence du suffixe

«-ula » indique un diminutif. Truncatula signifie

donc “un peu tronqué”. Cette limnée est plus petite

(h : 10 (15) mm ; diamètre = 5 mm) que les autres

représentantes de cette famille et cette particularité

est reprise dans sa dénomination française, anglaise

et allemande (limnée naine, « dwarf pond snail » et

« Kleine Sumpfschnecke » (Kleine : petit, Sumpf :

marais et Schnecke : escargot)).

En français, elle peut également être dénommée

« limnée tronquée », ce qui fait référence à son

nom scientifique.

En néerlandais, cette espèce est dénommée

Galba truncatula (Hof ter Musschen) « leverbotslak », ce qui peut être traduit

On retrouve également cette appellation dans un

autre nom commun allemand attribué à cet animal :

« Leberegelschnecke ».

La douve du foie est un ver plathelminthe parasite (Fasciola hepatica) qui vit dans les canaux biliaires des

moutons et des bovins (et parfois de l’homme) mais qui réalise une partie de son cycle de reproduction aux

dépens de Galba truncatula. Les noms néerlandais et allemand font donc référence au fait que cette limnée

héberge temporairement ce parasite.

Stagnicola palustris (O.F. Müller, 1774)

La racine latine « stagnum » (eaux dormantes) se

retrouve dans le nom de genre Sfagnicola,

accompagnée du suffixe « -cola » qui provient du

latin « colere » (habiter). La traduction littérale sera

donc : « qui habite les eaux dormantes ».

Le nom d’espèce palustris fait directement référence

à l’habitat du mollusque, le mot latin « palustris »

signifiant « du marais ». Les noms français (limnée

des marais), néerlandais (moeraspoelslak) et anglais

(marsh snail) se plaisent à rappeler cette origine. La

dénomination allemande (Gemeine Sumpfschnecke)

fait elle référence au caractère commun du mollusque.

Stagnicola palustris (Hof ter Musschen) De taille intermédiaire (h : 30 mm ; d : 15 mm), cette

Musschen.

Radix labiata (Rossmässler, 1835)

Le nom de genre Radix doit provenir probablement du latin

« radix » signifiant « racine », maïs le lien entre cette racine

latine et le nom du genre nous est resté inconnu.

Les deux espèces de Radix rencontrées à l’Hof ter Musschen

sont morphologiquement très proches l’une de l’autre.

La première espèce abordée est Radix labiata (h : 20 mm ; d :

15 mm).

Labiata vient du latin « labrum » ou « labra », « lèvre ».

« Labiata » peut être traduit par « qui a des lèvres ». Nous

pouvons peut-être supposer qu’il est ici fait référence à

l’épaississement de la columelle (axe de la coquille). Notons

cependant que cette caractéristique est présente chez beaucoup

d’espèces de limnées.

Radix labiata (Hof ter Musschen)

Pour cette limnée, on trouve un synonyme fréquent dans la

littérature, à savoir Radix peregra.

16 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Peregra vient du latin « peregre » qui signifie « à l’étranger, étranger » et qui a, par exemple, donné « pèlerin »

ou « pérégrination » en français.

Il faut peut-être y voir une référence au caractère « voyageur » de ces animaux à la surface de l’eau (voir

Lymnaea stagnalis).

Le nom anglais (wandering pond snaïl) mentionne aussi ce caractère voyageur (wandering : errance, dérive).

En allemand, comme pour Stagnicola palustris, on souligne le caractère « commun » de cet escargot (Gemeine

Schlammschnecke) (Gemeine: commun, Schlamm : vase, boue et Schnecke : escargot).

En néerlandais, cette espèce est dénommée « begroeide poelslak », ce qu’on pourrait traduire par « limnée

couverte ». En effet, il n’est pas rare de trouver des coquilles de cette espèce entièrement recouverte (encroûtée)

par des algues.

Cette espèce fut décrite par Adolf Emil Rossmässler (1806-1867), malacologue allemand qui fut également

professeur d’histoire naturelle et homme politique.

Radix balthica (Linnaeus, 1758)

Balthica fait référence à la zone géographique de la

Baltique. Ici aussi, le lien entre le nom d’espèce et

cette région n’a pas pu être réalisé.

Auparavant, cette limnée a également porté le nom

de Radix ovata.

Ovata, en latin, signifie « ovale » et a trait à la

forme de l’ouverture de la coquille. Ce nom

d’espèce est encore fréquemment rencontré dans la

littérature et est repris dans le nom

néerlandais (ovale poelslak).

Le nom en langue allemande y fait également

référence en associant l’animal à la forme ovale de

l’œuf (Eïfürmige Schlammschnecke). Cette limnée

Radix balthica (Hof ter Musschen) est plus grande (h : 30 mm ; d : 20 mm) que

Lymnaea stagnalis (Linnaeus, 1758)

L’étymologie du nom de genre Lymnaea est la même que celle évoquée pour la famille. Le nom d’espèce

stagnalis fait référence à l’habitat de la limnée, stagnalis dérivant du latin « stagnum » qui signifie « eaux

dormantes, stagnantes ».

Le suffixe « -alis » (génitif) précise l’origine : il s’agit donc, littéralement, de la « limnée des eaux stagnantes ».

Les noms français, néerlandais et anglais font référence à cet habitat : limnée des étangs, « gewone (ou « grote »)

poelslak » (le (grand) escargot commun des mares) et « stagnant pond snail » (l’escargot des étangs (stagnants)).

Le qualificatif « grand » que l’on retrouve dans certaines dénominations néerlandaises est justifié puisqu'il s’agit

effectivement d’un escargot aquatique de taille respectable (h : 80 mm ; diamètre : 35 mm).

Le nom allemand « Spitzhornschnecke » fait état d’une autre particularité morphologique, à savoir le sommet

très pointu de la coquille.

Lymnaea stagnalis ( Moeraske ) Lymnaea stagnalis (Hof ter Musschen)

NovaPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 17

En français, on retrouve parfois la mention de « limnée voyageuse ». Ce qualificatif fait probablement référence

au fait que cette limnée se déplace sous la surface de l’eau, de la même manière qu’un escargot se déplacerait sur

le sol. Elle en profite pour aspirer l’air dont elle a besoin pour respirer.

Famille des Physidae

Le nom de cette famille est à retrouver dans le terme grec « phusa » (vésicule, cloche, soufflet). On fait ici

référence à la dernière spire de la coquille qui est grande et gonflée.

Physella acuta (Draparnaud. 1805)

Physella est le diminutif d’un autre nom de genre (Physa). En

effet, la présence du suffixe « -ella » nous donne cette

indication. Il s’agit donc d’une petite Physa.

Acuta souligne un caractère de la coquille dont le sommet se

termine en une pointe aigue (« acuta » signifiant « aigu » en

latin).

Les noms néerlandais (puntige blaashoren), anglais (lateritic

physa, tadpole snaïl, acute bladder snail) et allemand (Spitze

Blasenschnecke) mentionnent également cette caractéristique de

la coquille.

Ce petit escargot (h : 14 mm ; d : 9 mm) est présent au

Moeraske et à l’Hof ter Musschen.

Jacques Draparnaud, l’auteur de cette description, est un

naturaliste, malacologue et botaniste français. œ

Il est considéré comme le père de la malacologie continentale Physella acuta (Moeraske)

terrestres et fluviatiles de la France » paru en 1801 et surtout, en

1805, une « Histoire naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et

fluviatiles de la France ».

Famille des Planorbidae

Les relevés malacologiques mentionnent six espèces différentes pour ces 2 sites. Une seule, Planorbis carinatus

est seulement présente au Moeraske, les 5 autres n’étant connues que de l’Hof ter Musschen.

Le nom de cette famille fait référence à la géométrie et est composé de deux termes latins à savoir « planus »

(plat) et « orbis » (cercle, disque). Ceci est à mettre en relation avec la forme de la coquille de ces escargots.

En français, ce sont ces mêmes racines qui vont être à l’origine du nom de genre « planorbe » qui sera utilisé

dans les dénominations des six espèces présentées.

Planorbarius corneus (Linnaeus, 1758)

Le genre Planorbarius est composé à partir du nom de

genre Planorbis et du suffixe « -arius » (appartenant à)

ce qui fait référence à la parenté avec les deux espèces

suivantes.

Corneus vient du latin « corneus » (comme pour

Sphaerium corneum (voir le précédent numéro de

Novapex/Société)) qui signifie « corne ». Dans ce cas-

ci également, il est fait probablement référence à la

couleur cornée de la coquille (ou alors à la corne en

tant qu’instrument à vent (similitude avec le cor)).

En langue française, le nom commun est la simple

traduction du nom scientifique (planorbe corné). Les

dénominations néerlandaise (posthorenslak) et

Planorbarius corneus (Hof ter Musschen) allemande (Posthornschnecke) sont à la fois musicales

anglais, cette espèce est nommée « trumpet shell » ou

« great ramshorn snaïil » (ramshorn : corne de bélier).

18 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Comme la coquille de cet escargot aquatique peut avoir une certaine taille (h : 15 mm ; d : 35 mm), le qualificatif

« great » n’est donc pas usurpé. Notons cependant que les exemplaires trouvés à l’Hof ter Musschen étaient de

moins grandes dimensions .

Planorbis planorbis (Linnaeus, 1758)

Planorbis planorbis est de forme discoïde et de taille

moyenne (h : 4 mm ; d :20 mm). Ce nom de

mollusque, en ayant le même nom de genre que

d'espèce, nous permet de montrer un bel exemple de

tautologie autorisée par le Code de nomenclature

zoologique.

En néerlandais, certains planorbes sont repris sous le

vocable particulièrement évocateur de « schijfhoren »,

composé de « schijf » (= disque) et de « horen » (=

contraction pour cor (corne)). En néerlandais, P.

planorbis porte le nom de « (gewone) schijfhoren » (=

le planorbe commun).

En allemand, ce planorbe porte le doux nom de

« Gemeine Tellerschnecke ». La traduction littérale de

« Tellerschnecke » pourrait être |’ « escargot-plateau » Planorbis planorbis (Hof ter Musschen)

caractère commun de l’animal.

La morphologie de ces mollusques a également inspiré

les Britanniques qui les dénomment simplement

«ramshorn » (corne de bélier).

Planorbis carinatus (O.F. Müller, 1774)

Le nom d’espèce carinatus a été inspiré du latin « carina » qui peut signifier : « coquille de noix », « quille » ou

« carène (d'un bateau) », « navire », ou bien encore « corps (d'un animal) en forme de carène ».

C’est bien évidemment cette dernière traduction qui s’impose lorsqu’on observe la coquille de ce planorbe.

C’est tout naturellement que les noms communs en différentes langues feront référence à cette carène : planorbe

carénée, « gekielde schijfhoren » (néerlandais), « Gekielte Tellerschnecke » (allemand) ou « keeled ramshorn »

(anglais).

Planorbis carinatus (Moeraske) Planorbis carinatus — détail de la carène (Moeraske)

Anisus vortex (Linnaeus, 1758)

Ce planorbe est plus petit (h : 2 mm ; d : 12 mm) que les trois espèces précédentes. Comme celles-ci, il apprécie

les eaux stagnantes ou calmes à végétation aquatique développée.

L’étymologie du nom de genre Anisus pourrait avoir deux origines.

Une première possibilité serait qu’Anisus pourrait provenir du grec « anèson » (dille ou anis) qui aurait donné

« anisus » en latin. Le lien entre l’anis et l’escargot est par contre assez difficile à mettre en évidence.

NOVvAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 19

La seconde possibilité, plus vraisemblable, est

qu’Anisus ferait référence au préfixe « aniso- » (non

égal à, inégal). En effet, ce genre a d’abord été décrit

comme appartenant au genre Planorbis. Par la suite, en

en faisant un genre à part, on prenait donc le contrepied

de la première classification.

Le nom d’espèce vortex signifie « tourbillon » et se

rapporte à la spirale régulière de la coquille qui n’est

pas sans évoquer la forme d’un tourbillon.

Ce terme se retrouve tant dans les dénominations

française (planorbe tourbillon) que néerlandaise

(draaikolkschijfhoren) ou anglaise (whirlpool

ramshorn). En allemand, cet escargot est appelé

« Scharfe Tellerschnecke ». « Scharfe » signifie Anisus vortex (Hof ter Musschen)

référence à l’extrême finesse de la coquille et de la

petite carène qui présente une arête tranchante.

Bathyomphalus c

g ÿ

ontortus (Linnaeus 1758

Bathyomphalus vient des mots grecs « bathus » (profond)

et « omphalos » (ombilic).

Le nom d’espèce contortus vient du latin et signifie

«enroulé » ou « tourné ».

La dénomination française fait toujours référence au terme

générique « planorbe » : planorbe contourné.

Les noms néerlandais (riempje, littéralement « petite

courroie/ceinture ») et allemand (Riementellerschnecke)

s’inspirent de la morphologie de ce petit escargot (h : 2

mm ; d : 8 mm) qui évoque une ceinture enroulée.

Bathyomphalus contortus (Hof ter Musschen)

Gyraulus albus (O.F. Müller, 1774)

Gyraulus vient probablement du grec « guros » (courbé, tordu)

et du latin « gyrus » (cercle).

Albus signifie blanc en latin. Cette épithète est à mettre en

rapport avec la couleur très claire de la coquille, qui est plutôt

jaune verdâtre (voire brun pâle), que blanche.

Les dénominations néerlandaise (witte schijfhoren), anglaise

(white ramshorn) et allemande (Weisses Posthôürnchen) font

toutes référence à la blancheur citée dans le nom scientifique

de ce petit planorbe (h : 1,5 à 2 mm ; d : 6 à 9 mm). Gyraulus albus (Hof ter Musschen)

(à suivre)

Bibliographie sommaire

Les références ci-dessous reprennent les ouvrages et sites qui ont été les plus consultés. Certains sites Internet

ont été consultés de manière sporadique afin de vérifier une orthographe, un détail ou de recouper une traduction.

Ces sites ne sont pas repris dans cette bibliographie.

Les capacités d’Internet permettent par ailleurs de consulter des livres anciens, p.ex. datant du XIX°""* siècle et

qui ont permis de rechercher des étymologies parfois peu évidentes.

Enfin, il faut souligner le précieux site de l’association néerlandaise ANEMOON (ANalyse Educatie en Marien

Oecologisch Onderzoek) qui a dédié une section entière à l’étymologie des mollusques continentaux des Pays-

Bas. Ce site fut d’une importance capitale pour la structure des recherches et la rédaction de cet article.

20 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

ADAM William. Mollusques — Tome I : Mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles. Bruxelles : Patrimoine de l’IRSNB, 1960, 402

p. (Faune de Belgique)

ANEMOON (ANalyse Educatie en Marien Oecologisch Onderzoek). Atlasproject Nederlandse Mollusken : Etymologie

[en ligne]. Disponible sur : <http://www.anemoon.org/anm/etymologie> (consulté les 2/08/2007 et 28/03/2008)

BACKELJAU T. et al. De Rode Lijst van de landslakken in Vlaanderen [en ligne]. Brussel : Instituut voor Natuurbehoud,

en préparation. Disponible sur : http:/www.inbo.be/content/page.asp?pid=BEL: VLA_SOO rodelijst (consulté le

12.12.2006)

CUVIER F. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles... suivi d'une biographie des plus célèbres naturalistes [en ligne]. Paris :

F.G. Levrault, 1818. Disponible sur : <http://books.google.fr/books?id=qgmIIAAAAMAAJ> (dernière consultation

février 2009)

JOURDAN A. J. L. Dictionnaire raisonné, étymologique, synonymique et polyglotte, des termes usités dans les sciences

naturelles [en ligne]. Paris : Baïllière, 1834. Disponible sur : <http://books.google.be/books?id=LIFhKnHEgSgC&hl=fr>

(dernière consultation février 2009)

JUNGBLUTH JH. et VON KNORRE D. Trivialnamen der Land- und SüBwassermollusken Deutschlands (Gastropoda et

Bivalvia). In Mollusca 26 (1) Dresden, Allemagne, 2008, pp 105-156. Disponible sur :

<http://globiz.sachsen.de/snsd/publikationen/mollusca-journal/mollusca_26-1-2008/08_Jungbluth.pdf>

Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Gôteborg (GNM) - CLECOM Project Checklist of species-group taxa of continental

Mollusca living in Belgium. (CLECOM Section 1). Gôteborg, Suède : Gôteborgs Naturhistoriska Museum, 2002, 17 p.

Nederlandse Malacologische Vereniging. Soortenlijst Nederland — Landslakken [en ligne]. Disponible sur :

<http://www.spirula.nl/malacologie/nl_soorten/nl_land.htm > (consulté le 21.11.2007)

Nederlandse Malacologische Vereniging. Soortenlijst Nederland - Zoet- en brakwater [en ligne]. Disponible sur :

<http://www.spirula.nl/malacologie/nl_soorten/nl_zoet.htm> (consulté le 21.11.2007)

Université Catholique de Louvain Itinera Electronica - Collatinus - Dictionnaire Jeanneau (Latin-Français) [en ligne].

Disponible sur <http://collatinus.fltr.ucl.ac.be/jano/> (dernière consultation février 2009)

Université de Neuchâtel. Liste des mollusques de Suisse [en ligne]. Neuchâtel, Suisse : Université de Neuchâtel, 2007.

Disponible sur : <http:/www2.unine.ch/webdav/site/cscf/shared/documents/liste_especes/MOL 2007.xls> (consulté le

25.04.2008)

VILVENS C. et al. Tome IV : Gastéropodes dulcicoles. Jodoigne, Belgique : Société Belge de Malacologie, 2008, 60 p.

(Mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles de Belgique)

WAIENGNIER E. Relevé d’excursion au Moeraske. In Arion 24(1). Bruxelles : Société Belge de Malacologie, 1999, p 3

NovaAPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 21

L'écho des réunions

Etienne MEULEMAN

Réunion du 12 décembre 2009 (EM) > Roland Scaillet & Christiane Delongueville : Les

Iles Kerkennah (Tunisie)

C’est toujours avec un grand plaisir que nous accueillons nos spécialistes des mollusques européens. Lorsque

Roland et Christiane nous présentent leur conférence, c’est comme si nous partions en voyage vers une

destination inconnue ! Ils ne se contentent pas de

nous exposer une liste de coquillages récoltés, mais

ils nous font découvrir aussi la région visitée avec

ses paysages, ses habitants, ses coutumes.

Cette fois, ils nous ont emmenés dans les îles

Kerkennah (personnellement je n’en n’avais jamais

entendu parler !), un petit archipel situé au large de

la Tunisie dans le Golfe de Gabès. Cet archipel est

constitué de 6 îles dont deux principales (GHARBI

et CHERGUI). Ces îles jouissent d’un climat à la

limite entre le tempéré méditerranéen et le

subtropical saharien caractérisé par une faible

pluviosité. Ce faible apport en eau douce entraîne

une forte salinité de l’eau et l’on peut y retrouver

une faune typique.

MNT. | 1

Durant l’exposé, nous avons découvert les différents aspects de ces îles. Tout d’abord, comment y arriver !

Visiblement, il n’existe pas un train direct qui nous emmène de Bruxelles à Sidi Youssef sur l’île de Chergui ©.

Ensuite Roland nous a décrit les différents types de paysages (cela fait rêver!), la faune et la flore locale et ses

habitants avec leur accueil chaleureux. Pour terminer, nous avons pu nous délecter de quelques belles coquilles

récoltées dans les îles.

Érosaria turdus trouvées dans des gargoulettes Tonna galea

Les fameuses gargoulettes, lieu intéressant pour des découvertes malacologiques.…

22 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Quoi de neuf ?

Claude VILVENS

Comme chaque année : la Bourse d'Anvers de la BVC !

BELGISCHE VERENIGING VOOR CONCHYLIOLOGIE V.Z.W.

Belgian Society for Conchology - Association Belge de Conchyliologie

www.bvc-gloriamaris.be

20°" BOURSE INTERNATIONALE

AUX COQUILLAGES

15 et 16 mai 2010

Antwerpen — Belgium

For information and reservations please contact :

C. Krijnen (secretary Shell Show)

Burg. Jansenstraat 10 - 5037 NC Tilburg - The Netherlands

Tel.: ++31 — (0)13 4630607 - e-mail: bvc.shellshow @planet.nl

Samedi 15 mai : 10h-18h Sports hall Extra Time

Dimanche 16 mai : 10h-16h Louisalei 24

2660 Antwerpen - Hoboken

http://www.extratime.be

RE EE |

\ M

°° see |

] |

Extja Time see

Louisalei 24

NovAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 23

Quelques nouvelles publications

Roland SCAILLET, Claude VILVENS & Roland HOUART

1. Quelques livres

MARINE MOLLUSCS OF MADEIRA

par Willy Segers, Frank Swinnen & Roland De Prins

pp. 1-612 Editions Snoeck, 2009

Format A4, couverture cartonnée. Commande en ligne sur le site

Prix: 89 €. http://www.madeira-seashells.com

Voici un ouvrage prestigieux consacré aux mollusques

marins de l’archipel de Madère et des îles Sauvages

(Selvagens Ilhas). Il est l’aboutissement d’un long

MARINE MOLLUSCS travail de recherche mené par des inconditionnels

OF explorateurs de la biodiversité. Surtout ne boudons pas

MADEIRA notre plaisir, une fois de plus, les auteurs sont belges.

Ceci nous montre combien la malacologie est une

discipline à l’honneur et bien vivante dans notre pays.

Willy Segers, Frank Swinnen et Roland De Prins sont

CHE LIVING MARINE MOLLUSCS des figures réputées au sein de notre société sœur du

OF THE PROVINCE OF MADEIRA nord du pays: de Belgische Vereniging voor

(Madeira and Selvagens Archipelago) Conchyliologie. Une courte biographie leur est

consacrée en préambule de cet ouvrage.

Le livre est impressionnant, format A4, couverture

cartonnée, 612 pages d’information concise,

impression impeccable des planches, voilà quelques

mots qui définissent l’emballage, Quant au contenu,

FRANK SWINNEN c’est mieux encore, il traite de plus de 750 espèces

différentes dont 11 sont nouvelles pour la science.

Fallait-il prouver que nous sommes encore loin de tout

savoir sur la richesse et la biodiversité du monde

animal en général et de celui des mollusques en

particulier ? Mission accomplie: les informations

relatives à chaque espèces sont développées dans un

ordre logique: citation dans la littérature, détail du

matériel examiné, distribution, biotope et description

concise de l’espèce. L’iconographie est superbe, plus

de 1.200 représentations en quadrichromie, mêlant les

photos traditionnelles aux images de microscopie

électronique combien importantes pour la mise en évidence des caractéristiques spécifiques de la microsculpture

et des protoconques de chaque espèce.

Ce livre ne s’adresse pas uniquement aux amateurs de ces deux régions spécifiques de l’ Atlantique Nord-Est.

Son contenu déborde de très loin sur des espèces répertoriées dans les îles Canaries, le long des côtes de la

façade Nord-Atlantique (Europe/Afrique) et de la Méditerranée. Les spécialistes de ces régions trouveront

matière à combler leurs besoins en iconographie spécifique.

Le prix du livre (hors frais d’expédition) s’élève à 89 €. Il peut être commandé en ligne sur le site

http://www.madeira-seashells.com. Ce site permet également de naviguer brièvement dans l’ouvrage et d’y

apprécier la qualité de l’iconographie.

WILLY SEGERS

ROLAND DE PRINS

Avis aux amateurs et bonne lecture.

Roland Scaillet

24 NovaAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

HISTOIRE DE L'ILLUSTRATION NATURALISTE

par Valérie Chansigaud

pp. 1-239, nombreuses illustrations toutes Delachaux et Niestlé

couleurs. ISBN: 9 782603 016008

Format 155x225 mm, couverture souple.

Prix: 30.97 euros + frais d'envoi

Ce livre oppose non seulement un parcours historique au

pays de l'illustration naturaliste, mais aussi un certain

nombre de réflexions à son sujet. Ainsi :

Valérie Chansigaud

Li e.

Histoire de |

+ une illustration naturaliste n'est pas seulement une

ze . #4 SAS

| iHIust ration AM: copie de la nature, mais aussi, et surtout, le reflet des

n aturaliste F, 4 F | connaissances scientifiques de l'époque : "on y représente

ce que l'on sait et ce que l'on veut montrer";

+ la présence d'images en couleur dans un livre

représente un travail complexe et coûteux à toutes les

époques;

+ pour certains naturalistes, une image donne une

meilleure explication qu'une description textuelle, alors

que pour d'autres "le texte nourrit l'esprit alors que l'image

donne seulement du plaisir aux yeux".

Du point de vue historique, les grandes époques sont

passées en revue :

+ la Renaissance, avec les botanistes tout d'abord puis

les premiers zoologistes, l'imprimerie est encore une

technique coûteuse;

+ le XVIIème siècle : la science est en plein

développement et les sociétés savantes émergent; les

\ , £ LE plantes restent au centre des préoccupations des

* UE (el FR |: 5 SFR Rire ©" V| naturalistes (tant pour leur importance économique que

à PANNE ET LT comme objet de collection, comme les tulipes); les

animaux commencent cependant à à être illustrés, comme le célèbre dodo et aussi les coquillages avec des erreurs

d'inversion d'ouverture à gauche (la dissymétrie des gastéropodes a fait apparaître ce problème nouveau);

+ le XVIIIème siècle : c'est l'époque de Buffon et des grands voyages à la surface du globe; réaliser un ouvrage

naturaliste illustré reste une entreprise dont la rentabilité est lon d'être assurée et le recours aux financements et

aux souscripteurs est presque un passage obligé; la qualité des représentations devient d'un très bon niveau, exigé

par les taxonomistes;

+ le XIXème siècle : les avancées technologiques augementent considérablement les capacités de production

des imprimeurs et les prix des impressipons chutent; la paléontologie devient un nouveau centre d'intérêt, tout

comme l'exploration des grandes profondeurs marines : l'une et l'autre vont alimenter une abondante

iconographie;

+ le XXème siècle : les professionnels cherchent à comprendre le vivant tandis que les amateurs éclairés

accumulent les observations; les nouveaux médias comme la photographie, le cinéma, la télévision et Internet

diffusent l'amour de la nature avec des figures emblématiques comme Sir David Attenborough.

[mn

ba]

Un splendide voyage au sein de la nature et de l'histoire !

Claude Vilvens

NoOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 25

ACCRESCIMENTI

STADE DI ACCRESCIMENTO DEI MOLLUSCHI

MARINI DEL MEDITERRANEO

(STAGES OF GROWTH OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCS

OF THE MEDITERRANEAN SEA)

VOLUME

par Maria Scaperrotta, Stefano Bartolini & Cesare Bogi

pp. 1-167, nombreuses photographies L’Informatore Picano.

couleurs/bilingue italien-anglais. malacologia @ fasnet.it

Format 215 x 300 mm, couverture rigide. http://www.malacologia.it

Prix : 60 euros + frais d’envoi.

Les auteurs illustrent et ne commentent pas moins

de 122 espèces, de la forme juvénile à la forme adulte,

variant parfois de 1,5 mm (juvénile) à 100 mm (adulte)

. pour Spondylus gaederopus (Linné, 1758), de 0,6 à 25 mm

AC CRESCIMENTI pour Spisula subtruncata (Da Costa, 1778), de 0,75 mm à

_ 33 mm pour Cypraea lurida Linné, 1758 ou de 11 mm à

DE ME MAR DE MED ARRANO 45 mm pour Strombus persicus Swainson, 1821.

grow ofthe marine molluses of he Mediterranean Sea Ce livre débute par la présentation du projet, une

courte introduction, puis la méthode et le matériel utilisés,

quelques explications sur la technique de photographie

suivent ensuite, pour se terminer par la liste des espèces

étudiées et illustrées, avec mention de la page en italien et

de sa traduction en langue anglaise.

Les espèces sont classées de façon systématique,

en commençant par les gastéropodes, notamment les

Fissurellidae et en se terminant par les Cuspidariidae pour

les bivalves; vingt-huit familles de gastéropodes et 25 de

bivalves sont illustrées avec une moyenne de une à trois

espèces par famille, exception faite pour les Buccinidae

(14 espèces), les Arcidae (8 espèces) et les Mytilidae (12

espèces). Chaque espèce est illustrée à l’aide de 3 à 7

photos, parfois à partir de l’embryon jusqu’à l’adulte,

permettant ainsi d'observer la progression de la

croissance, du stade embryonnaire vers le stade adulte.

Pour chaque espèce les auteurs mentionnent

l’habitat, la distribution géographique générale, la

provenance des spécimens photographiés, quelques notes

sur la coquille (description, couleur, variabilité, etc.) et

enfin quelques références essentielles. Les coquilles sont illustrées sur la même page, sur fond noir, avec un

grossissement permettant une très bonne identification. Enfin, un index des quelques 122 espèces observées et

photographiées clôture cet excellent ouvrage.

Un livre que je conseille vivement à tous les membres, amateurs et professionnels, que la faune

méditerranéenne et/ou européenne ne laisse pas indifférent. En un mot comme en cent : il s’agit d’une excellente

réalisation qui sera certainement suivie d’autres volumes. A suivre donc !

aperrotta Stefano Bartolini Cesare Bogi

Roland Houart

26 NovaAPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

2. Une publication électronique

GEORGE BRETTINGHAM SOWERBY I, IL, III:

THEIR CONCHOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS AND

MOLLUSCAN TAXA

par Richard E. Petit

Zootaxa 2189. Monograph, pp. 1-218.

www.mapress.com/zootaxa/list/2009/zt02189.html

Prix: 23,85 USD), en format PDF

Après George Perry et son édition de "Conchology" en 1811 (Zootaxa 377: 1-72) et L. A. Reeve (1814-

1865) (Zootaxa 1648: 1-120), voici la génération des Sowerby ! Décidément, comment Dick Petit fait-il pour

écrire et compléter ces monographies d'auteurs en aussi peu de temps et de façon si fouillée ? C'est un mystère,

mais un bonheur en même temps, car toutes ces réalisations sont une mine de renseignements incontournables.

Trois générations de Sowerby, tous prénommés Georges Brettingham, ont largement contribués à la

littérature malacologique et/ou conchyliologique au 19me et 20me siècles. Ils furent florissants du temps où de

nombreux voyageurs téméraires commençaient à sillonner le globe.

Le nom "Sowerby" est ambigu dans la littérature car ils furent trois à publier monographies, articles ou

autres nouvelles, de 1821 à 1921, respectivement le père, le fils et le petit-fils, connu sous les noms de Sowerby

I, Sowerby II et Sowerby II.

La monographie de Richard E. Petit nous guide parmi toutes leurs publications et leurs nombreux taxa.

L'article nous offre en outre une bibliographie complète, tandis qu'un total de 4506 taxa nous est fourni, dont 53

du groupe-genre et 3915 du groupe-espèce sont considérés comme valides.

Je vous laisse à la joie de découvrir cette splendide contribution. Rendez-vous sur mapress.com !

Roland Houart

P.S. Un court article fut également publié en son temps par J. Christiaens dans ARION, une publication

antérieure de la SBM.

Christiaens, J. 1976. La famille Sowerby. Arion 3-4: 1-3.

Toujours disponibles :

Mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles de Belgique

Tome I : Gastéropodes terrestres à coquille dhes partie)

Tome IT : Gastéropodes terrestres à coquille (2° partie)

Tome IIT : Gastéropodes terrestres sans coquille (limaces)

Tome IV : Gastéropodes dulcicoles

Tome V : Bivalves dulcicoles

par Claude Vilvens, Bruno Marée, Etienne Meuleman, Marc Alexandre et Edgar

Waiengnier

Mollusques terrestres et dulacoles de Belgique

| Moltusques terrestres et dulcicoles de Belgique Tome V_ Bivalves dulacoles

| Tome 11: Gastéropodes terrestres à coquille

| (2=* partie)

Mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles de Belgique | Mollusques tenesnes et dulcicoles de Belsique

Tome 1 : Gastéropodes terrestres à coquille | Tone IL : Gasteropodes tenestres sans coqualle

= partie) diraace:

| Mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles de Belgique

Claude Vilvens, runs Marte, Edenne Meuleman.

| Tome IV : Gastéropodes dulcicoles |

| _ _ Marc Alexandre et Edgar Waieme nier

(Soauté Bslge de Malacolog)

Claude Vibens, Brune Maree, Etienne Mewdeman,

Claude Vilvens, Bruns Marte, Etienne Meulemuan,

Mare Alexandre, Edgar Waiexgnier +1 Sephi Valtat nier

Mare Alecandre et Fdgar Waieng

elge de Mabcolcge Claude Vilvens, Bruno Maree, Etienne Meuleman,

Mare Alecani

dre el Edgar Walengrier

Gocidté Belge de Malacologie)

2œ

dm astnné. pit one Pa

NovaPEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 27

Nous avons reçu

Claude VILVENS

FR - (90

he À

LES NATURALISTES DE LA HAUTE LESSE

(Belgique) AUTE LESGE

N°249, septembre-octobre 2009

LES NATURALISTES

QE LA

Calendrier des activités

Comptes rendus des activités

Reconnaissance des graminées à Feschaux

Promenade dans la vallée de la Hédrée

Observations ornithologiques à Wiesme (2)

Sortie botanique à Givet

Le jardin aux oiseaux

Après-midi de prospections (malacologique et autres) sur le Tienne de la Roche, à Eprave

Sortie entomologique à Wiesme

Sortie mycologique dans les bois de Famenne

A la recherche des hirondelles de la vallée du Vachau

Sortie d'intérêt général et calcul de l'indice biotique de quelques affluents de l’Our (2)

Sur les traces des animaux...

Chroniques de l'environnement

Un lotissement de 42 maisons sur le Tienne d'Inzéry, à Wellin

Déversement de pesticides à Froidlieu

Informations aux membres

Repas annuel des Natus

LES NATURALISTES BELGES

(Belgique)

Vol. 87, N°4, octobre-décembre 2006

DELVOSALLE, L. et des membres de l'IFFB - Atlas floristique de l'IFFB. France NW. N et

NE. Belgique — Luxembourg. Extraits de la version CD-rom 2009

LAMOTTE, G. - Le retour du phoque veau-marin Phoca vitulina sur la côte belge

LAMOTTE, G. - L’anguille européenne, Anguilla anguilla, une espèce gravement

GLORIA MARIS

(Belgique néerlandophone)

Vol. 49, N°2-3, septembre 2009

CJM. Krijnen & RJ. Vink

The operculum of the genus Nerita.

J. Wuvts, N. Severijns, F. Celen & R. Pringels

Mollusken uit de streek van Viroinval.

28 NoOvAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

BELGIAN JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY

(Belgique)

Vol. 139, N° 1, janvier 2009

Des Insectes, Amphibiens, Poissons, Mammifères, Vers, etc mais pas de Mollusques.

BULLETIN DE L'INSTITUT ROYAL DES SCIENCES NATURELLES

DE BELGIQUE

(Belgique)

Biologie, Vol. 78, 2008

Des Copépodes et des Crustacés .. mais pas de Mollusques.

CLUB CONCHYLIA MITTEILUNGEN

(Allemagne-Autriche)

N°12, août 2009

Vorwort des |. Vorsitzenden

KLAUS KITTEL: Einladung zur Borse und JHV 2009

Personalia

Aufruf — Call für Support

Neuigkeiten aus der Clubbibliothek

Errata

Wir gratulieren

Aus dem Clubleben

Einladung Regionaltreffen Ost

SNNNONOD OO OO UÙ1 1 À

ROLAND HOFFMANN: Regionaltreffen Nord in Cismar

In Memoriam — RICHARD METZNER

Termine

GUNTHER TRAPPE: 40 Jahre Club Conchylia

,Historische" Bilder von CC-Mitgliedern

SOURO-DIETER HAMSCHER: Bilder von der JHV 1992 BO-Wattenscheid

Bilder von der JHV 1996 Cismar

RC: AND HOFFMANN: Die Geschichte der Gattung Pseudomarginella

ERICA STEINEGGER: Taiwan — Im Land des Drachens

SLRO-D'ETER HAMSCHER: Präsentation von Sammlerstücken auf Bôrsen

ManFrED BLÔCHER: Die Urtriebe des Menschen Sammeln und Jagen (V)

GinerEr R. REITZ: Paua Paua Âsthetik

00 KOSCHYWITZ: Bilder kubanischer Landschnecken

#05 KTTEL: Der Junge Schneckensammiler (8): Kegelschnecken

Fresseschau

F5 KITTEL, GÜNTER STERBA, FELIX LORENZ: Buchbesprechungen

Hice=-Werzeichnis Ohringen

Cæ-Handier werben bei Club-Mitgliedern

NovaPEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 29

CONCHYLIA

(Allemagne)

N°40 (1-2), août 2009

Inhalt / Contents

NorDsiecK, H.: Ergänzung der Revision der Gattung Medora H. & A. Apavs, mit Beschreibungen neuer Taxa

(Gastropota/ Siylommatophora Clausilidae, Alopiinae) ©1722.

NIEDERHÔFER, H.-J., FALKNER, G. & HANNEFORTH, R: Husmanns Brunnenschnecke Byfhiospeum husmanni

(C. BoerrGer, 1963). Weichtier des Jahres 2009

Ecorov, R. V.: The genus Cyclotus GUILDING in SWAINSON, 1840: Systematics and nomenclature

KLEEMANN, K.: Lithodomus bisulcata ORBIGNY, 1853, a junior synonym of Modiola appendicula Pairipri, 1846

Çuua, M., ERGEN, Z. & Bar, L.: New records for the mollusca fauna of the Black Sea coasts (Sinop Peninsula)

of Turkey: Gibbula adriatica (Pniupri, 1844); Hydrobia acuta (DRAPARNAUD, 1805);

Mangelia costata (DONOVAN, 1804), (Gastropoda: Trochidae, Hydrobiidae, Conidae) 28

HANNEFORTH, R. & WESTPHAL, B: Byrhiospeum husmanni (BOETTGER, 1963) in Nordrhein-Westfalen — eine Ergänzung

At Wecdiercesdhnes AE MS ee RER RS D PTE 33

Kreirz. K. & EGGELING, T.: Remarkable freak-forms of Phalium bandatum bandatum (Perry, 1811)

(Cassidae: Phaliinae) from Vietnam

HERRMANN, M. & DEKKkERS, À. M.: À new species of Mira (Gastropoda: Mitridae) from the Philippines

LORENZ, F.: A new species of Archivolva from the Red Sea (Gastropoda: Ovulidae)

ENGL, W.: Ergänzungen zur Publikation der Neubeschreibungen von Pleurotomella maitasi ENGL, 2008

und Pleurotomella raineri ENGL, 2008

LorEnz, F.: The Erosaria helvola species-complex (Gastropoda: Cypraeidae) 5

HorFMaANN, R.: Ein weiterer Fund von Gibberula rolani CossiGnant & CEcALUPo, 2005

(Gastropoda, Muricoidea, Cystiscidae) von den Kapverdischen Inseln

SPIXIANA

(Allemagne)

Vol. 32, N°2, novembre 2009

SCHRIFTEN ZUR MALAKOZOOLOGIE

(Allemagne)

Vol. 24, septembre 2009

HUNY ADI, À. & SZEKERES, M.: Tsoukatosia subaii spec. nov.

(Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Clausiliidae), a third

representative of a relict genus from Greece. l

TAPPERT, AÀ.: Die Molluskenfauna von Moskau und der

Moskaner Otlast Rissland 5... 5

30 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

SCHRIFTEN ZUR MALAKOZOOLOGIE

(Allemagne)

Vol. 25, septembre 2009

WIESE, V.: Einschleppung einer Banana-slug Ariolimax columbianus nach

Monieutschiang”. Mon e mes ere R 2 MALTA I

FEHER, Z. & EROSS, Z. P.: Contribution to the Mollusca fauna of Albania. Results

of the field trips of the Hungarian Natural History Museum between

and 2007: man mt Men LE Are 3

FEHER. Z. & EROSS, Z. P.: Checklist of the Albanian mollusc fauna. 22

DHARMA, B.: A new Fissidentalium and report on Fissidentalium yokoyamai

{MAKIYAMA 1931) from Indonesian waters (Scaphopoda,

Dentshidie: Fissidlentalinipt} es. Main LL SAME MER 39

WIESE, V.: Nouz zum Verhalten von Helicigona lapicida (LINNAEUS 1758) in

morddeutschen Buchenwäldern: suisses 46

SAHLMANX, B.. RICHLING, I. & WIESE, V.: Note on the Siphonodentalium

Species from Arctic Waters (Mollusca, Scaphopoda). ..............….. 47

NAGEL., K.-0.: Die Bachmuschel (Unio crassus) in der Wied (Westerwald,

A TES D PA AO RE Pet a 53

PFEIFFER, M: Nachweis von Bachmuscheln (Unio crassus) in der Jagst. 5?

WIESE, V.: Kurzbericht über das Haus der Natur — Cismar 2004-2009 — anlässlich

seines dreifigjährigen Bestehens, serve 59

XENOPHORA

(France)

N°128, octobre-décembre 2009

Informations AFC et Xenophora

Editorial par G. Jaux

Le coin du Débutant par G. Jaux

Sur les traces d’Adanson

Deux Euthria de surface des Iles du Cap Vert par J-P. Duboc

etS. Pineau

Un curieux élevage vendéen par P. Dardart

Agaronia gibbosa par G. Lhaumet

Conus diminutus des Iles du Cap Vert par J-P. Duboc et S. Pineau

Les types du MNHN par A. Robin

En passant par la Normandie … par A. Robin

Identifiez moi !

Un tour de Tenerife par S. Guyonneau

Observations sur Conus guanche par S. Guyonneau

Vu sur le Web par B. Mathé

Coup de projecteur sur les Neritidae

par L. Limpalaer (lère partie)

La famille Triviidae en Méditerranée ou la famille

recomposée par J. Pelorce

Retour à Praslin par D. Touitou

Retour sur l’Ile aux Dragons par E. Steinegger

Lu pour vous par R. Houart

Courrier des lecteurs

Echo...coquillages Petites annonces

NovaPEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 31

BASTERIA 7 }

(Pays Bas) SE 3

Vol. 73, N° 1-3, octobre 2009

ROLAN, E. R. FERNANDEZ-GARCÉS, & H.G. LEE: The genus Stosicia in the

Caribbean (Caenogastropoda, Rissoidae), with the description of a new species …. 1

COSEL, R. VON: The razor shells of the eastern Atlantic, part 2. Pharidae II: the genus

Ensis Schumacher, 1817 (Bivalvia, Solenoidea)

SEVERNS, M: A new species of Newcombia from the Pleistocene of Kaua i, Hawaïian

Islands, USA (Gastropoda, Pulmonata, Achatinellidae)

WINTER, AJ. DE, HJ.WM. CREMERS, & D.M. SOES: The Asian tramp snail

Bradybaena similaris in a tropical greenhouse in Armhem, The Netherlands

KRONENBERG, G.C.: À note on Bandel's 2007 review of the classification and phy-

logeny of the Strombidae (Caenogastropoda)

BREURE, A.S.H.: Book review

MARIOTTINI, P, €. SMIRIGLIO, & A. DI GIULIO: Two new mathildids from the

south-eastern coast of Africa (Gastropoda, Heterobranchia, Mathildidae)

MAASSEN, WJ.M: À new Hemiplecta species from a remote mountain in south-east

Sumatra, Indonesia (Gastropoda, Pulmonata, Ariophantidae)

BRUGGEN, A.C. VAN: Repaired damage to a shell of Mutela alata (Lea) (Bivalvia,

Unionoida) from Lake Malawi

DHARMA, B., J. GREGO, & M. SZEKERES: Three new species of clausiliids

(Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Clausiliidae) from Indonesia... 85

HOEKSEMA, D.F.: Boekbespreking

GITTENBERGER, E.: Book review

Index to volume 72

MISCELLANEA MALACOLOGICA

(Pays-Bas)

Vol. 3, N°6, octobre 2009

H. Dekker & A. M. Dekkers. A new species, Nassarius kooli n. sp. (Gastropoda: Nassariidae), from

en ruine Phihppines and laps... 4... 117

M. J. Faber. Marine gastropods from the ABC-islands and other localities 29. The genus Arene with

the description of a new species (Gastropoda: Turbinidae). ................................................ 121

Se nue <a à ae nou do ses ce caema de 126

M. J. Faber. Marine gastropods from the ABC-islands and other localities 30. A new rissoiform genus

OU 6e (GRStED)008: MISSODIGOA) 2... antenne n es sevanuv ice mmene nues msn canon annees 127

M. J. Faber. Marine gastropods from the ABC-islands and other localities 31. The family Janthinidae.

ZOOLOGISCHEN MEDEDELINGEN

(Pays-Bas)

Vol. 83, N°1, février 2009

Uniquement des Poissons.

ZOOLOGISCHEN MEDEDELINGEN

(Pays-Bas)

Vol. 83, N°2, mai 2009

Uniquement des Insectes (Orthoptères).

32 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

SPIRULA

(Pays-Bas)

N° 368, mai-juin 2009

Bestuursmededelingen

Jubileumviering 75 jaar NMV 21 november 2009

Actie-excursie Appingedam

Onderscheidingen

Programma NMV-bijeenkomst zaterdag 26 september 2009

A.S.H. Breure Dr. A.C. van Bruggen - 80 jaar

A.C. van Bruggen In memoriam Professor AI Mead, 1913-2009

- Koninklijke onderscheiding voor 90-jarige tekenaar van fossiele

Schelpen

S.J. van Leeuwen, A.W. Gmelig Meyling &

A. Boesveld Natura 2000: beschermde gebieden voor slakken

H.J. Raad Het voorkomen van Basters drijfslak op Tholen

R. van den Bos Mijlpaal: in november 2008 bestond de “kleine schelpengroep

Rotterdam“60 jaar

B. Kokshoom Oude raadsels en nieuwe puzzels in de systematiek van de

Chondrinidae (Gastropoda, Pulmonata, Orthurethra)

CM. Neckheim Verschillen tussen Candidula intersecta (Poiret, 1801) en Candidula

gigaxii (L. Pfeiffer, 1847)

J. van Someren Zeemuseum Miramar

C.J.P.J. Margry Vondst van een linksgedraaide Arianta arbustorum en wederom de

naam “slakkenkoning”

A.S.H. Breure Slakken als veelvraat: een experiment met een onverwacht resultaat . . ..

À. By] de Vaate & E.A. Jansen De verspreiding van de quaggamossel in de rijkswateren

A.S.H. Breure Landsiakken uit Suriname: een nieuwe start in een oude traditie

E.A. Jansen

R.A. Bank Nieuw beschreven continentale molluskensoorten — (new taxa:

continental molluscs)

R.A. Bank Artikelen in tiydschriften - (journal papers: continental malacology) . . . .80

R.A. Bank Nieuwe boekKen=neW books 20 OCR RE ERREUR 87

SPIRULA è

(Pays-Bas) > D

N° 369, juillet-août 2009

Voorplaat

Diverse bronnen Malacologische agenda - 2009

Bestuur Programma NMV 75 jaar

Titselaar. F. & A.van Peursen Beste leden van de NMV

Diverse bronnen Excursies - 2009

Rijken, R. Mercenaria mercenaria (Linnaeus, 1758),

levend verzameld op de slikken van Viane

Linden, J. van der, J.C.A Eiken

boom & H.PM.G. Menkhorst Helix glabrata Von Mühlfeldt, 1824 (Gastropoda, Rissoidae ?

Pyramellidae ?). Schier ultieme verwarring

Titselaar, F.F.L.M. De Tapijtschelpen van Zeeland en de Zuid-Hollandse eilanden

Faber. W. Nieuwe weekdiersoorten (schelpen)

Faber, W. Tijdschriftartikelen

Faber. W. Nieuwe boeken

Faber, W. & T.M. Walker Weckdieren op postzegels

Diverse bronnen Internationale Schelpenbeurzen en bijeenkomsten

NovaPEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 39

SPIRULA

(Pays-Bas) > D

2009

Numéro spécial consacré aux 75 ans de la Société Néérlandaise de Malacologie (1934-2009).

HET ZEEPARD

(Pays-Bas)

Vol 69, N°3, mai 2009

J. & F. Stalenburq Voorwoord

F.A. Perk Het Sepia-project van Felice en Joop Stalenburg .... 68

F.A. Perk

J. Verkuil Systematiek en beschrijving van de gewone

zeekat Sepia officinalis L., 1758

R. de Rutjter CS-verslag

M.J. Otten SWGroep Waterweg Noord: excursies 2009

G. Heerebout Inktvissen in de fuik

M. Bilius Ecologie van de zeekat

F. Beekman Onbekende tekeningen van Sepia officinalis door

Jan Joost ter Pelkwijk

MALACOLOGIA -— Mostra mondiale Cupra Maritima 2

(Italie) Re

N°65, octobre 2009 Fe

(pas de table des matières malgré le nombre impressionnant de nouvelles espèces décrites © ..)

Marginella himburgae n. sp. (Massier & Zetler), Conus alainallaryi (Bozzetti & Monnier), Vitularia

triangularis (Bozzetti), Epitonium vivens & E. latum (Bozzetti), Marginella susanae (Veldsman & Jooste),

Prunum mariateresae (T.Cossignani), Cystiscus mainardii (T.Cossignani), Hydroginella roselineae

(T.Cossignani), Erato edentula & E. inhanbanensis (Bozzetti).

MALACOLOGICAL REVIEW

(U.S.A. — Michigan)

Vol. 37-40, 2006-2007

Research Articles

Ecological studies of Bithynia siamensis goniomphalos, a snail intermediate host of

Opisthorchis viverrini, in Khon Kaen Province, northeast Thailand.

C. LOHACHIT

Biosystématique des mollusques d'eau douce d'intérêt médical et vétérinaire de Cuba.

M. YONG CONG

Miscellanea

Original descriptions of North American (north of Mexico) freshwater limpets

(Gastropoda: Basommatophora).

JB. BURCH

Contents of Current Serial Publications on Mollusks

34 NovAPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY

(Grande-Bretagne)

Vol. 40, N°1, octobre 2009

URRA ] € GOFAS S New records of Bela powisiana (Dautzenberg 1887) (Gastropoda: Conidac)

in southern Europe

MARIOTTINI P. SuriGuio €, Di Givuo À & OLuVERIO M A new fossil Conoidean from the

Pliocene of Italy, with comments on the Bela menkhorsti complex (Gastropoda: Conidae)

HausporE B & PALL-GERGELY B Monacha oecali new species from southern Turkey (Gastropoda:

I lvgromiidae)

KanoLsky D Turbo bidens Linnaeus 1758 (Gastropoda: Clausiliidae) misidentified for 250 years

YanEs Y, MARTR }, ARTILES M, Moro L, ALONSO MR & IBANEZ M Rediscovery and rediscrip-

tion of an almost unknown Hemicycla species (Gastropoda: Pulmonata, Helicidae): H. eurythyra

©. Boettger 1908 from Tenerife, Canary Islands

Ebuuxps M Obpisthobranchiate mollusca from Ghana: Goniodorididae

WRoNskIT & HAUSDORE B Oreohomorus apio new species from Uganda (Gastropoda: Subulinidae)

VawrOVA L’, HorsAk M, STEFFER J & CEJKA T Ecology, distribution and conservation of Vertigo

species of European importance in Slovakia

PALL-GerGELY B Revision of the Turkish Ramusculus taxa with description of Ayna gen. nov.

(Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Enidae)

KozLowski J & KOZEOWSKA M Palatability and consumption of 95 species of herbaceous plants

and oilseed rape for Arion lusitanicus Mabille 1868

Wu M & Wu © À study of the type species of Clausiliopsis Müllendortf (Gastropoda,

Stylommatophora: Enidac), with the description of a new species

Mireub € Two new species of Mitromorpha Carpenter 1865 from the western Atlantic

(Conoidea: Mitromorphinae)

COMMUNICATIONS

ReISE H & HUICHINEON JMC An carlier record of the slug Selenochlamus uysbryda Rowson &

Symondson, from Brecon, UK

PRÈE

BOOK REVIEWS

OBITUARY

INDEX TO VOLUME 39

NovaPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

MOLLUSC WORLD

(Grande-Bretagne)

N°21, novembre 2009

Society information

Society website

Letter from your president

Bas Payne

Skye news

Jan Light

Field meeting

Shell gravel from the River Lodden

Janet Ridout Sharpe

Snailing in Georgia

Robert Cameron, Beata Pokryszko,

Levan Mumladze

Society activities in 2008

Rosemary Hill

Hon. Conservation Officer’s

Report 2008

Martin Willing

Book review

Channel Island Marine Molluscs

by Paul Chambers

Jan Light

Pearls: a quiiting exhibition

Caren Topley

Childrens book review

Snails Don't Burp & Snail Park

by Sarah Lucas

Jane Bonney

New research on snail slime

Peter Topley

ANNALS OF CARNEGIE MUSEUM

(U.S.A. — Pennsylvanie)

Vol. 78, N° 2, mai 2009

Des Coléoptères, mais pas de Mollusques …

Field meeting to Sandford Mill

Ron Boyce

Launch of the new book

Land and People

Mike Allen

Hygromia cinctella

Terry Wimbleton

Snails & slugs & churchyards

Peter Topley

The snail in the amphitheatre

Janet Ridout Sharpe

Hygromia cinctella.

Still on the move.

David Harfield & Adrian Brokenshire

Sea shells at the

end of the Universe

AS. Naylor

Love darts of Common Garden

Snails

June Chatfield

Out Skerries shell sand

Christine Street

Shell sand workshop

Christine Street, Bas Payne, Jan Light

Diary

THE NAUTILUS

(U.S.A.)

Vol. 123, N°3, septembre 2009

j Antwerp, Bel

Fi 15-20)

M.G. Harasewych

Ellen E. Strong

Yuri I. Kantor

Alexander Fedosov

Alisa R. Kosyan

Yuri I. Kantor

Alisa R. Kosyan

Maria Vittoria Modica

Marco Oliverio

Marco Taviani

Lorenzo Angeletti

Mark Dimech

Constantine Mifsud

André Freiwald

M.G. Harasewych

Marco Oliverio

Andrea Barco

Alexandra Richter

Maria Vittoria Modica

Gregory $. Herbert

Gregory P. Dietl

Helena Fortunato

Luiz Ricardo L. Simone

Jennifer Sliko

Luiz Ricardo L. Simone

Gregory S. Herbert

Didier Merle

Chantel Westley

Kirsten Benkendorff

Patrick W. Laffy

Kirsten Benkendorff

Catherine A. Abbott

Gregorio Bigatti

Carlos J.M. Sanchez Antelo

Patricia Miloslavich

Pablo E. Penchaszadeh

NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SYMPOSIUM

“NEOGASTROPOD ORIGINS, PHYLOGENY, EVOLUTIONARY PATHWAYS

AND MECHANISMS” HELD DURING THE 2007 WorLD CONGRESS OF

MALACOLOGY, ANTWERP, BELGIUM, 15-20 Jury 2007

GUEST EDITORS M.G. HARASEWYCH AND ELLEN E. STRONG

Préface. Re RSR Re PR SR REC CAT RNNRREE jh

Morphology and development of the valve of Leiblein: Possible evidence

for paraphyly of the Neogastropoda DORE ARR RE Re ARR 73

Phylogenetic analysis of the subfamily Colinae (Neogastropoda: Buccinidae)

based on morpholopical CHaTaCters 83

The anatomy and relationships of Troschelia (Neogastropoda: Buccinidae):

New evidence for a closer fasciolariid-buccinid relationship? 95

Coralliophilinae (Gastropoda: Muricidae) associated with deep-water

coral'banks'in the Mediterranean 7 es 106

The coralliophiline (Gastropoda: Muricidae) radiation: Repeated

colonizations of the deep Sea? Re a 2 113

Extremely slow feeding in a tropical drilling ectoparasite, Vitularia salebrosa

(King and Broderip, 1832) (Gastropoda: Muricidae), on molluscan hosts

from Pacific Panama... en A RE 121

Unusual anatomy of the ectoparasitie muricid Vitularia salebrosa

(King and Broderip, 1832) (Neogastropoda: Muricidae) from the Pacific

coast‘of-Panama,: 2 ee er OR UT 127

The distribution of precursors and biosynthetic enzymes required for Tyrian

purple genesis in the hypobranchial gland, gonoduct, and egg masses

of Dicathais orbita (Gmelin, 1791) (Neogastropoda: Muricidae) 148

Trends in molluscan gene sequence similarity: An observation from

genes expressed within the hypobranchial gland of Dicathais orbita

(Gmelin, 1791) (Neogastropoda: Muricidae) 154

Feeding behavior of Adelomelon ancilla (Lightfoot, 1786):

A predatory neogastropod (Gastropoda: Volutidae) in

Patagonian benthic communities 159

NovaPEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 37

Juliana Giménez Sperm morphology of two marine neogastropods from the southwestern

Florencia Arrighetti Atlantic Ocean (Caenogastropoda: Volutidae and Olividae) 166

Valeria Teso

Gladys N. Hermida

Soledad Zabala

Pablo E. Penchaszadeh

Pablo E. Penchaszadeh Spawn characteristics in Adelomelon ferussacii (Donovan, 1824)

Maria Eugenia Segade (Gastropoda: Volutidae) from southern Patagonia, Argentina 15

Maria Vittoria Modica The relationships of the enigmatic gastropod Tritonoharpa

Alisa R. Kosyan (Neogastropoda): New data on early neogastropod evolution? 174

Marco Oliverio

Guido Pastorino The genus Olivella Swainson, 1831 (Gastropoda: Olividae) in

ATBOREREWAETS 0 erreemeemnnecesmrsrpeemenecee mare srem diner ee esse ren esse esse se ssosoopeen 189

Nicolas Puillandre Molecular data provide new insights on the phylogeny of the

S. Samadi ORGUE MECS GPO en se nernssresemse in rm anges 202

M.-C. Boisselier

C. Cruaud

Philippe Bouchet

Rosemary E. Golding Proboscis and foregut morphology of Ficus subintermedia

(d’Orbigny, 1852) (Caenogastropoda: Ficidae) 211

THE FESTIVUS

(U.S.A. — Californie)

Vol. XLI, N°8, août 2009

Club news

Report of the WSM meeting - 2009

JULES HERTZ

À note on the opisthobranch molllusks of Rocas Alijos

ALICIA HERMOSILLO

THE FESTIVUS

(U.S.A. — Californie)

Vol. XLI, N°9, septembre 2009

CDD MES à 4 9 00 8 0 06 00 8 60 0 RSS EE ee ET 122

Correction to Hermosillo (2009)

Diving and Shell Collecting in New Zealand's Marlborough Sound

KATHY KALOHI

ERRATA [Corrections and changes to Stebbins. T.D. and D.J. Eernisse, 2009!

TIMOTHY STEBBINS

THE FESTIVUS

(U.S.A. — Californie)

Vol. XLI, N°10, octobre 2009

Club news

Mission Bay Survey Update

PAUL TUSKES

In Memoriam James Willard Nybakken (1936-2009)

GARY R. MCDONALD

38 NOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

THE FESTIVUS

(U.S.A. — Californie)

Vol. XLI, N°11, novembre 2009

Club news

A new look at Cymatium (Turritriton) gibbosum (Broderip. 1833)

CAROLE M. HERTZ & BARBARA W. MYERS

TRITON

(Israël)

N°20, septembre 2009

1. MARINE MOLLUSCS

Heiman, EL. &

Mienis, H.K.

Heiman, E.L. &

Mienis, H.K.

CASMARIA ERINACEA ERINACEA IN THE GULF OF AQABA

SHELLS OF EAST SINAI, AN ILLUSTRATED LIST. OSTREIDAE

ADDITIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF OPISTHOBRANCHIA

FROM TURKEY

ON THE PRESENCE OF A COLONY OF BRACHIDONTES PHARAONIS

(P. FISCHER,. 1870) (BIVALVIA: MYTILIDAE) IN MALTESE WATERS

(CENTRAL MEDITERRANEAN)

Heiman, EL. & THE SHELL SIZE OF TWO LESSEPSIAN MIGRANTS THAIS LACERA

Yerenburg. V. AND THAIS SACELLUM

Yokes, M.B.

Mifsud.C. &

D.P. Ciha

2. COWRIES: INTRASPECIFIC VARIATION, NEW INFORMATION

ABOUT EROSARIA TURDUS LIVING IN THE MEDITERRANEAN SEA

A “SPECIES FIRST RULE”: AN IMPORTANT CRITERION OF SUBSPECIES...

A HYPOTHESIS: €. GASKOINI (REEVE, 1846) SHOULD PERHAPS

; BE TREATED AS À SUBSPECIES OF C CRIBRARIA (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Heiman. E.L.

CRIBRARULA FISCHERI (NV AYSSIERE, 1910), A SYNONYM OF CRIBRARULA

CRIBRARIA (LINNAEUS, 1758)

VAYSSIÈRE-SCHILDER (V-S) FORMULA FOR COMPARING COWRY

POPULATIONS Mere rereeremenmes races access een ce ects es

3. LANDSNAILS AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS

WHAT IS HIDDEN IN THE MONASTERY OF SÛMELA,

GimisB À

D TRABZON: TÜRKEVP ER OC RNA RER EM RER er

4. NEWS, NEW FINDS, NEW BOOKS

Inchaustegur, J. SO, WHAT'S FOR DINNER? .......sssssssescrensoonensenonecosceocosocssccooneosecooconenes

Heiman, EL. NEW BOOK: “Registry of world record size shelis”” 6!" edition

IMPORTANT INFORMATION—TRITON 20 SUPPLEMENTS (free pdf files):

1. Heiman, E.L. CRIBRARIA FISCHERI VAYSSIERE, 1910, A SYNONYM OF CRIBRARULA CRIBRARIA

(LINNAEUS, 1758): ITS NOMENCLATURAL HISTORY AND A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF

SHELL CHARACTERS

2. Heiman, E.L. CRIBRARULA GASKOINI (REEVE, 1846), AN INTERESTING FORM, WHICH CAN

PERHAPS BE TREATED AS A SUBSPECIES OF C. CRIBRARIA (LINNAEUS, 1758)

NoOvVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 39

MOLLUSCAN RESEARCH

(Australie)

Vol. 29, N°3, septembre 2009

121 Exploring à largely unknown fauna: On the diversity of pachychilid freshwater gas-

tropods in Vietnam (Caenogastropoda: Cerithioidea)

FRANK KOHLER, MANDE HOLFORD. DO VAN TC & HO THANH HAI

The New Zealand chitons {schnochiton luteoroseus Suter. 19067 and /schnochitan

granulifer Thiele, 1909 (Mollusca: Poiyplacophora)

BRUNO ANSEEUW, BRUCE A. MARSHALL & VVES TERRYN

The Recent Coraïliophilinae of the New Zealand region, with descriptions of two new

species(Gastropoda: Neogastropoda: Muricidae)

BRUCE A. MARSHALL & MARCO OLIVERIO

Expansion of an invasive freshwater snail Physa acuta (Gastropoda: Physidae) in

China

YUNHAI GUO, CHUNG-CHI HWANG & HONGXUAN HE

mRNA expression of antioxidant enzymes and physiological responses in the Pacific

oyster, Crassostrea gigas, exposed to an hypoxic environment

MI SEON PARK, PIL GUE 10, KWANG WOOK AN, SUNG HWOAN CHO, GYUNG-

SUK KIL TAE-SEOK MOON & CHEOL YOUNG CHOI

184 Index of authors and new taxa in volume 29 (2009)

KEPPEL BAY TIDINGS

(Australie — Queensland)

Vol. 48, N° 1, mars-mai 2009

E. RAYMONT : Ling island — A southern paradise

J. OFFORD : Our visit to Cairns

J. SINGLETON : Morelet's Cone

E. COUCOM : Auckland Shell Show 2009

Diverses notes, annonces, comptes-rendus, etc

+ + + + +

KEPPEL BAY TIDINGS

(Australie — Queensland)

Vol. 48, N° 2, juin-août 2009

Shell Show 2009

T. WHITEHEAD : Bivalve foreigners in Australia

B. O'BRIEN : Coffs and cold again

E. COUCOM : More Cymbiolas

Diverses notes, annonces, comptes-rendus, etc

+ + + + +

KEPPEL BAY TIDINGS

(Australie — Queensland)

Vol. 48, N° 3, septembre-novembre 2009

Venus flower basket — Optical fibres from nature

A. LIMPUS: A recent cause for excitement.

J. SINGLETON: Scullett's cone.

E. COUCOM : Continuing the Cymbiolas

Diverses notes, annonces, comptes-rendus, etc

+ + + + +

40 NoOvAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

RECORDS OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM =

(Australie) re

Vol. 61 5 N°1 : mai 2009 Australian

museum

Des Insectes, des Cristacés et divers fossiles ... mais pas de mollusques.

AMERICAN CONCHOLOGIST

(U.S.A. Sud-Est)

Vol. 37, N° 3, septembre 2009

Editor’s Comments

Notocypraea: Shell collecting and Science By Don Cram

John W. Kline, Pioneer American Shell Dealer

By Bill Michal

Dealer Directory

Marine Shells of Northeast Florida: À Chronicle of the

Campaign By Harry G Lee

Book Review: Marine Shells of Northeast Florida

Book Review: Clams, Oysters, & Scallops

Book Review: Seashells On My Mind

Book Review: Encyclopedia of Marine Gastropods

Mollusks in Wonderland: The Pelecypoda-Bivalvia Dilemma

By Cléo Diinei de Castro Olivera

In Memoriam

Cypraea (Eclogavena) dayritiana — Dayrit’s Cowry

By Charles E. Rawlings, MD, JD.

End of a Voyage By Bob Pierson

Shell-abration Boston: COA 2010

Des nouvelles en direct de la SBM ?

http://users.swing.be/sw216502

_& La Société Belge de Malacologie # q œ!

Accueil

Accueil €

Mollusques

Er Bienvenue sus Le site de la Société Belge de Malacologie !

Réunions La Société Belge de Malacologie (en abrégé la SBM) est une société scientifique érigée en ASETL,

Publications d'expression francophone, regroupant tous ceux qui sont intéressés par

< la collection des coquillages.

2 l'étude des mroHusques (marins, terrestres et d'eau donce):

Excursions

Bibliothèque

Expositions © l'étude et la compréhension des divers #éoragws des mollisques.

Conseil La SEM comporte à l'heure actuelle plus où moins 200 mernbres actifs, arnueurs ou professionnels Ses activités, basées

sur le bénévolat, sont essenticllement ses réumons (en général, une toutes les 3 semaines, avec uné conférence sur un sujet

Membres concernant la malacologie}, ses excursions (2 à 3 par an), ses publications (Novapex réguler et des numéros spéciaux) ainsi

qu'une exposition annuelle et une bourse occasionnelle

Annorices

ae La SBM existe depuis 1966 et a fêté ses 40 ans en cette année 2006 !

Dictionnaire

NoVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 41

VENUS

(Japon)

Vol. 68, N° 1-2, septembre 2009

Paul Callomon, Martin Avery Snyder and Ronald G. Noseworthy: A new species of Fusinus

from Korea (Gastropoda: Fasciolariidae)

Iwao Hamatani: À new species of Enotepteron (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia: Gastropteridae)

from off Niigata Prefecture, in the Sea of Japan

Takashi Okutani, Takeru Koshi-ishi, Takako Sato, Takeo Imai and Chiaki Kato: Vesicomyid

fauna in the Chishima (Kurile) Trench: Occurrences of a new taxon and Calyptogena

extenta

Yoshihiro Fujiwara, Takashi Okutani, Toshiro Yamanaka, Masaru Kawato, Chitoshi Mizota,

Katsunori Fujikura, Tomoko Yamamoto and Kenji Okoshi: Solemya pervernicosa

lives in sediment underneath submerged whale carcasses: Its biological

significance

Suguru Ujino and Akïhiko Matsukuma: Trends in life orientations of nine infaunal bivalve

species based on quantitative measurement data

Shun Kobayashi, Masako Izawa and Tetsuo Denda: Pollen Feeding Behavior of Acusta

despecta despecta (Pulmonata: Bradybaenidae)

4 _ Short Notes

Mitsuo Chino: A new species of the genus Cornisepta McLean, 1988 (Gastropoda: Fissurellidae)

from Japan

Takeharu Kosuge: Occurrence of the montacutid bivalve Barrimysia siphonosomae in

Nagura Bay, Ishigaki Island, the Ryukyu Islands, as a new record from Japan

Takashi Kuramochi: Growth of Olivella fulgurata (Gastropoda: Olividae) in Sagami Bay,

Miura Peninsula, central Japan

: Proceedings à |

Abstracts of papers presented at the 2009 annual meeting of the MACON EEel Society of

Japan (Osaka)

THE KOREAN JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY

(Corée)

5t > 2 2 2

Vol 23, N° 2, décembre 2007 at + 4 F à} à] 2]

Au milieu des articles de biochimie, relevons :

Report on Unknown Form, hitherto, of the Genus Octopus from Eastern Coast

of Korea

&nls, Aolé

Genetic Variability between Ark Shell (Scapharca subcrenata, Lischke)

Populations from Daecheon and Wonsan

Review of the Shell-bearing Gastropods in the Russian Waters of the East Sea

(Sea of Japan). IIL Caenogastropoda: Neogastropoda

V.V. Gulbin

Review of the Shell-bearing Gastropods in the Russian Waters of the East Sea

(Sea of Japan). IV. Heterobranchia

Vladimir V, Gulbin, Elena M, Chaban

FERNAND & RIKA DE DONDER

Melsbroeksestraat 21

1800 Vilvoorde Peutie

BELGIUM

Tel : +32 (0)2 253 99 54

Fax : +32 (0)2 252 37 15

fernand.de.donder®@pandora.be

WORLDWIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS

10 Minutes from Brussels Airport. Visitors

welcome,

e-mail :

AIT Families from the very common 16 the ultra

rare, specializcd in Pectinidae, Philippine shells

and European shells.

free list on request, good quality shclis at the best

prires. Satisfaction guaranteed !

0e SPL ONUR. LPC

CONCHOLCGK

Calendar membership (Jan - Dec) = $25 (USA)

Postal surcharges: + $5 for USA first class,

Canada & Mexico + $5, other nations + $15

New members apply to Doris Underwood, Membership Director

698 Sheridan Woods Drive

W. Melbourne, FL 32904-3302

USA

dunderwood1(@cfl.rr.com

Quarterly Journal of the Conchologists of America, Fe

XENOPFHORA

Bulletin de l'Association Française

de Conchyliologie

2003 Yearly Subscription Rate

France - Europe - DOM TOM : 45 €

Other countries : 55 €

Visit our site : www.xenophora.fr.st

asc BP 307 F-75770 Paris Cedex 16

NoOVAPEX / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

SOCIEDAD ESPAROLA

MALACOLOGIA

Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales

José Gutiérrez Abascal, 2

28006 MADRID

SEM (Sociedad Española de Malacologia) is a

scientic society devoted to the study of molluscs.

Every year the memberships receive the following

publications:

2 issues of IBERUS

1 issue of RESENAS MALACOLOGICAS

2-3 issues of NOTICIARIO DE LA SEM

some years, | extra IBERUS from a Congress or as à

supplement.

You can be membership of the SEM by

7.000 ptas by vear, plus an unique

inscription fee of 1.000 ptas.

Please, ask for the inscription

print paper.

Fe Strand] kan (Q)

BALLE TIN OF THE CONCHOLOCOAL SOCIE TY OF

The quarterly bulletin ofthe Conchological

Society of Southern Africa contains

reviews and discussion of Southern African

marine and non-marine shells, and

information about shell collecting in the

region. Membership of the Society is

US$25 per year.

Please contact

The Conchological Society of S.A.

7 Jan Booysen Str.

Annlin 0182 Pretoria

South Africa

email mikec@msinfo.mintek.ac.za

NovaPEXx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010 43

pee Dutch un Club Conchylia

Nede ndse Malacological TU German Shell Collector's Club

| Malacologisthe Society

[ hic Î Our journals:

Vere ging

Our society warmly welcomes new members (both from (e) Informationen

the Netherlands and abroad) to participate in our activities: Mitieilu ngen

- the journals (Basteria and Correspondentieblad)

- the meetings (usually 3-4 per year) &) Acta Conchyliorum

- the Internet website É

- the library Yearly subscription rate: 40.- €

- the collecting excursions

Join us and meet new shelling friends. Further info: Bram Visit our site:

Breure, Van Schagenplantsoen 8, NL-2741 EN

Waddinxveen, The Netherlands. E-mail: abreure@ xs4dall nl WWW.C ub-conchyl A. d (e

Further informations:

Klaus Kaittel

Sonnenrain 10

D-97859 Wiesthal

GLO RIA MA RIS e-mail: klaus kittel{hotmail.com

A magazine dedicated to the study of shells.

Edited by the Belgian Society for Conchology,

organizers of the Belgium Shellshow

Subscription: Belgium: € 30 - The Netherlands: € 33

Other countries: € 40

Members account manager: J. Wuyts Koningsarendlaan 82 B 2100 Belgium

tel.: 32 3 324 99 14 e-mail: wuyts.jean@ scarlet.be Si vous passez commande chez l'un

de nos annonceurs, n'oubliez pas de

préciser que vous avez trouvé son

annonce dans Novapex/Société !!!

TRITON

Journal of the Israel

Malacological Society

| Keppel Bay “idings

À quarterly magazine dedicated to the

study of shells.

Edited by the Keppel Bay Shell Club Inc.}

Subscription:- $20.00 Aus.

2e lub Inc.

ISSN 1565-1916 Apply to:- Keppel Bay Shell Club Inc

Published twice a year since 2000 HSE ee

Yearly subscription rate 20 € Central Queensland Mail Centre, 4702

Queensland, Australia.

Further information:

Eduard Heiman

e-mail: heimel@netvision.net.il

44 NovapreEx / Société 11(1), 20 mars 2010

Grandes marées de l’année 2010

Christiane DELONGUEVILLE et Roland SCAILLET

Bonne nouvelle ! 2010 est un grand cru. Les plus grandes marées avec un coefficient de 116 auront lieu le 2 mars et

le 10 septembre. Ne les ratez surtout pas ! D’autres marées de coefficient supérieur à 110 auront également lieu début

février, fin mars, en octobre et même en pleines vacances à la mi-août. Bref de quoi satisfaire les amateurs de pêche à

pied et d’observation de la faune de l’estran.

Coefficients (> 100) des pleines mers à Brest

(Les marées basses correspondantes sont donc particulièrement intéressantes à prospecter.)

Samedi 2 (99) - 101 i Mardi 13 (98) - 101

Dimanche 3 101 - 101 Mercredi 14 102 - 102

Samedi 30 (97) - 103 Jeudi 15 100 - (98)

Dimanche 31 108 - 111

Mardi 10 (98) - 103

Février Lundi 1 112 - 112 Mercredi 11 108-111

Mardi 2 110 - 106 Jeudi 12 (2 EAN

Mercredi 3 101 - (94) Vendredi 13 109 - 105

Dimanche 28 102 - 108 Samedi 14 100 - (93)

Lundi 1 113-115

Mardi 2 116-115

Mercredi 3 113 - 108

Jeudi 4 102 - (95)

Lundi 29 101 - 106

Mardi 30 110 - 112

Mercredi 31 112 - 110

Septembre Mercredi 8 103 - 109

Jeudi 9 1132145

Vendredi 10 116 - 114

Samedi 11 111-106

Octobre Jeudi 7 103 - 108

Vendredi 8 111-112

Samedi 9 111 - 109

Jeudi 1 107 - 103 Dimanche 10 106 - 100

Mercredi 28 (99) - 100

Jeudi 29 100 - (99) Novembre Samedi 6 101 - 101

Dimanche 7 101 - (99)

Juin = - Décembre - -

Nous réitérons les conseils habituels : Remettez toujours les pierres déplacées en bon ordre. Observez, photographiez

et n’échantillonnez que le strict nécessaire. Soyez prudents et renseignez-vous sur les heures des marées à l’endroit

où vous vous trouvez. Bonnes marées !

REFERENCE :

Annuaire des Marées pour l’année 2010 - Ports de France - Tome 1 - SHOM (Service Hydrographique et

Océanographique de la Marine) - Paris - 257 p.

Pointe de l'Arcouest (Côtes d'Armor)

Les données reprises dans cet article peuvent également se retrouver sur notre site Internet :

http://users.swing.be/sw216502/

4 PAIE CARE ]

NOV

VAPEX .

LIBRARY

JUL 08 2010

Trimestriel de la Société Belge de Malacologie HARVARD

association sans but lucratif UNIVERSITY

Quarterly of the Belgian Malacological Society

NO 1101231 10 JUIN

SOMMAIRE

Articles originaux — Original articles

T. McCleery Descriptions of eighteen new species in the genus Granulina

Jousseaume, 1888 (Gastropoda: Cystiscidae) from the

Caribbean Sea

J. Trôündlé Les Pickworthiidae (Mollusca: Caenogastropoda) de

Polynésie française

L. G. Brown Description of Epitonium yangi n. sp. (Gastropoda:

Epitoniidae) from the East China Sea

Vie de la Société — Life of the Society

C. Vilvens 4 Prochaines activités

C. Vilvens Le projet Cepaea de la SBM : la concrétisation

C. Delongueville & m Première signalisation de Ersilia mediterranea

R. Scaillet IN (Monterosato, 1869) sur les côtes de Chypre Nord

C. Delongueville & 1 Première signalisation d’Atys macandrewii Smith E.A.,

R. Scaillet HN 1872 sur les côtes de Chypre Nord

(suite du sommaire en dernière page de couverture)

ISSN 1375-7474 Périodique trimestriel

Bureau de dépôt

1370 Jodoigne

REGION WALLONNE Publié avec l’aide du Ministère de la Région Wallonne

COTISATIONS / MEMBERSHIP 2010

Membres résidant en Belgique

(NOVAPEX et les numéros hors série)

Membre effectif... 2 sr 40 €

(sans le service du bulletin)

Personne appartenant à la famille d'un membre

effectif et ayant même résidence 15€

Versement à effectuer à la Banque de la Poste, au

n° 000-0974225-54 de M. Marc Alexandre, rue de la

Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret.

Abonnés résidant à l'étranger

(NOVAPEX et les numéros hors série)

Cotisation... SR 55 €

Versement à effectuer auprès de la Banque de la

Poste Belge, Bruxelles, au n° 000-0974225-54

[IBAN : BE42000097422554 - BIC : (= SWIFT)

BPOTBEB1] de M. Marc Alexandre, rue de la

Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret ou en versant 58 euros

par Paypal (contacter roland.houart@skynet.be

auparavant) ou par mandat poste international, EN

EURO UNIQUEMENT, au nom de M. Marc Alexandre,

rue de la Libération, 45, B-6182 Souvret

(tous frais y afférents à payer lors de l'acquittement)

FOREIGN SUBSCRIBERS

(NOVAPEX and irregularly published supplements)

Single subscription PR More 55 €

Payable at Banque de la Poste Belge, Brussels,

account nr 000-0974225-54,

[IBAN: BE42000097422554, BIC: (= SWIFT)

BPOTBEB1] of M. Marc Alexandre, rue de la

Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret, Belgium, or by

International Money Order at same address or 58

euros With Paypal (contact roland.houart@skynet.be

before). Payable IN EURO ONLY. (AIl bankcharges to

be paid by customer)

Suivant un accord avec la SIM (Societa Italiana di Malacologia), nos membres européens qui souscrivent

également à cette société pour 2010, peuvent payer leur(s) cotisation(s) à la SBM pour les deux sociétés. Les

membres européens de la SIM peuvent faire de même chez eux.

By common agreement with SIM, our European members that subscribe to that society for 2010 can pay to the

SBM the membership fees for both societies. The European members of the SIM can do the same paying to their

society.

Dans ce cas, vous obtiendrez une réduction de 2 € pour la SIM et de 2 € pour la SBM, soit :

In this way you can have a discount of 2 € for the SIM and of 2 € for the SBM:

SIM (Bol. Malacologico + Notiziario SIM) € 38,00

SBM (Novapex + Novapex/Société).…............. € 53,00

(Belgian members: € 38,00)

Editeur responsable: C. Vilvens, rue de Hermalle, 113, B-4680 Oupeye

PRESIDENT HONORAIRE (Honorary President)

VICE-PRESIDENT HONORAIRE (Honorary Vice-President)

e M. R. DUCHAMPS, av. Mozart, 52, 1190 Bruxelles

e M. E. WAIENGNIER, rue Camille Wollès, 42, 1030 Bruxelles

CONSEIL D'ADMINISTRATION

PRESIDENT

VICE- PRESIDENT & BIBLIOTHECAIRE

(Vice-president and Librarian)

TRESORIER (Treasurer)

SECRETAIRE (Secretary)

° M. C. VILVENS, rue de Hermalle, 113, 4680 Oupeye 04/248.32.25

° M. E. MEULEMAN, Sart 32, 4171 Poulseur 04/380 55 16

+ M. M. ALEXANDRE, rue de la Libération, 45, 6182 Souvret 071/46.12.88

+ Mme A. LANGLEIT, av. Cicéron, 27, bte 92, 1140 Bruxelles 02/726.17.61

ADMINISTRATEUR (NOVAPEX Manager) ° M. R. HOUART, St. Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Landen (Ezemaal) 016/78.86.16

Internet : http://users.swing.be/sw216502/

e-mail : vilvens.claude(@skynet.be ou e.meuleman(@skynet.be

Les articles et textes présentés dans cette revue réflètent l'opinion personnelle de leur(s) auteur(s) et non pas nécessairement celle de la

Société ou de l'éditeur responsable.

Tous droits de reproduction, de traduction et d'adaptation des articles publiés dans ce bulletin, réservés pour tous pays.

All rights of reproduction are reserved with the written permission of the board.

PUBLICATIONS PRECEDENTES/ FORMER PUBLICATIONS:

- Bulletin Mensuel d'Information (1966-1971)

- INFORMATIONS de la Société Belge de Malacologie (1972-1985)

- ARION (1986-1999)

- APEX (1986-1999)

SOCIETE BELGE DE MALACOLOGIE

T. MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

Descriptions of eighteen new species in the genus Granulina MCZ

Jousseaume, 1888 (Gastropoda: Cystiscidae) -IBRARY

from the Caribbean Sea 08 2911

Tony McCleery HARVARD

"Mantaray"', Bascombe Road, Churston Ferrers, Brixham, Devon TQS OJJ, England) NIVERSITY

tonymec 75(@hotmail.com |

KEY WORDS. Cystiscidae, Granulina, Caribbean Sea, new species, surface texture, resorption

ABSTRACT. A list of all described Caribbean species in the genus Granulina is given. Eighteen

new species of Granulina from the southern Caribbean Sea are described for the first time, four

from eastern Panama: G. colonensis, G. darienensis, G. ocella, G. waltergomezi, five from

Colombia: G. cartagenaensis, G. gayracaensis, G. granatensis, G. pinguisa, G. velaensis; six from

Venezuela: G. calla, G. iridisa, G. monjesensis, G. nivalis, G. ovata, G. volcana; one from Aruba:

G. plagula; one from Curaçao: G. producera and one from Trinidad and Tobago: G. tobagoensis.

Biodiversity and features of the genus are discussed and previously undescribed features are

presented.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Granulina Jousseaume, 1888, has a world-

wide distribution in tropical and subtropical seas.

Most commonly found in littoral and sub littoral

depths, it has also been recorded from abyssal depths

down to 1,285 m, with a single record at 1,700 m

(Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 74).

Caribbean Sea is used herein to include south

eastern U.S.A. south of Georgia and Bahamas in the

north, Trinidad and Tobago in the south east.

In some Cystiscidae genera Caribbean species do

not compare well with the type species — the genera

Persicula and Gibberula are examples. The genus

Granulina appears to be reasonably homogeneous and

all described Granulina species known to the author

compare well with the type species Granulina isseli

(G. & H. Nevill, 1875), from the Red Sea coast of

Egypt. Size range for the genus is given as 0.8-3.2 mm

(Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 73). Caribbean

Granulina collected by the author range from 1.2 -

3.42 mm.

A total of approximately 75 species of Granulina

have been described, the majority from north west

Africa and the Mediterranean (approximately 35

species). This is followed by the Pacific and Indian

Oceans (approximately 20 species), and the Caribbean

Sea with only twelve species described to date. These

figures fail to indicate the true diversity of this genus;

more probably they reflect the historical, low level of

interest in micro-molluscs, including families

Cystiscidae and Marginellidae. This article will deal

with eighteen new species of Granulina from the

southern Caribbean Sea, where there appears to be a

very large number of, as yet, undescribed species.

Preceding the year 2000 only seven recognised

Caribbean Granulina species had been described:

G. agger (Watson, 1886), W Indies, off Culebra, 714

Granulina amianta (Dall, 1889), USA, North

Carolina, 26-95 m.

Granulina antillensis (de Jong and Coomans, 1988),

Aruba and Curaçao, 50 m.

Granulina hadria (Dall, 1889), U.S.A., Florida, Cedar

Hill, shallow.

Granulina lachrimula (Gould, 1862), USA, Georgia

and Florida, 260-732 m.

Granulina ovuliformis (d’Orbigny, 1842), Gulf of

Mexico and Caribbean, moderately deep water.

Granulina tinolia (Dall, 1927), USA, north east

Florida and Georgia. 538 m.

Since then five more species have been described,

all by Espinosa and Ortea, (2000, 2003, 2005),

bringing the present total to twelve:

Granulina aidae Espinosa & Ortea, 2005, Cuba, Pinar

del Rio, 25-30 m.

Granulina guanajatabey Espinosa & Ortea, 2003,

Cuba, Pinar del Rio, 1-2 m.

Granulina lazaroi Espinosa & Ortea, 2005, Cuba,

Pinar del Rio, 25-30 m.

Granulina minae Espinosa & Ortea, 2000, Costa Rica,

Manzanilla, 12-15 m.

Granulina molinai Espinosa & Ortea, 2005, Cuba,

Pinar del Rio, 25-30 m.

The eighteen new species described herein were

collected by the author during the past six years. Five

were collected in shallow water down to 10 m on and

around dead coral rocks and rubble, eleven by

dredging in depths between 18 m and 130 m on sand

and mud substrates. The genus was found to be well

represented in all areas sampled at these depths.

Undescribed Granulina continued to be found

regularly indicating that there are probably many more

species remaining to be discovered. Of the eighteen,

fourteen are known only from the type locality.

Geographic ranges of the remaining four are small.

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

80°

FLORIDA

| ! GrBahama

| F4 #

ip d Simini

La)

Andros 2

Cay Sal Bank

Key West

Miskito Cays

#Providencia

1 San Andres

À T'INAENERN C0

San Salvador

.Crooked L

1 Moyaguana

PS Caicos ls

Turks

O CLEA TM

Virgins

< PE ”

pute — SMoarten

uerto Rico géo Sabe

Nevis -

Montserrat s ;

Guadeloupe L >

Dominica Ÿ

Martinique",

StLucia

St Vincent, ne

Grenadines :

M : 16.176

13 rergartl 5 Cr 1 78

Anguilla

Barbuda

itts

Antigua

Aruba €

Le uraçao

7e 2 JON % Boraire

è .' /

14® 5 dx

Map. 1. Caribbean Sea, type localities of the new species

Key to map location numbers

1. Panama, off Colon, to east, 9°31.5’N,

79°52.0°W, 57 m.

2. Panama, off Isla Chichime, San Blas,

OS FSENE TS ESS 2 SM

3. Panama, East Holandes Cays, San Blas,

9°35°N, 078°40°W, 3 m.

4. Colombia, off Cartagena, 10°22.4N,

75°35.8 W, 25-41 m.

5. Colombia, Gayraca Bay, Santa Martha,

11°19.5°N, 74°06.3°W, 7 m.

6. Colombia, off Santa Martha, 11°18.0°N,

74°12.2°W, 90-101 m.

7. Colombia, off Cabo de Vela, 11°57°N,

72°36° W, 58 m.

8. Colombia, off Cabo de Vela, 12°06.7°N,

72°19.3°W, 50-59 m.

Terminology. The author has, in general, followed

terminology established by Coovert and Coovert

(1995). The terms “siphonal notch” and “posterior

notch” have precise meanings and are clearly

described (Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 50). “Siphonal

canal” (Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 47), and posterior

canal are used by the author, but do not indicate the

9. Venezuela, Monjes del Sur, harbour,

12°21.5°N, 70°54.1°W, 3-10 m.

10. Aruba, Boca Grandi, 12°27.3°N,

59°52.6°W, 1-2 m.

11. Curaçao, off Piscadera Bay, 12°07.5S°N,

68°58.5 W, 130 m.

12. Venezuela, Las Aves de Sotavento,

12°01.66°N, 067°38.05°W, 1 m.

13. Venezuela, Cabo Codera, 10°35.2°N,

66°03.9°’W, 18 m.

14. Venezuela, off Isla Cubagua, to north,

10°52.4N, 64°12.4’W, 22 m.

15. Venezuela, Isla Grande, Islas Los Testigos,

11°22.8°N, 63°08.1°W, 28 m.

16. Venezuela, off Islas Los Testigos, to north,

11°28°N, 63°06’W, 73 m.

17. Trinidad and Tobago, off Tobago, to north,

11°16°N, 60°49°W, 86 m.

presence or absence of a notch which is a separate and

distinct feature.

Shell morphology. Shell shape of Caribbean

Granulina ranges between globose, pyriform and

perfectly oval. AIl are colourless but vary slightly in

opacity; are generally, heavily callused; have strongly

T. MCCLEERY

denticulate, curved, strongly curled in lip; four,

generally strong, columellar plications, almost always

excavated and intricately formed distally in a wide

variety of distinct shapes. AIl have immersed spire,

medium to very strong external varix extending

around posterior and siphonal canals, and most have a

parietal callus ridge extending posteriorly from the

columellar plications to meet a lumpy posterior ridge.

AIT have Type 2 animal (Coovert and Coovert, 1995:

73), and Type 4 radulae (Coovert and Coovert, 1995:

56).

Surfaces are minutely textured in a wide variety of

forms, generally finest on light callus wash extending

over the body whorl, and strongest on the callus

around the siphonal and posterior canals (Figs 109-

132). Callus on body whorls is not well attached and

very easily removed by light abrasion, confirming that

it 1s indeed a wash and not micro-sculpture (Figs 139-

141). When callus wash is removed faint growth lines

are often exposed (Fig. 141). In dead collected shells

callus wash on the body whorl was generally found to

be absent due to abrasion.

It is well known that some Granulina spp. have

textured surfaces: Granulina fernandesi Boyer &

Rolän 1999, and G. aidae Espinosa & Ortea, 2005, are

examples of shells with unusually strong texture for

the genus. Boyer and Rolän (1999: 1-10) state “This

feature 1s however unique and constant in each

species, and well representative of the whole genus,

even the type species G. isseli which represents itself a

faint “leopard patterned” microsculpture on a smooth

ground”. Species which appear to be smooth and

shiny to the human eye were previously believed to be

without texture, but recent S.E.M. work by the author

confirms that probably all Granulina exhibit some

degree of texture. It was observed that the form of

texture 1s variable over the surface. For example, in

Granulina colonensis n. sp., surface of the posterior

canal is evenly covered by scales, but callus on the

body whorl, adjacent to the lumpy ridge bordering the

posterior canal is, at first, comprised of distinct round,

evenly sized granules, changing abruptly into less

regularly shaped and very variably sized granules

(Figs 110-112). The body whorl of Granulina nivalis

n. sp. was found to be lightly textured internally (Figs

136-138). It is not known if this feature is widespread

as only this species has been examined so far. It seems

probable that surface texture will be useful in species

identification but first, more research is necessary in

order to establish the degree of both intra-population

and inter-population variation which exists.

Granulina have partially resorbed internal whorls

which Coovert and ÆCoovert (1995: 73) termed

“modified cystiscid internal whorls”. A drawing

presented by Coovert and Coovert (1995: 49, fig. 4),

and their description: “columella with 2 internally

reduced columellar plications, plus one or two pseudo-

continuous plications” (Coovert and Coovert, 1995:

73) is somewhat confusing and is at variance with the

author’s findings. An explanation for this may be that

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

Coovert and Coovert illustrated internal plications of

G. hadria (Dall, 1889), on which species they carried

out a very thorough study. Therefore, it seems

probable that G. hadria differs from many other

Caribbean Granulina in this respect. Doubt about the

accuracy of Coovert and Coovert’s conclusions was

expressed by Boyer and Rolän (2004: 162), who

suggested that Coovert and Coovert had incorrectly

interpreted their drawing. They stated that Granulina

have fully developed coiling of the internal columellar

plications, but this is clearly contrary to Coovert and

Coovert’s findings. Recent work by the author on a

number of Caribbean Granulina sp. revealed that three

plications remain, possibly somewhat reduced, for

approximately one turn internally, and can frequently

be detected through the body whorl in fresh dead

shells (Fig. 55). À number of shells of Granulina

tobagoensis n. Sp. Were opened to expose internal

whorls and columellar plications (Figs 133-135). It

was found that a high degree of resorption had

occurred, that resorption was complete posteriorly,

and that the plications were much reduced. It can be

seen in these examples that resorption is complete

posteriorly (Figs 133) and in an early stage anteriorly

where the columella remains strong. One juvenile was

examined (Fig 135) and resorption was noted to be at

an advanced stage posteriorly. Therefore, it 1s

concluded that resorption commences early in the life

of the animal of G. tobagoensis. The sample was

small and much work remains to be carried out, but

these preliminary findings support those of Coovert

and Coovert.

The shell morphology within the genus Granulina

is very variable and it is no surprise to find variations

in the precise way internal resorption takes place. The

important point in this matter is that significant

resorption and reduction of columellar plications do

take place in Granulina species. Partial resorption of

internal whorls with reduced columellar plications is

the key feature to be considered in family assignment

of all marginelliform genera (Coovert and Coovert,

1995: 43).

Animal chromatism. In Granulina external animal

morphology and chromatism exhibit more features

than are seen in other Cystiscidae. Some of these

features have not previously been documented. For

example, the extreme distal elongation of the

metapodium (Figs 12-13), and the posterior papillae in

some species (Figs 5, 12, 35). On occasions, when

photographing live animals an apparently rounded

metapodium was observed to gradually extend and

become long, thin and very finely elongate distally

(Figs 12-13). Occasionally the distal portion is

transparent and unmarked and can be very difficult to

observe (Fig. 14). Mantles are often only partially

visible, seldom being seen fully extended, and are

very variable: surfaces can be smooth, pustulose, and

occasionally bear long, plume-like posterior papillae

which are located on a thick, cap-like area, posterior

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

medially (Figs 16-17). These papillae were observed

to extend and retract rapidly: approximately one

second to fully extend to a length which equated with

shell length, and a similar time to fully retract. It

seems likely that elements which inflate papillae are

located in the cap-like area. The number of papillae

varies from one to five (Figs 12, 21, 35). Pustules also

extend and retract, but were never observed to do so as

rapidly as the papillae (See “Remarks” under

description of Granulina cartagenaensis n. sp.). When

magnified, the mantle chromatism was observed to be

comprised of extremely small spots amongst more

prominent features (Figs 30-32). À common feature of

shallow water, rock dwelling species is large ocellated

spots, most noticeable when the mantle is extended

(Fig. 31). Ocellated spots were not observed on

species dredged in deep water from mud or sand

substrates. Marks on the metapodium and tentacles,

when magnified to around X50, were observed, in live

animals, to be three dimensional and to be comprised

of many minute irregularly shaped marks, apparently

floating within the semi-transparent membrane at

different levels and not on the surface. As a

metapodium 1s extended it becomes thinner and the

marks which at first may appear to be of solid colour,

become stretched and often quite diffuse (Figs 33-34).

Iridescent marks are found on the foot of some

Granulina (Fig. 20). These were first observed in live

animals collected by dredging off the mountainous,

north western coast of Venezuela where the substrate

included a noticeable proportion of gravel containing

quartz and pyrites which sparkled when magnified in

strong light. It seems possible that the presence of

these iridescent markings is an adaptive feature.

However, similar 1ridescent marks were subsequently

found in another Granulina species (Figs 28-29) in the

extensive area of muddy substrates to south and west

of Isla Margarita, Venezuela, where there was no

evidence of any gravel particles. This contradicts the

hypothesis and leaves the matter open to further study.

Melanism was noted to be very common in some

Granulina species. For example, in Granulina

monjesensis from the harbour, Monjes del Sur,

Venezuela (Fig. 25), and G. ocella from East

Holandes Cays, San Blas, Panama (Fig. 32), where

approximately half the samples collected were

melanistic. Many other species collected in the

southern Caribbean showed no sign of melanism. In

this respect, the genus Granulina and the genus

Gibberula are very similar.

Identification of species. This has been based on

shell morphology, and animal morphology and

chromatism when live animals were available. Several

radulae were extracted, and were noted to be Type 4

(Coovert and Coovert, 1995: 56), typical of the genus

Granulina, but the number examined was considered

too small to be useful for species assessment. Some

features of shell morphology are dependent on the age

of the animal, being weak or absent in young adults

and often becoming very strong in shells of old

animals. For example, in Granulina, the callus around

the posterior canal, and to a lesser extent around the

siphonal canal, appears to continue to grow

throughout the life of the animal, whereas growth of

labial denticles and columellar plications appears to

slow down or stabilise. It was observed that old shells

have a lower W:L ratio than young adult shells. The

reason is that callus growth at both ends of maturing

shells increases shell length more than width.

It appears that the intricate and complicated

emergent parts of columellar plications are associated

with the parietal callus ridge (Figs 92-102) because,

lumps and kinks which occur, particularly on the

second and third plication, are located on the projected

line of the parietal ridge, and also because excavation

of columellar plications is aligned with the inner edge

of the ridge. They are very constant within each

species and are useful at specific level.

The morphology of the foot is problematical and

of little use for specific assessment because of

difficulty in determining when a metapodium is fully

extended. It was noticed that there was a tendency for

the individuals in live sample groups to behave

similarly when being photographed. For example, if

one specimen in à group was observed to have a

rounded metapodium, then all specimens in that group

tended to show the same state, but on other occasions

some individuals of the same species might behave

differently. Sometimes mantles were not visible and

on other occasions they were fully extended. It is

believed that these incosistencies may reflect the

degree of traumatism suffered by the animals during

collecting and sorting, the time delay before

photographing took place or the water conditions in

the aquarium. There were incidents when one or more

individuals in such a group would extend its

metapodium to become very elongated and thin

distally. This made it impossible to accurately assess

foot length unless it was extended to be very long and

narrow distally — definitely the fully extended state.

From these observations it follows that all Caribbean

Granulina may be able to extend the metapodium to a

very elongate state, but more work on live animals 1s

necessary in order to resolve this matter.

With the large number of features to consider

Granulina species are often relatively easy to identify

by shell morphology alone. They are certainly more

easily identified than shells of Gibberula species in

which there are fewer variables and in which it 1s

often essential to examine both shell and animal in

order to achieve accurate specific assessment

(McCleery, 2008, 2009). However, for example, in

this article G. monjesensis, G. ocella, and G. plagula

would not have been described as separate new

species without observation of animal chromatism.

Morphological variations alone between shells of

these three new species would not have been

considered sufficiently different for positive

separation. Now that it has been clearly demonstrated

T. MCCLEERY

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

that they are distinct species, largely due to differences

in animal chromatism, the true importance of very

small differences in their shell morphology can be

recognized.

Discussion. Differences in shell morphology between

Granulina species collected in shallow rocky or reef

areas and those dredged in muddy substrates are

significant. Shells from the former habitat tend to be

small, and have more rounded ends (Figs 61-69),

whereas, those dredged from deeper, muddy habitats

are frequently larger, very heavily callused, and

shightly produced at both ends (Figs 40-45).

Shells of Granulina spp. are normally semi-

transparent when fresh, but tend to gradually become

translucent white when dried. Dead collected shells

are frequently opaque, and occasionally extremely

hyaline, particularly when collected in fine mud —

probably long-dead shells.

As was found to be the case in the genus

Gibberula Swainson, 1840 (McCleery, 2008, 2009),

Granulina species also appear to form species groups

with wide geographical ranges. For example, G.

producera n. sp. from Curaçao appears to be closely

related to G. molinai Espinosa and Ortea, 2005, from

Cuba, and the author has in his collection several other

undescribed species belonging to this group,

represented by only one shell, from widely separated

locations. It is expected that many species within such

species groups will be found to have small geographic

ranges and to be endemic to their type localities. No

attempt has been made herein to appraise the various

groupings within the genus Granulina.

MATERIAL and METHODS

Hand dredging in sand or muddy substrates and the

use of a hand operated suction pump on rocks and

rubble substrates were the most productive methods of

collecting Granulina in shallow waters down to

approximately 30 metres. Night diving yielded some

positive results as specimens could be picked up from

sand and rubble, or off rocks. Many species were

collected by dredging from the author's yacht with the

aid of a small hydraulically operated reel. The

resultant grit from all methods of collection was

screened into four grades. The finer screenings were

placed in bowls of sea water and covered. Live

animals then crawled up the sides where they could be

picked up. The finer grades of grit from deep dredging

were also sorted visually for dead shells, which

comprised an average of approximately 95 percent of

all shells collected by dredging. As dredging

techniques improved so did the percentage of species

containing live animals. Before collecting ceased,

approximately half of all species collected by dredging

contained live material, probably due to the dredges

skimming the surface of substrates rather than by

biting too deeply and becoming blocked — much dead

material appears to lie in the solid, settled mud, but

live animals inhabit the surface layer and loose algal

material on top of the solid mud.

Samples from live material were photographed in a

small aquarium below a microscope with a digital

camera mounted on top. The same equipment was

used for detailed imaging of dried shells and was

calibrated so that shell dimensions could be obtained

from data displayed by the software. Dimensions of

shells are accurate to plus or minus 2 %, and those of

live animals to plus or minus 4%. AII relevant data,

including a chosen shell image were entered in a

database. One special feature of the database is a

comparator which enables a simple and very effective

means for comparing two or more shell images. This

proved to be very useful in highlighting small

morphological differences.

Shell images are presented at X25 magnification,

giving a true impression of relative sizes. Animal

images are presented at various magnifications in the

range 10X to 20X and images of plications (Figs 91-

108) at a uniform image size of 5 cm which equates

with approximately X50 to X140 depending on shell

length. À number of S.E.M. images of surface texture

are presented at various magnifications and have

integral scale bar.

Abbreviations

MNAEN: Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris.

AWC: Andrew Wakefield Collection.

TMC: Tony McCleery Collection.

ad.: adult specimen.

juv.: juvenile specimen.

Iv.: live collected.

dd.: dead collected.

L.: shell length.

W.: shell width.

SYSTEMATICS

Family CYSTISCIDAE Stimpson, 1865.

Subfamily GRANULININAE Coovert and Coovert,

(ODSE

Genus Granulina Jousseaume, 1888.

Type species: Marginella pygmaea Issel, 1869 (non

Marginella pygmaea G. B. Sowerby II, 1846), —

Marginella isseli G. & H. Nevill, 1875 (nom. nov.).

Granulina volcana n. sp.

Figs 1-2, 5-6, 37-39, 91

Type material. Off Islas Los Testigos, to north,

Venezuela, 11°28'N, 63°06'W, 73 m.

Holotype. 2.67 x 1.87 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21985;

paratype 1. 2.67 x 1.88 mm, W:L 70%, MNEHN 21986;

paratype 2. 2.70 x 1.88 mm, W:L 70%, AWC: paratype

3. 2.73 x 1.94 mm, W:L 71%, AWC; paratype 4. 2.83 x

1.98 mm, W:L 70%, TMC; paratype 5. 2.44 x 1.61 mm,

W:L 66%, TMC.

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Other material. 2 ad. Iv., 2 juv. [v., a number of

broken pieces, off Islas Los Testigos, to north,

Venezuela, 11°28'N, 63°06'W, 73 m, TMC.

Type locality. Off Islas Los Testigos, to north,

Venezuela, 11°28'N, 63°06'W (Map ref. 16).

Description. Shell without colour, obovate, tending to

pyriform. Size range 2.44 x 1.61 mm to 2.83 x 1.98

mm, W:L 66-71%. Body whorl translucent white,

weak striations close to external varix, covered by

almost smooth, very light callus wash. Lip strongly

and evenly curved, curled inwards, evenly wide,

moderately strong. Fourteen denticles almost fill inner

edge, widely spaced posteriorly. In side view, lip

evenly convex. External varix wide, widest and raised

on dorsum medially, narrowest anteriorly, sweeps

around posterior canal spreading slightly over dorsum,

highest above insertion point, forms lumpy ridge

ventrally, merges with parietal callus ridge.

Weakening varix sweeps around anterior canal,

merges with anterior callus, labial edge merges with

raised first columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately one third of aperture. First moderately

deep, narrow. Second strongest, strongly kinked,

merges with anterior callus. Third strong, short,

rounded lump distally. Fourth weakest, smaller

rounded lump distally. Weak parietal ridge

commences at distal end of fourth plication, extends

posteriorly and merges with posterior, lumpy ridge.

AIT plications excavated, particularly second and third.

Aperture moderately and uniformly wide. Surface of

all callus deposits textured with minute pustules.

Animal: Length of fully extended foot unknown,

width approximately same as shell, semi-transparent

with several small off-white marks laterally,

increasing in size posteriorly. Largest mark

substantial, white, level with posterior end of shell.

Small off-white marks on metapodium concentrated

medially form distinct medial line, adjacent bright red

lines formed by contiguous red spots anteriorly,

reducing in density and fading out distally, further

small, scattered, off-white spots extend to lateral

edges. Propodium off-white, formed by many small

marks which fade out distally. Semi-transparent

tentacles, long, thin with three irregularly spaced

marks. Black eyes located on basal swellings. Siphon

moderately long, thin, semi-transparent with many

small off-white spots, distinctive orange-red edges

basally. Mantle not observed fully extended. Small

swellings visible laterally, therefore, believed to be

pustulose. Small areas of colours can also be detected:

off-white, yellowish brown, reddish brown, turquoise,

and black. Five simple papillae grouped posterior

medially on mantle. Mantle roof chromatism appears

diffuse through translucent white dorsum,

substantially off-white with some darker areas.

Approximately twelve short, yellowish, elongate

marks on darker patch can be detected emerging from

under anterior dorsal callus, fanning out posteriorly.

Almost horizontal, narrow, transverse whitish band

located posteriorly.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina volcana n. sp. is closest to G.

calla n. Sp. with which it is compared. These two

closely related species were collected from localities

about seven miles apart. The type locality of

Granulina volcana, 73 m, is subject to the very strong,

westward flowing Equatorial current which enters the

Caribbean between Trinidad and Tobago, and

Grenada, whereas, the type locality of G. calla, 28 m,

is close to Isla Grandi, Los Testigos islands, and

considerably sheltered from strong currents.

Granulina volcana is consistently lightly callused, the

varix weakens and sweeps around posterior canal, the

posterior ridge is smooth, whereas G. calla is

consistently very heavily callused, has very strong

callus at the apex, the varix retains a strong profile

fully around the posterior canal, and the posterior

ridge is relatively long and lumpy. Chromatism also

distinguishes between these two species: G. volcana

has two strong red lines on the metapodium, a siphon

with distinct orange-red edges and no white marks

(Figs 2, 5), whereas, G. calla has random red spots on

the metapodium, the siphon with three white spots

basely, no orange-red colouring (Figs 4, 7). The

differences described in the shell morphology between

these two species were consistent in all mature adult

shells examined.

Etymology. The name was inspired by the impression

of an erupting volcano given by the chromatism of

metapodium and its posterior papillae. Latin for

volcano is volcanus.

Granulina calla n. sp.

Figs 3-4, 7, 40-42, 92

Type material. Isla Grande, Islas Los Testigos,

Venezuela, 11°22.8°N, 63°08.1°W, 28 m.

Holotype. 2.57 x 1.75 mm, ad. Iv., W:L 68%, MNHN

21954; paratype 1. 2.69 x 1.90 mm, W:L 70%,

MNHN 21955; paratype 2. 2.64 x 1.82 mm, W:L

69%, AWC,; paratype 3. 2.62 x 1.80 mm, W:L 69%,

AWC; paratype 4. 2.65 x 1.84 mm, W:L 70%, TMC:

paratype 5. 2.53 x 1.74 mm, W:L 69%, TMC.

Other material. 2 ad. Iv., 1 juv. Iv., 4 ad. dd., Isla

Grande, Islas Los Testigos, Venezuela, 11°22.8°N,

63°08.1°W, TMC.

Type locality. Isla Grande, Islas Los Testigos,

Venezuela, 11°22.8°N, 63°08.1°W (Map ref. 15).

T. MCCLEERY

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

Description. Shell without colour, obovate, posterior

slightly produced. Size range 2.53 x 1.74 mm to 2.69

x 1.90 mm, W:L 68-70%. Body whorl semi-

transparent, some very weak irregularly spaced

striations, covered by very light callus wash, finely

textured with minute pustules. Lip evenly curved,

curled inwards strongly, wide, widest medially.

Fourteen somewhat irregular denticles fill inner edge,

closely spaced anteriorly, wider medially, more so

posteriorly. In side view, lip slightly convex. Very

strong external varix, slightly raised on dorsum

medially, sweeps very strongly around posterior canal,

stops abruptly ventrally, forms very strong, lumpy,

callus ridge, merges with weak parietal callus ridge.

Varix, remaining wide, sweeps around siphonal canal,

merges with small area of anterior callus and raised

first columellar plication. Four strong plications fill

approximately one third of aperture. First moderately

deep, narrow. Second strongest, strongly kinked as it

emerges, merges With moderately heavy anterior

callus. Third strong, short, pointed lump distally.

Fourth weakest, smaller pointed lump distally. Weak,

even, parietal ridge extends posteriorly from second

plication, merges with posterior ridge. AIT plications

excavated, second and third strongly, fourth almost

completely. Surface of all callus deposits, including

lip and space between plications, textured with minute

pustules approximately three times larger than those

covering dorsum. Aperture, evenly and moderately

wide.

Animal: Length of fully extended foot unknown,

width approximately same as shell, semi-transparent

with several off-white marks laterally. Random

smaller white marks on metapodium form indistinct

medial line extending distally. Adjacent to line, on

each side, approximately fifteen small, deep red spots

intermingled with off-white ones. Further small, off-

white spots extend from red spots to lateral edges.

Propodium largely off-white with some minute red,

brown and white marks. Semi-transparent tentacles,

long, thin with five or six irregularly spaced, off-white

marks. Black eyes located on basal swellings. Siphon

moderately long, thin for genus. Three or four diffuse

white spots at base, fine off-white spots intermingled

with fewer reddish brown spots, becoming numerous

distally. Mantle not observed extended. Small

swellings visible laterally, therefore, believed to be

pustulose. Small areas of colours also detected — off-

white, yellowish brown, reddish brown, turquoise, and

black. Five simple papillae grouped posterior medially

on mantle (Fig. 7). These were observed to extend and

retract rapidly, independently of mantle and each

other. Mantle roof chromatism visible through

translucent dorsum, substantially off-white with

numerous darker areas bearing small yellowish marks

and occasional dull reddish spots. Approximately

eight short, yellow, elongate marks on darker patch

emerge from under anterior dorsal callus and fan out

posteriorly. Towards posterior, narrow transverse

whitish band slopes downwards to right at about 10°

off horizontal. À few minute irregular black marks

which appear to be attached internally to mantle roof

can be detected.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina calla n. sp. is closest to G.

volcana n. sp. With which it is compared. These two

closely related species were collected from localities

about seven miles apart. The type locality of G.

volcana, 73 m, is subject to the very strong, westward

flowing Equatorial current which enters the Caribbean

between Trinidad and Tobago, and Grenada, whereas,

the type locality of G. calla, 28 m, is close to Isla

Grandi, Los Testigos islands, and is considerably

sheltered from strong currents. G. volcana is

consistently lightly callused and has a smooth

posterior callus ridge, whereas G. calla is consistently

very heavily callused with very strong callus at apex,

the external varix retains a strong profile fully around

the posterior canal, and has a relatively long and

lumpy posterior ridge. Chromatism also distinguishes

between these two species: G. volcana has two strong

red medial lines on the metapodium, a siphon with

distinct orange-red edges and no white marks (Figs 2,

5), whereas, G. calla has random red spots on the

metapodium, the siphon with three white spots basely

and no orange-red colouring (Figs 4, 7). Differences

described in shell morphology between these two

species was consistent in all mature adult shells

examined.

Etymology. The name refers to the heavy callus and

strong knobbly deposits. The Latin for callus 1s

callum.

Granulina colonensis n. sp.

Figs 8-9, 43-45, 93, 109-112

Type material. Off Colon, to east, Panama, 9°31.5'N,

T9ES2 "0 S Tune:

Holotype. 1.98 x 1.31 mm, W:L 66%, MNHN 21958;

paratype 1. 1.96 x 1.35 mm, W:L 69%, MNEN

21959; paratype 2. 1.95 x 1.27 mm, W:L 65%, AWC;

paratype 3. 2.00 x 1.35 mm, W:L 67%, AWC:

paratype 4. 1.76 x 1.20 mm, W:L 68%, TMC:

paratype 5. 1.96 x 1.33 mm, W:L 68%, TMC.

Type locality. Off Colon, to east, Panama, 9°31.5'N,

79°52.0'W, 57 m (Map ref. 1).

Description. Shell without colour, obovate, slightly

biconic. Size range 1.76 x 1.20 mm to 2.00 x 1.35

mm, W:L 65-69%. Body whorl semi-transparent, light

callus wash, slightly textured. Lip evenly curved,

curled inwards slightly, moderately narrow, widest

medially, completely filled by twenty two denticles. In

side view, lip convex. External varix very strong,

wide, slightly wider posterior medially, not raised on

dorsum, retains profile and sweeps around posterior

. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

canal with little apparent shoulder, stops abruptly at

aperture, very strong, wide, lumpy, callus ridge

continues anteriorly, merges with parietal callus ridge.

Varix, remaining wide, sweeps around anterior canal,

weakening, merges into anterior callus, labial edge

merges with slightly raised first columellar plication.

Four plications fil approximately 30% of aperture.

First sinuous, slightly raised. Second, third and fourth

plication discontinuous due to very deep parietal

excavation. Distal portion of second stepped

downwards at distinct medial lump, extends onto

anterior Callus with wide axial dimension, widely

rounded distally. Distal portions of third and fourth

combine in substantial vertical ridge with fine distal

end turned outwards onto anterior callus. Posterior end

weakens and merges with weak parietal ridge. Inner

portion of fourth plication, located on parietal wall

deep inside aperture. Aperture moderately and

uniformly wide. Surfaces generally lightly textured:

callused surfaces with scales and ridges, adjoining

body whorl with random sized, roundish lumps (Figs

110-112).

Animal: Length of fully extended foot more than

twice length of shell, width approximately same as

shell, semi-transparent. Small off-white marks

intermingled with many smaller reddish brown spots

laterally. Metapodium finely elongate distally. Solid,

wide, off-white, medial line extends posteriorly,

approximately one third length of metapodium,

widening and becoming less solid medially,

weakening and fading distally. Weak marks between

medial line and edge of metapodium diffuse, off-

white, comprised of many small spots. Marks reduce

in size posteriorly, intermingle with smaller off-white

and reddish brown spots. Edges of metapodium,

except distally, highlighted by small, solid, off-white,

dashes, generally separated by reddish brown spots.

Off-white spots densely concentrated on propodium,

particularly close to head. Semi-transparent tentacles,

long, thin, rust coloured over whole length with

diffuse off-white marks, strongest distally. Eyes black.

Siphon and mantle not observed fully extended.

Siphon with concentrated small off-white spots.

Mantle: poorly observed. Cap-like posterior,

suggestive of papillae bears one strong pustule

medially (Fig. 9). Mantle roof chromatism

substantially off-white with some pale orange spots.

Figures 1-11

Short, pale, whitish, transverse band located posterior

medially, sloping slightly downwards to right.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina colonensis n. sp. appears to be

most closely related to G. darienensis n. sp. (Figs 46-

48) with which it is compared. The shell of G.

colonensis is heavier and more biconic in shape, the

lip wider, the varix stronger, posterior and siphonal

canals are less flared (Fig. 110) than G. darienensis

(Fig. 118). The first plication not thickened medially

as in G. darienensis (Fig. 94). Body whorl surface is

textured with small round granules of various sizes

(Figs 110-112), but covered by an even scaly texture

in G. darienensis (Figs 118-120). Chromatism has

much in common between the two species, but the

strong off-white medial line on the metapodium of G.

colonensis (Figs 8-9), is absent in G. darienensis (Figs

10-11). Pale annular rings highlight the eyes of G.

darienensis but are absent in G. colonensis. These two

new species are separated geographically by

approximately seventy miles.

Etymology. Colon city is located at the Caribbean end

of the Panama canal. Granulina colonensis was

collected a few miles to the east and takes its name

from the city of Colon.

Granulina darienensis n. sp.

Figs 10-11, 46-48, 94, 117-120

Type material. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas, Panama,

OPEN 82585 22/5:

Holotype. 2.14 x 1.39 mm, W:L 65%, MNHN 21960;

paratype 1. 1.99 x 1.34 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN

21961; paratype 2. 1.88 x 1.30 mm, W:L 69%, AWC:

paratype. 3:02:17ex 413 7tmm WI EN GS MAC:

paratype 4. 2.02 x 1.31 mm, W:L 65%, TMC;

paratype 5. 2.06 x 1.36 mm, W:L 66%, TMC.

Other material. 16 ad. dd., off Isla Chichime, San

Blas, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°52.4 W, 75 m; 7 ad. dd.,

off Isla Linton, Panama, 9°31.5°N, 79°52.0°W, 64 m,

TMC.

Type locality. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas, Panama,

9°37.3°N, 78°52.4°W (Map ref. 2).

1-2, 5-6. Granulina volcana n. sp. Off Islas Los Testigos, to north, Venezuela, 11°28'N, 63°06'W, 73 m.

1. Holotype. 2.67 x 1.87 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21985; 2. Young adult spm. 2.71 x 1.86 mm, W:L 69%, TMC: 5.

Young adult spm. 2.49 x 1.76 mm, W:L 71%, TMC; 6. Young adult spm. 2.68 x 1.86 mm, W:L 69%, TMC.

3-4, 7. Granulina calla n. sp. Isla Grande, Islas Los Testigos, Venezuela, 11°22.8°N, 63°08.1°W, 28 m.

3. Holotype. 2.57 x 1.75 mm, W:L 68%, MNHN 21954; 4, 7. Paratype 5. 2.53 x 1.74 mm, W:L 69%, TMC.

8-9. Granulina Colonensis n. sp. Holotype. Off Colon, to east, Panama, 9°31.5'N, 79°52.0'W, 57 m. 1.98 x 1.31

mm, W:L 66%, MNHN 21958.

10-11. Granulina darienensis n. sp. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2°W, 75 m;

10. Holotype. 2.14 x 1.39 mm, W:L 65%, MNHN 21960; 11. Adult spm. 2.19 x 1.41, W:L 64%, TMC.

10 juin 2010

7-1

)}E

T. MCCLEERY

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Description. Shell without colour, obovate. Size

range 1.88 x 1.30 mm to 2.17 x 1.37 mm, W:L 63-

69%. Body whorl translucent white with light callus

wash, lightly textured. Lip evenly curved, curls

inwards slightly, narrow, twenty three irregular, weak

denticles almost fill inner edge, fading out slightly

above anterior canal. In side view, lip convex.

External varix strong, moderately wide, widest

medially, weakens, sweeps round slightly flared

posterior canal, fades out over immersed spire. Callus

remains wide, develops lumpy external edge ventrally,

merges with very weak parietal callus ridge. Posterior

callus extends slightly over dorsum. Weakening varix

sweeps around slightly flared siphonal canal, merges

with anterior callus. Labial edge of weakening varix,

merges with slightly raised first columellar plication.

Four plications fill approximately 30% of aperture.

First strong with significant lump medially. Second,

strong With large, pointed lump as it emerges from

deep excavation, thins distally, fades out on anterior

callus. Third and fourth plications discontinuous due

to a very deep parietal excavation. Emergent portion

of third, strong and curved, anterior part continues

outwards, stops before anterior callus, medial portion

continues posteriorly, merges with very weak parietal

ridge. Fourth located deep inside aperture. Aperture

moderately and uniformly wide. Surfaces lightly

textured with random sized scales (Figs 118-120).

Animal: Length of fully extended foot approximately

twice length of shell, width approximately same as

shell, semi-transparent. Lateral marks not observed.

Metapodium pointed distally, variety of shapes and

sizes of marks give variegated effect in shades from

white to yellowish-white, intermingled with rust

brown spots. Concentration of marks shows as faint

medial line. Propodium with small off-white spots

intermingled with some smaller rust spots. Semi-

transparent tentacles, long, thin, with moderately

heavy off-white marks, intermingled with some rust

marks, distinct rust coloured areas basally, black eyes

with off-white annular rings on slight swellings.

Siphon moderately long, thick, semi-transparent with

many small off-white spots and two small rust spots.

Mantle: papillae not observed, but may be present,

otherwise weakly pustulose. Chromatism with fine

Figures 12-23

yellowish-white and rust spots, larger marks

intermingled with fine black spots. Mantle roof

chromatism substantially yellowish-white with pale

orange spots and some darker areas. Approximately

six indistinct, short, whitish, elongate marks on darker

patch emerge from under anterior dorsal callus,

fanning out posteriorly. Pale whitish, transverse band

located posteriorly, slopes slightly downwards to

right.

Distribution. Known from the type locality and off Isla

Linton, Panama.

Remarks. Granulina darienensis n. sp. is closest to G

colonensis n. sp. with which it is compared. G.

darienensis has a somewhat lighter, more rounded

shell, narrower lip, weaker varix around siphonal

canal, and posterior and siphonal canals considerably

more flared than in G. colonensis. The first plication

bears a medial lump which is absent in G. colonensis.

The body whorl surface is covered by an even scaly

texture (Figs 118-120), whereas, in G. colonensis the

body whorl is textured with small round granules of

various sizes (Figs 110-112). Chromatism has much in

common between the two species, but the strong off-

white medial line on the metapodium of G. colonensis

is absent in G. darienensis. The eyes of G. darienensis

are highlighted by pale annular rings, but absent in G.

colonensis. These two new species are separated

geographically by approximately seventy miles.

Etymology. This species is named after the mountains

of Darien which form the backdrop to the archipelago

of San Blas.

Granulina gayracaensis n. Sp.

Figs 12-15, 49-51, 95

Type material. Gayraca Bay, Santa Martha, Colombia,

11°19:5N;74°0652W; 7m;

Holotype. 1.75 x 1.22 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21962;

paratype 1. 1.61 x 1.08 mm, W:L 67%, MNHEN

21963; paratype 2. 1.92 x 1.29 mm, W:L 67 %, AWC;

paratype 3. 1.64 x 1.17 mm, W:L 71%, AWC;

paratype 4. 1.82 x 1.26 mm, W:L 69%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.76 x 1.23 mm, W:L 70%, TMC.

12-15. Granulina gayracaensis n. sp. Gayraca Bay, Santa Martha, Colombia, 11°19.5°N, 74°06.3°W, 7 m;

12-13. Paratype 1. 1.61 x 1.08 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN 21963; 14. Holotype. 1.75 x 1.22 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN

21962; 15. Paratype 5. 1.76 x 1.23 mm, W:L 70%, TMC.

16-17. Granulina cartagenaensis n. sp. Off Cartagena, Colombia, 10°22.4N, 75°35.8°W, 25-41 m. Paratype 5.

20065 mmMANE PE TANEMNIC:

18-19. Granulina waltergomezi n. sp. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas Archipelago, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2°W,

75-95 m. Holotype. 1.47 x 1.16 mm, W:L 79%, MNHN 21989.

20-23. Granulina iridisa n. sp. Cabo Codera, Venezuela, 10°35.2'N, 66°03.9'W, 18 m; 20, 22-23. Holotype. 2.37

x 1.66 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21967; 21. Adult spm. 2.46 x 1.67 mm. W:L 68%.

T. MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

VF. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Other material. 21 ad. Iv., 18 ad. dd., Gayraca Bay,

Santa Martha, Colombia, 11°19.5°N, 74°06.3°W, 7 m,

TMC.

Type locality. Gayraca Bay, Santa Martha, Colombia,

11°19.5°N, 74°06.3°W (Map ref. 5).

Description. Shell without colour, oval. Size range

1.61 x 1.08 mm to 1.92 x 1.29 mm, W:L 67-71%.

Body whorl semi-transparent, with textured callus

wash. Lip evenly curved, curls inwards, wide, widest

medially, sixteen irregular, weak denticles almost fill

inner edge, weakest anteriorly. In side view lip mainly

straight, turns sharply to right posteriorly. External

varix strong, very wide, widest medially, raised on

dorsum, sweeps around narrow posterior canal,

weakening, forms distinct, lumpy callus ridge

ventrally, merges with parietal callus ridge.

Weakening varix sweeps around wide, rounded

anterior canal, merges with first columellar plication

and weak anterior callus. Four columellar plications

fill approximately 46% of aperture. First weak, small

lump on posterior side, medially. Second wide,

strongly kinked as it emerges, fades out and merges

with anterior callus distally. Third, weak, distal lump

with short finger pointing to anterior callus. Fourth

weakest with small raised lump distally. Weak, broken

parietal callus ridge commences above second

plication, irregularly thick. Aperture moderately wide,

widens evenly, becoming wide anteriorly. Surfaces of

all callus deposits textured with minute pustules.

Animal: Length of fully extended foot slightly less

than twice length of shell, width slightly less than

shell, semi-transparent lateral marks only partially

observed. Metapodium finely elongate distally,

pinkish lateral mark almost level with posterior end of

shell, believed to have iridescent properties. Smaller

irregularly shaped, off-white marks, intermingled with

Figures 24-36

smaller rust and minute black spots posteriorly,

concentrated medially forming weak line. Propodium

with off-white and pale bluish-grey spots and marks

and larger, pale pinkish mark. Semi-transparent

tentacles very long, thin, with numerous off-white

marks intermingled with some rust marks, distinct rust

coloured area basally. Black eyes with off-white

annular rings on slight swellings. Siphon long and

thick, semi-transparent, many small off-white and rust

spots, whiter posteriorly. Mantle: not observed

extended, weakly pustulose. Chromatism: generally

fine off-white, yellowish-white, rust, pale blue, and

black spots and marks. Small pustules with turquoise

and white tips. Group of five thin, transparent papillae,

posterior medially, densely covered with off-white

marks, extended length not observed. Mantle roof:

Substantially yellowish-white or pale grey, orange

spots and some darker areas. Approximately six

indistinct, short, whitish, elongate marks on darker

patch emerge from under anterior dorsal callus and fan

out posteriorly, pale transverse band located towards

posterior, sloping slightly downwards to right, thinly

edged with grey posteriorly.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina gayracaensis n. sp. is closest to

G. ovata n. sp. with which it is compared. G.

gayracaensis has a perfectly oval shell, with the

widest point located medially, and the W:L 67-71%.

G. ovata, also a small species, has slightly higher

widest point, is less inflated at W:L 64-67%, has a

more rounded apex and a more pointed anterior. The

most significant difference is the group of five well

developed posterior papillae in G. gayracaensis which

is absent on G. ovata. Granulina gayracaensis Was

hand dredged in black sand at 7 m.

Etymology. The name is taken from the type locality.

24-26. Granulina monjesensis n. sp. Harbour, Monjes del Sur, Venezuela, 12°21.5'N, 70°54.1'W, 3-10 m.

24. Paratype 3. 1.75 x 1.24 mm, W:L 71%, AWC; 25. Holotype. 1.74 x 1.27 mm, W:L 73%, MNHN 21969; 26.

Paratype 1. 1.68 x 1.20 mm, W:L 71%, MNHN 21970.

27. Granulina plagula n. sp. Paratype 1. Boca Grandi, Aruba, 12°27.3°N, 59°52.6’W, 1-2 m.1.80 x 1.20 mm,

W:L 67%, MNHN 21980.

28-29. Granulina ovata n. sp. Off Isla Cubagua, to north, Venezuela, 10°52.4°N, 64°12.4°W, 22 m; 28. Holotype.

1.95 x 1.30 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN 21977; 29. Paratype 1. 2.16 x 1.41 mm, W:L 65%, MNHN 21978.

30-32. Granulina ocella n. sp. East Holandes Cays, San Blas, Panama, 9°35°N, 078°40°W, 3 m:; 30. Holotype.

1.52 x 1.12 mm, W:L 74%, MNHN 21973; 31. Paratype 1. 1.56 x 1.14 mm, W:L 73%, MNHN 21974; 32.

Paratype 2. 1.53 x 1.10 mm, W:L 72%, AWC.

33-34. Granulina nivalis n. sp. Las Aves de Sotavento, Venezuela, 12°01.66°’N, 067°38.05°W, 1 m;

33. Holotype. 1.62 x 1.15 mm, W:L 71%, MNHN 21971; 34. Adult spm. 1.73 x 1.27 mm, W:L 74%.

35-36. Granulina waltergomezi n. sp. Adult spm. from colony at East Holandes Cays, San Blas, Panama,

9°35°N, 078°40°W, 15-20 m, 1.54 x 1.17 mm, W:L 76%.

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Granulina cartagenaensis n. Sp.

Figs 16-17, 55-57, 96

Type material. Off Cartagena, Colombia, 10°22.4N,

75°35.8 W, 25-41 m.

Holotype. 2.33 x 1.77 mm, W:L 76%, MNHN 21956;

paratype 1. 2.56 x 1.90 mm, W:L 74%, MNHN

21957; paratype 2. 2.74 x 2.05 mm, W:L 75%, AWC;

paratype 3. 2.65 x 1.96 mm, W:L 74%, AWC;

paratype 4. 2.49 x 1.83 mm, W:L 74%, TMC;

paratype 5. 2.20 x 1.63 mm, W:L 74%, TMC.

Other material. 1 ad. dd., 7 juv. dd., off Cartagena,

Colombia, 10°22.4°N, 75°35.8’W, 25-41 m, mud,

TMC.

Type locality. Off Cartagena, Colombia, 10°22.4N,

75°35.8 W (Map ref. 4).

Description. Shell without colour, almost globose,

posterior very slightly produced. Size range 2.20 x

1.63 mm to 2.74 x 2.05 mm, W:L 74-76%. Body

whorl semi-transparent, covered by very thin, lightly

textured callus wash. Lip evenly curved, curls

inwards, wide, widest medially, narrower with slight

concavity posteriorly, slightly flared anteriorly.

Fourteen denticles, more widely spaced posteriorly,

fill inner edge. In side view, lip straight. External

varix strong, wide, wider medially, raised on dorsum.

Varix, retaining profile with strong dorsal edge,

sweeps around posterior canal, ends abruptly at

aperture. Dorsal edge sweeps around as strong ridge,

develops into strong lumpy callus ridge ventrally,

merges With parietal callus ridge. Callus spreads

anteriorly from dorsal edge of varix onto dorsum with

moderately well defined margin, fades out ventrally.

Varix, wWeakening somewhat, sweeps around anterior

canal, spreads onto dorsum with moderately well

defined margin, labial edge merges with slightly

raised first columellar plication, dorsal edge continues

onto anterior callus as rounded ridge aligned with

second plication, fades out at distal end of second

plication. Four plications fill approximately one third

of aperture, all excavated and without significant

kinks. First moderately weak. Second slightly

thickened medially, long and pointed distally. Third

weak, short, weak lump distally. Fourth weaker, short,

Figures 37-45

very weak lump distally. Anterior callus strong,

quickly weakens to light wash at third plication,

extends posteriorly as parietal ridge, moderately

strong medially. Aperture wide, uniformly wide over

entire length. Callus deposits and lip lightly textured

with minute pustules.

Animal: Foot at least 65% longer than shell, width

approximately same as shell, semi-transparent,

approximately eight irregular lateral marks, iridescent,

pinkish-white, intermingled with occasional dull

reddish-brown spots. Metapodium with smaller off-

white marks, becoming progressively smaller and

rounder distally. Marks more concentrated medially,

giving impression of thin, medial line. Adjacent to

medial line, concentrations of reddish-orange spots in

two diffuse lines. Two or three reddish-orange spots

close to edges, intermingling with whitish spots.

Propodium translucent white distally, bearing small

whitish marks. Tentacles semi-transparent, moderately

long, thin, noticeably tapered, bearing two to four,

irregularly spaced, small, bright, white marks. Black

eyes with thin whitish, annular rings, located on

swellings at base of tentacles. Siphon, semi-

transparent, many small off-white spots, orange-red

edges at base. Mantle with posterior cap-like area

indicative of papillae. Chromatism comprising off-

white background with large areas of yellowish-

brown, variegated with many slightly different shades

including brown, pink, dull red, white; approximately

thirty irregularly shaped, slightly raised, light blue

spots, being un-inflated pustules. Mantle roof off-

white with grey areas.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina cartagenaensis n. sp. is closest

to G. iridisa n. sp. with which it is compared. These

two species have much in common both in shell

morphology and animal chromatism, and are probably

closely related. The feature which clearly separates

them is the is almost globose shell with the W:L ratio

of 74-76% which is significantly more inflated than G.

iridisa With the W:L of 65-70%. Other differences are:

in G. iridisa the metapodium lacks the diffuse orange-

red lines and whitish medial line which is present in

G. cartagenaensis.

37-39. Granulina volcana n. sp. Holotype. Off Islas Los Testigos, to north, Venezuela, 11°28°N, 63°06°W, 73 m.

2.67 x 1.87 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21985.

40-42. Granulina calla n. sp. Holotype. Isla Grande, Islas Los Testigos, Venezuela, 11°22.8°N, 63°08.1°W, 28

m. 2.57 x 1.75 mm, W:L 68%, MNHN 21954.

43-45. Granulina Colonensis n. sp. Holotype. Off Colon, to east, Panama, 9°31.5°’N, 79°52.0°W, 57 m. 1.98 x

1.31 mm, W:L 66%, MNHN 21958.

T. MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

T. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

It is believed that both G. cartagenaensis and G.

iridisa have similar mantles - strongly pustulose and

bearing five posterior papillae (Figs 16-17, and 20-

23). Somewhat similar pale blue to turquoise spots are

present on mantles of both species: in G. iridisa some

of these spots can be seen inflated as small pustules

while others are not inflated, indicating that their state

of inflation 1s not coincident with the mantle state and

may be deliberately controlled by the animal. The cap-

like area 1s also similar in these two species, but in G.

cartagenaensis it is more substantial. It is

hypothesised that this is because the filling elements

of un-inflated papillae are contained within, and the

area would reduce in volume when papillae are

inflated.

Inner whorls and plications can be seen through the

semi-transparent dorsum (Fig. 55, 57). The type

localities of these two species are approximately 600

miles apart.

Etymology. The name is taken from the type locality.

Granulina waltergomezi n. sp.

Figs 18-19, 35-36, 52-54, 97, 113-116

Type material. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas

Archipelago, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2°W, 75-95 m.

Holotype. 1.47 x 1.16 mm, W:L 79%, MNHN 21989;

paratype 1. 1.50 x 1.13 mm, W:L 75%, MNHN

21990; paratype 2. 1.43 x 1.08 mm, W:L 75%, AWC;

paratype 3. 1.62 x 1.20 mm, W:L 74%, AWC;

paratype 4. 1.51 x 1.14 mm, W:L 75%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.53 x 1.14 mm, W:L 74%, TMC.

Other material. 19 ad. dd., off Isla Chichime, San

Blas Archipelago, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2°W, 75-

95 m; Second colony located East Holandes Cays, San

Blas, Panama, 9°35°N, 078°40°W, 15-20 m, sand, six

specimens: 1.95 x 1.30 mm, W:L 72%, 1.44 x 1.09

OWNER En mea NE PES TC MIES EX

1.17 mm, W:L 76%, 1.49 x 1.07 mm, W:L 72 %, 1.48

x 1.11 mm, W:L 75%, and 3 ad. Iv. TMC.

Type Jlocality. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas

Archipelago, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2°W (Map ref.

Description. Shell without colour, globose, slightly

produced anteriorly. Size range 1.43 x 1.08 to 1.95 x

1.30 mm, W:L 72-79%. AIl external surfaces around

aperture, including anterior and posterior canals,

densely covered by minute, round, flat topped, lumpy

deposits on scaly surface. Body whorl semi-

transparent, moderately thick callus wash, lightly

textured with minute lumps. Lip strongly curved, very

strongly posteriorly, strongly curled inwards,

moderately wide, widest medially; eighteen somewhat

irregular denticles fill inner edge, widely spaced

posterior medially, closely spaced anteriorly. Shoulder

slightly raised above apex, gently rounded. In side

view, lip convex, more so anteriorly. External varix

wide, strong, sinuous dorsal edge, widest and slightly

raised on dorsum posterior medially, narrows

posteriorly, sweeps around posterior canal weakly.

Dorsal edge strong, continues around posterior canal

widely as ridge below apex, develops into lumpy

callus ridge ventrally, merges with parietal callus

ridge. Varix narrows, sweeps around siphonal canal

creating slightly produced base, blends into first,

raised, columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately 43% of aperture. First evenly curved,

moderately deep, narrow, raised. Second strong,

strongly kinked on projected line of parietal callus

ridge, tapering finger extends onto anterior callus and

stops abruptly. Third and fourth weak, fourth weakest,

both with small distal lump. Second, third and fourth

plications weakly excavated. Parietal ridge weak,

irregularly lumpy, extends from fourth plication,

strengthens slightly posteriorly. Aperture moderately

and evenly wide.

Animal: Length of foot at least twice length of shell,

narrower, semi-transparent. Metapodium with random

small off-white marks, intermingled with yellow and

occasional rust spots, concentrated medially forming

irregular, wide, distinct medial line on basal half,

widening and becoming diffuse, fading distally. Close

on each side of line, approximately twelve to fifteen

additional yellow spots continue distally. Further off-

white, more widely spaced marks extend to lateral

edges. Propodium semi-transparent, largely covered

by two or three diffuse, off-white marks. Tentacles

semi-transparent, long, thin, five or six irregularly

spaced marks, strongest distally. Eyes black, located

on basal swellings, with diffuse, off-white, annular

rings. Siphon short, thick, generally whitish, with

many minute off-white, yellow and occasional blacks

spots, whiter area basally. Mantle: Only observed in

partially extended state. Small areas of off-white,

yellowish-brown, reddish-brown and black colours

can be detected. One axially located papilla projects

posteriorly, with chromatism consisting of minute off-

white spots arranged in spiral line wrapped around

papilla in three turns, separated by narrow transparent

line, rust spots clustered at base. Mantle roof greyish-

white with numerous small, pale yellow spots,

indistinct, transverse, pale off-white mark located

posteriorly, slopes slightly downwards, to right at

about 5° off horizontal.

Distribution. Known from the type locality and one

other locality at 9°35°N, 078°40°W, 15-20 m, situated

inside the islands of the San Blas archipelago, about

eight miles to south east.

Remarks. Granulina waltergomezi n. sp. 1s the most

inflated Granulina sp. to be described from the

Caribbean and does not compare closely with any

other described species. It is closest to G. colonensis

n. Sp, G. darienensis n. sp. and G. nivalis n. sp.

T. MCCLEERY

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

Granulina colonensis and G. darienensis are

considerably larger, considerably less inflated and are

colourful animals. Granulina nivalis shares somewhat

similar shell morphology but is less inflated with W:L

61-71%, the surface texture is very much stronger and

more evenly distributed over the entire shell surface

(Figs 121-124), the chromatism is strikingly white,

and it is a shallow water species.

Etymology. Walter Gomez crewed on the author’s

yacht during 2007 and 2008 on several expeditions.

Many new species were collected and Granulina

waltergomezi n. sp. is given his name in recognition of

his valued help.

Discussion. During preparation of this article

Granulina waltergomezi n. sp. was suspected of being

one of two distinct new species due to differences in

shell size, chromatism of the sole papilla and depth of

the habitat between two closely related colonies.

Granulina waltergomezi is a minute species and

optical microscopy was unable to clearly show surface

texture which was believed to be specific. When

S.E.M images became available surface texture was

studied closely and it was expected that this would

show distinct differences between the two colonies.

However, the S.E.M. images showed that the surface

texture was somewhat variable but more significantly,

these same variations were shared by both colonies.

Therefore, the two colonies are now regarded as being

the same species. It is probable that these two known

colonies of G. waltergomezi, which do not interbreed,

have not yet evolved to the point where they can

described as two distinct species.

Granulina iridisa n. sp.

Figs 20-23, 58-60, 98

Type material. Cabo Codera, Venezuela, 10°35.2'N,

66°03.9'W, 18 m.

Holotype. 2.37 x 1.66 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21967;

paratype 1. 2.90 x 1.89 mm, W:L 65%, MNHN

21968; paratype 2. 2.62 x 1.81 mm, W:L 69%, AWC;

paratype 3. 2.75 x 1.88 mm, W:L 68%, TMC;

paratype 4. 2.50 x 1.73 mm, W:L 69%, AWC;

paratype 5. 2.43 x 1.67 mm, W:L 69%, TMC.

Other material. 5 ad. |v., 4 ad. dd., Cabo Codera,

Venezuela, 10°35.2'N, 66°03.9'W, 18 m:; 3 ad. dd. 1

juv. dd., off Cabo Codera, to west, 10°36.l'N,

66°06.0'W, 31 m, TMC.

Type locality. Cabo Codera, Venezuela, 10°35.2'N,

66°03.9'W, 18 m (Map ref. 13).

Description. Shell without colour, obovate. Size range

2.37 x 1.66 mm to 2.90 x 1.89 mm, W:L 65-70%.

Body whorl semi-transparent, covered by very light

callus wash, without apparent texture. Lip strongly

curved, less so medially, curls inwards strongly, wide,

widest medially. Eighteen irregularly denticles almost

fill inner edge, strongest in posterior half, very weak

anteriorly. In side view, edge of lip slightly convex.

External varix very strong, wide, wider medially,

raised on dorsum, retains profile and sweeps around

posterior canal, develops into strong lumpy callus

ridge ventrally, merges with parietal callus ridge.

Strong callus deposits close to dorsal edge of varix

form secondary ridge which sweeps around both

posterior and anterior canals, ending at parietal ridge

and third columellar plication respectively. Both

posterior and anterior ventral callus deposits are

strikingly opaque white with clearly defined edges.

Labial edge of varix, remaining strong, sweeps around

Siphonal canal, merges with slightly raised first

plication. Four plications fill approximately 40% of

aperture, first weak, thin, evenly wide. Second

strongest, strongly kinked, strong pointed finger

projects from bottom of lump, blends into anterior

callus distally. Third strong, short, with distal lump.

Fourth weakest with small, rounded, distal lump.

Second, third and fourth plication excavated, second

weakly. Moderately strong parietal ridge extends

posteriorly from plications. Aperture moderately wide,

slightly more so anteriorly. Surfaces of all callus

deposits textured with minute pustules.

Animal: Length of fully extended foot unknown,

width approximately same as shell, semi-transparent

with about five irregular shaped marks laterally,

anterior marks pinkish, strikingly iridescent. Off-white

marks with yellowish hue extend over metapodium;

two diffuse red lines extend distally. Propodium

substantially off-white with some minute indistinct

pinkish spots. Tentacles translucent white, long, thin,

with moderately heavy off-white marks, particularly

distally. Black eyes located on slight swellings at base

of tentacles. Siphon moderately long, semi-transparent

with many small off-white spots, intermingled with

minute brown spots distally. Mantle with five simple

papillae grouped posteriorly on pale cap-like area. The

three medial papillae each bear approximately ten

yellowish spots, laterals without spots. Mantle

chromatism with irregularly shaped pale or dark areas.

Pale areas laterally and on closing edges, yellowish

With many small brown spots. Dark areas anterior

laterally and posteriorly comprised of minute black,

dull yellow, orange, dull green spots, and larger,

bright turquoise spots which appear to be un-inflated

pustules. Inflated pustules pale blue, bright turquoise

when not inflated. Mantle roof substantially

yellowish-white with pale orange spots.

Approximately eleven short, yellow, elongate marks

on darker patch emerge from under anterior dorsal

callus and fan out posteriorly. Pale, yellowish-white,

transverse band located posteriorly, sloping slightly

downwards to right.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality and

adjoining areas within three mile range to north west.

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Remarks. Granulina iridisa n. sp. is closest to G.

cartagenaensis n. Sp. (Figs 16-17, 55-57, 96) with

which it is compared, and with which it has much in

common both in shell morphology and animal

chromatism, suggesting that they are closely related.

Granulina cartagenaensis is slightly smaller, but very

significantly more inflated at W:L 74-76%, compared

with W:L 65-70% of G. iridisa, Which alone, separates

these two species. Other differences are: the first

plication in G. iridisa is not excavated; the second is

stronger, strongly kinked downwards and points less

obliquely downwards (Fig. 98) than G. cartagenaensis

(Fig. 96); the dorsal callus is considerably heavier, has

strikingly opaque white margins which are more

clearly defined: lacks the diffuse orange-red lines and

whitish medial line present on the metapodium of G.

cartagenaensis. The type localities of these two

species are approximately 600 miles apart.

Etymology. The name refers to the iridescent lateral

marks on the foot, iridis being the Latin for iridescent.

Granulina monjesensis n. sp.

Figs 24-26, 61-63, 99

Type material. Harbour, Monjes del Sur, Venezuela,

12°21.5°N, 70°54.1°W, 3-10 m.

Holotype. 1.74 x 1.27 mm, W:L 73%, MNHN 21969;

paratype 1. 1.68 x 1.20 mm, W:L 71%, MNHN

21970; paratype 2. 1.73 x 1.23 mm, W:L 71%, AWC;

paratype. 3: 1.75°x. 1.242mm, WE 710, FAWC:

paratype 4. 1.83 x 1.40 mm, W:L 76%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.67 x 1.20 mm, W:L 72%, TMC.

Other material. 6 ad. Iv., Harbour, Monjes del Sur,

Venezuela, 12°21.5°N, 70°54.1°W, 3-10 m, TMC.

Type locality. Harbour, Monjes del Sur, Venezuela,

12°21.5’N, 70°54.1°W (Map ref. 9).

Description. Shell without colour, pyriform. Size

range 1.67 x 1.20 mm to 1.83 x 1.40 mm, W:L 71-

76%. Dorsum semi-transparent, finely striate, lightly

textured. Lip slightly curved anteriorly, very strongly

posteriorly, curled inwards, moderately wide, widest

posterior medially, twelve weak, irregular denticles on

inner edge fade out below labial insertion, very weak

Figures 46-57

anteriorly. In side view, lip convex, more so

posteriorly. External varix strong, moderately wide,

widest posteriorly, narrow anteriorly. Dorsal edge

slightly concave with strong groove, gently rounded

shoulder, sweeps around posterior canal, spreads over

dorsum as heavy callus, fades ventrally. Weak,

uneven, posterior ridge merges with parietal callus

ridge. Weakening varix sweeps around wide siphonal

canal, merges with anterior callus, labial edge merges

into slightly raised first columellar plication. Anterior

callus triangular in shape, uneven, heavy, defined by

two external edges, one short and strong at first

columellar plication, weakening, slopes upwards onto

dorsum at approximately 30° to shell axis, second

weaker, slopes upwards towards aperture at right-

angles to first, merges with parietal ridge (Fig. 61).

Four plications fill approximately 36% of aperture;

first moderately deep, widening as it emerges, raised.

Second strong, strongly kinked, slightly raised as it

emerges, wide finger broadly rounded with flat lump

distally, extends onto callus. Third weak, emerges as

wide, flat lump, tapers finely and fades on anterior

callus. Fourth plication can be detected deep within

aperture, does not emerge. Parietal ridge irregularly

strong, not clearly defined basally, weak medially. AIl

plications excavated, first very weakly. Aperture

moderately wide, more so anteriorly. Surface of all

callus deposits, including lip, textured.

Animal: Foot more than twice shell length, width

narrower than shell, semi-transparent. Metapodium

with random small yellow-white marks, concentrated

medially, forming irregular, strong, distinct, white

medial line, extends distally, becoming diffuse and

yellowish. Adjacent to medial line, on each side,

approximately six dull dark reddish-brown spots

intermingled with small yellow-white marks which

extend to edges. Edges highlighted by line of small

elongated, yellow-white marks. Propodium semi-

transparent, covered by fine yellow-white spots.

Tentacles semi-transparent, long, thin, five or six

irregularly spaced marks distally, diffuse rust marks

evident basally. Black eyes with off-white annular

rings located on basal swellings. Siphon medium

length, thick, semi-transparent, largely covered with

fine spots, off-white at base, yellowish distally.

46-48. Granulina darienensis n. sp. Holotype. Off Isla Chichime, San Blas, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2W, 75

m. 2.14 x 1.39 mm, W:L 65%, MNHN 21960.

49-51. Granulina gayracaensis n. sp. Gayraca Bay, Santa Martha, Colombia, 11°19.5°N, 74°06.3°W, 7 m.

Holotype. 1.75 x 1.22 mm, W:L 69%, MNHN 21962.

52-54. Granulina waltergomezi n. sp. Off Chichime, San Blas Archipelago, Panama, 9°37.3°N, 78°53.2°W, 75-

95 m. Holotype. 1.47 x 1.16 mm, W:L 79%, MNHN 21989.

55-57. Granulina cartagenaensis n. sp. Off Cartagena, Colombia, 10°22.4N, 75°35.8°W, 25-41 m. Holotype.

2.33 x 1.77 mm, W:L 76%, MNHN 21956.

T. MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Mantle: Only partially observed, weakly pustulose,

chromatism combining many bright colours including

turquoise, red, orange yellow, black and white.

Melanism is common in this species (Fig. 25). Mantle

roof greyish white with numerous small, pale yellow-

white and pale orange spots. Indistinct, posterior,

transverse, pale, off-white mark, slopes slightly

downwards to left at about 5° off horizontal.

Remarks. Granulina monjesensis n. sp. is closest to

G. plagula n. sp. with which it is compared. The shell

morphology is somewhat similar, but G. plagula has a

higher shoulder, aperture widens strongly anteriorly,

and the ridge defining the anterior callus is very weak.

Other significant differences are present in animals: In

Granulina plagula, the metapodium is sparsely

covered with yellow-white and reddish-brown spots,

the mantle is translucent grey-white with occasional

dark brown marks and smaller greyish white spots.

Some small pale dull orange spots are associated with

the dark brown marks. The chromatism of G.

monjesensis in comprised of considerably smaller

spots in bright colours with significant absence of

brown.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Etymology. The name is taken from the type locality.

Granulina plagula n. sp.

Figs 27, 64-66, 100

Type material. Boca Grandi, Aruba, 12°27.3°N,

59°52.6°W, 1-2 m.

Holotype. 1.63 x 1.14 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21979;

paratype 1. 1.80 x 1.20 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN

21980; paratype 2. 1.60 x 1.08 mm, W:L 67%, AWC;

paratype 3. 1.68 x 1.13 mm, W:L 67%, AWC;

paratype 4. 1.71 x 1.12 mm, W:L 66%, TMC;

paratype S. 1.72 x 1.11 mm, W:L 65%, TMC.

Other material. 95 ad. Iv., 10 juv. Iv., Boca Grandi,

Aruba, 12°27.3°N, 59°52.6 W, TMC.

Type locality. Boca Grandi, Aruba, 12°27.3°N,

59°52.6’W (Map ref. 10).

Description. Shell without colour, obovate. Size range

1.60 x 1.08 mm to 1.80 x 1.20 mm, W:L 65-70%.

Dorsum semi-transparent, finely striate, light callus

wash, textured. Lip curved, very strongly posteriorly,

Figures 58-69

curled inwards medially, slightly flared anteriorly.

Eight weak denticles on inner edge anterior medially,

very weak anteriorly, absent posteriorly. In side view,

lip evenly convex. External varix wide, widest

posteriorly, narrowest anteriorly, dorsal edge almost

Straight with strong dorsal groove, gently rounded

shoulder, weakens, sweeps around posterior canal,

widening over dorsum as moderately heavy callus,

forms short lumpy ridge ventrally, merges with

parietal callus ridge. Weakening varix sweeps around

wide, somewhat pointed siphonal canal, merges with

anterior Callus, labial edge merges with first

columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately 39% of aperture; first somewhat

uneven in width medially, moderately deep; second

stronger, curves anteriorly, extends unusually far onto

anterior callus; third narrow, weak, elongate lump

distally, curving anteriorly; fourth very weak, distal

lump extends anteriorly to join distal lump on third.

Parietal ridge extends posteriorly and weakens.

Emergent body whorl with very wide callus extending

from plications to join posterior callus, margin defined

by translucent white line. AIl plications excavated,

first very weakly. Surface of all callus deposits,

including lip, textured. Aperture wide posteriorly, less

wide medially, widening evenly anteriorly, becoming

very wide basally .

Animal: Length of fully extended foot approximately

twice length of shell, width narrower. Metapodium

elongated distally, irregular vyellow-white marks

medially forming diffuse medial line, whiter basally,

fading distally, otherwise lightly covered with small

yellow-white spots intermingled with fewer small

reddish-brown spots. Tentacles semi-transparent, long,

thin (when fully extended), five off-white marks on

distal half, some diffuse rust marks evident basally.

Eyes black, on slight basal swellings. Siphon long,

moderately thick, semi-transparent, many small off-

white and rust spots, whiter posteriorly. Mantle

weakly pustulose, translucent pale grey-white,

pustules off-white, occasional small off-white marks

of various sizes, six or seven large irregular dark

brown marks bearing occasional minute, orange-red

and off-white spots. Mantle roof only partially

observed: background brownish-white with

moderately large off-white spots and occasional pale

dull orange spots.

58-60. Granulina iridisa n. sp. Cabo Codera, Venezuela, 10°35.2°N, 66°03.9°W, 18 m. Holotype. 2.37 x 1.66

mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21967.

61-63. Granulina monjesensis n. sp. Holotype. Harbour, Monjes del Sur, Venezuela, 12°21.5°N, 70°54.1°W, 3-10

m. 1.74 x 1.27 mm, W:L 73%, MNHN 21960.

64-66. Granulina plagula n. sp. Holotype. Boca Grandi, Aruba, 12°27.3°N, 59°52.6°W, 1-2 m.

1.63 x 1.14 mm, W:L 70%, MNHN 21970.

67-69. Granulina ovata n. sp. Holotype. Off Isla Cubagua, to north, Venezuela, 10°52.4.°N, 64°12.4°W, 22 m.

1.95 x 1.30 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN 21977.

T. MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

T. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina plagula n. sp. 1s close to G.

minae Espinosa & Ortea, 2000, from Costa Rica but is

closer to G. ocella n. sp. with which it is here

compared. The shell shape of G. ocella is somewhat

similar, but G. plagula is bigger, Without any overlap

in shell and inflated at W:L 65-70%

compared with G. ocella at W:L 70-73% - only a

slight overlap. Significant differences are: the distal

end of second plication in G. plagula extends further

onto the anterior callus and fades out, callus wash

extends clearly onto the dorsum ventrally, the parietal

callus ridge is not clearly defined, whereas, in G.

ocella the second plication is shorter and ends

abruptly, the parietal ridge is very straight and clearly

defined. Most significantly, the mantle chromatism of

G. plagula has three large dark brown spots on a

translucent grey-white background with some off-

white spots, whereas, G. ocella has three large, bright

ocellated marks with turquoise and orange

predominating, on a background of fine, yellowish-

white spots intermingled with fine, black spots.

Granulina minae Espinosa & Ortea, 2000, from

Costa and G. guanajatabey Espinosa & Ortea, 2003,

from Cuba, were both compared to G. antillensis (De

Jong and Coomans, 1988). However, as more

Caribbean Granulina species are discovered :ït

becomes clear that G. antillensis belongs to a different

group of Granulina species found in deeper water and

having shell morphology with slightly produced ends

amongst other features. Typical of this group is G.

colonensis n. sp. (Figs 43-45). Like Granulina plagula

and G. ocella, G. minae and G. guanajatabey are both

found in relatively shallow water, down to 15 m. G.

minae is eliminated from comparison with G. plagula

by its chromatism which is yellow and orange, and G.

guanajatabey by its shell shape.

SIZE, less

Etymology. The name is taken from the chromatism

of the mantle which can be likened to a curtain. The

Latin word plagula translates as curtain.

Granulina ovata n. Sp.

Figs 28-29, 67-69, 101, 129-132

Type material. Off Isla Cubagua, to north,

Venezuela, 10°52.4N, 64°12.4 W, 22 m.

Holotype. 1.95 x 1.30 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN 21977;

paratype 1. 2.16 x 1.41 mm, W:L 65%, MNHN

21978; paratype 2. 1.95 x 1.31 mm, W:L 67%, AWC:

paratype 3. 2.04 x 1.30 mm, W:L 64%, AWC:

paratype 4. 2.08 x 1.35 mm, W:L 65%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.93 x 1.26 mm, W:L 65%, TMC.

Other material. 10 ad. Iv., 1 juv. ad., 2 ad. dd., off

Isla Cubagua, to north, Venezuela, 10°52.4N,

64°12:4W22 m:19%ad-1v 5 qjuv 1 278d dd;

Margarita (Channel, off Isla Coche, to north,

Venezuela, 11-50 m. mud, TMC (Map ref. 14).

Type locality. Off Isla Cubagua, to north, Venezuela,

10°52.4°N, 64°12.4 W (Map ref. 14).

Description. Shell without colour, ovate, somewhat

pointed anteriorly. Size range 1.93 x 1.26 mm to 2.16 x

1.41 mm, W:L 64-67%. Body whorl semi-transparent,

slightly striate; moderate callus wash, moderately

textured. Lip gently curved, more so posteriorly, curls

inwards strongly, wide, slightly wider medially.

Fourteen strong, even denticles fill inner edge. In side

vieW, lip, mainly straight, turns sharply to right

posteriorly. External varix strong, very wide, widest

anterior medially, dorsal edge straight, sweeps to right

posteriorly then smoothly around posterior canal

without creating shoulder, weakens and forms

moderately strong ridge ventrally, merges with parietal

callus ridge. Some posterior callus extends from

weakening varix over dorsum. Weakening varix sweeps

around siphonal canal, merges with weak anterior

callus, labial edge merges with weak, very slightly

raised first columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately 43% of aperture, all excavated. First

moderately strong, thickened medially. Second, wide,

flat, short, pointed finger extends from bottom onto

anterior callus distally. Third weak, distal lump

terminates in short, convex, axial lump forming small

curved ridge. Fourth ends abruptly, internally on

parietal wall. Posterior edge of anterior callus slightly

thickened, sweeps upwards, merges with weak broken,

irregularly thick, parietal ridge. Aperture, evenly wide

over complete length, curved more strongly posteriorly.

Surfaces of all callus deposits textured with minute

pustules.

Animal: Foot more than twice shell length, width

narrower than shell, semi-transparent. Approximately

six pinkish, lateral marks increase in size posteriorly,

comprised of diffuse concentrations of minute spots of

various colours — off-white, brown, rust, occasional

black. Metapodium only observed in rounded state

distally. Minute white spots concentrated medially

form very strong wide line, widening posteriorly, does

not reach to distal end. Area around white medial line

lightly marked with minute off-white marks.

Propodium semi-transparent, some diffuse off-white

marks medially. Tentacles very long, thin, small off-

white marks, slightly stronger distally, traces of rust

evident at base. Black eyes located on small swellings

at base of tentacles. Siphon semi-transparent, almost

totally covered by minute off-white marks, whiter at

base, strongest laterally. Mantle not observed fully

extended, weakly pustulose, one single, translucent,

off-white papilla observed (Not figured). Three large,

irregularly ocellated marks, grey centres with four

rings of dull brownish colours, one located posteriorly,

one each side anteriorly, separated by pale areas.

Mantle roof substantially yellowish-white or pale

grey, many dull orange spots. Pale transverse band

located towards posterior, sloping strongly,

T. MCCLEERY

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

downwards to right,

posteriorly.

edged with orange-brown

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina ovata n. sp. is closest to G.

gayracaensis n. Sp. With which it is compared.

Granulina gayracaensis has perfectly oval shell with a

medial widest point, is smaller at 1.61 - 1.92 mm and

more inflated at W:L 67-71% than G. ovafa at 1.93 -

2.16 mm and W:L 64-67%. The plications show small,

but significant differences (as described above). The

most significant feature separating these two species is

the very distinct white, medial line on the metapodium

of G. ovata, Which is absent in G. gayracaensis .

Presence of papillae on the mantle is omitted from this

comparison due to insufficient data being available.

Type localities are approximately 750 miles apart.

Etymology. The name refers to the oval shape of the

shell, the Latin for oval being ovatus.

Granulina ocella n. sp.

Figs 30-32, 73-75,102

Type material. East Holandes Cays, San Blas,

Panama, 9°35°N, 078°40°W, 3 m.

Holotype. 1.52 x 1.12 mm, W:L 74%, MNHN 21973;

paratype 1. 1.56 x 1.14 mm, W:L 73%, MNHN

21974; paratype 2. 1.53 x 1.10 mm, W:L 72%, AWC:

paratype 3. 1.54 x 1.09 mm, W:L 71%, AWC;

paratype 4. 1.44 x 1.05 mm, W:L 73%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.53 x 1.07 mm, W:L 70%, TMC.

Other material. Lot of approximately 200 ad. Iv., east

Holandes (Cays, San Blas, Panama, 9°35°N,

078°40°W, 3 m, TMC.

Type locality. East Holandes Cays, San Blas, Panama,

9°35°N, 078°40°W (Map ref. 3).

Description. Shell minute, without colour, pyriform.

Size range 1.44 x 1.05 mm to 1.56 x 1.14 mm, W:L

70-74%. Dorsum semi-transparent, occasional

striations, light callus wash, lightly textured. Lip

gently curved anteriorly and medially, very strongly

posteriorly. Curled inwards, moderately wide, less

wide posteriorly. Eight weak denticles on anterior

half, extremely weak in posterior half. In side view,

lip convex, more so posteriorly. External varix wide,

widest posteriorly medially, narrowest anteriorly,

dorsal edge straight with strong groove, rounded at

shoulder, highest above insertion point where it fades

out. Callus line present on dorsum close to varix,

forms circular deposit around immersed spire. Further

light callus spreads around posterior canal and forms

ridge ventrally to merge with parietal callus ridge.

Weakening varix sweeps around wide siphonal canal,

merges with weak anterior callus, labial edge merges

with raised first columellar plication. Four plications

fill approximately 33% of aperture. First wide, deep.

Second wide, close to first with deep, clearly defined

grove between, widened at distal lump causing

bifurcation, stops abruptly on anterior callus. Third

deeply excavated, small distal lump angled

downwards, almost touches second. Fourth

discontinuous due to very deep excavation, small

distal lump merges with very straight, clearly defined

but lumpy, parietal ridge. Surface of all callus deposits

textured. Aperture moderately wide, slightly wider

anteriorly.

Animal: Foot more than twice shell length, width

narrower, semi-transparent. Metapodium with small,

yellow-white marks, concentrated to form irregular,

diffuse medial line extending distally. Adjacent to

centre line, six dark reddish-brown spots, intermingled

with small vyellow-white marks extending to edges.

Propodium semi-transparent, covered by five or six

yellow-white spots. Tentacles semi-transparent, long,

thin, five or six irregularly spaced marks strongest

distally, diffuse rust marks evident basally. Eyes black,

located on basal swellings, off-white annular rings.

Siphon medium length, thick, semi-transparent, largely

covered with off-white spots, yellowish-white distally,

intermingled with occasional minute, dull reddish-

brown spots, less so at base. Mantle: Sparsely pustulose,

two larger pustules located posteriorly on closing edge

of mantle, background yellow-white. Main feature of

chromatism: three broadly round, large, ocellated spots,

turquoise centre encircled by thin black ring, wider

orange ring and further thin black ring. Three or four

less distinct marks located randomly, all separated by

minute yellow-white and black spots. Melanism :1s

common in this species (Fig. 32). Mantle roof greyish

white with numerous small, pale yellow-white and pale

orange spots. Indistinct, posterior, transverse, pale off-

white mark slopes slightly downwards to right at about

5° off horizontal.

Remarks. Granulina ocella n. sp. is compared with

G. minae Espinosa & Ortea, 2000, from Costa Rica to

which it appears to be closely related. The shells of

both species are pyriform, but G. minae is somewhat

more pointed. The main differences are in the animal

chromatism: G. ocella exhibits three striking turquoise

ocellated spots which are absent in G. minae, and G.

minae exhibits a number of yellow longtitudinal

grooves on the anterior part of the mantle roof, a

posterior snow white pustule on the mantle amongst

others which are yellow; the overall colour is mainly

yellow. AIT these features differ from G. ocella.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Etymology. The name refers to the brightly coloured

spots on the mantle which are likened to an eye or

gem, for which the Latin is ocellus.

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Granulina nivalis n. Sp.

Figs 33-34, 76-78, 103, 121-124, 136-141

Type material. Las Aves de Sotavento, Venezuela,

12°01.66°N, 067°38.05°W, 1 m.

Holotype. 1.62 x 1.15 mm, W:L 71%, MNHN 21971];

paratype 1. 1.72 x 1.17 mm, W:L 68%, MNHN

21972; paratype 2. 1.69 x 1.21 mm, W:L 71%, AWC;

paratype 3. 1.39 x 0.98 mm, W:L 71%, AWC;

paratype 4. 1.41 x 0.96 mm, W:L 68%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.70 x 1.17 mm, W:L 69%, TMC.

Other material. 4 spms: 1.72 x 1.18, W:L 69%, 1.74

x 1.16, ML: 67%, 1.75 x 1.19) W:1 6860 1278201022

mm W:L 68%, and approximately 40 additional spms.

from numerous stations within type locality, TMC.

Type locality. Las Aves de Sotavento, Venezuela,

12°01.66°N, 067°38.05°W (Map ref. 12).

Description. Shell without colour, ovate, surface dull.

Size range 1.39 x 0.98 mm to 1.78 x 1.22 mm, W:L

67-71%. Body whorl translucent white. AIl external

surfaces densely textured. Lip evenly curved, strongly

curled inwards, wide, fifteen strong, denticles, slightly

more widely spaced medially, fill inner edge. In side

view, lip convex, more so posteriorly. External varix

wide, moderately strong, widest medially, dorsal edge

straight, gradually narrows and sweeps around

posterior canal, fades out ventrally as weak lumpy

ridge, merges with parietal callus ridge. Weakening

varix sweeps around evenly curved siphonal canal,

blends into anterior callus; labial edge merges with

first columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately 42% of aperture, all moderately

excavated. First plication narrow with small raised

lump. Second strong, strongly kinked at lump on

emergent end, short, weak finger blends distally into

anterior callus. Third strong, short, with distal lump.

Fourth does not emerge, almost imperceptible lump

externally. AIl lumps on plications aligned with

smooth, parietal ridge extending posteriorly from

plications. Surface of shell covered with deposit of

minute roundish lumps (Figs 121-124), some axial

alignment apparent. Aperture moderately wide,

slightly wider anteriorly.

Animal: Length of foot more than twice shell length,

width narrower, metapodium widening before

narrowing and tapering to very narrow, elongate point

Figures 70-81

distally. Chromatism of external parts: almost totally

white, white marks on translucent foot, marks being

largest laterally and medially on emergent

metapodium, smaller and diffuse on remainder.

Propodium with white diffuse marks. Tentacles semi-

transparent, long, thin, four to six white marks spaced

along length, small brown marks basally. Eyes located

on slight basal swellings, black with weak, white

annular rings. Siphon short, white, thick (possibly not

observed fully extended). Mantle: not observed

extended, several un-inflated lateral, white swellings

evident, indicating that mantle is pustulose. One

moderately long, posterior pustule evident (it is not

known if this can extend to become a long papilla).

One small distinct brownish mark on posterior edge.

Mantle roof white with numerous very pale brownish

orange spots.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Habitat. Sand on and close to dead coral rocks and

rubble in shallow water to 3 m.

Remarks. Granulina nivalis n. Sp. appears to be most

closely related to G. ovata n. sp. with which it is

compared. Shell morphology is similar, but the shell

surface of G. ovatfa is significantly less textured and the

shell is significantly bigger: size range 1.93 x 1.26 mm

to 2.16 x 1.41 mm, W:L 64-67%, compared to G.

nivalis With size range 1.39 x 0.98 mm to 1.78 x 1.22

mm, W:L 67-71%. Animal chromatism is significantly

different: G. ovata is strongly coloured compared to the

unusually white chromatism of G. nivalis.

Etymology. The name refers to the snow white

chromatism and snow-like pattern on the metapodium,

and is taken from the Latin word nivalis meaning

shOWY.

Granulina velaensis n. sp.

Figs 70-72, 104

Type material. Off Cabo de Vela,

112572N:#72 236 W:58 rm:

Holotype. 2.80 x 1.94 mm, W:L 69%, MNHN 21987;

paratype 1. 2.82 x 1.94 mm, W:L 69%, MNHN 21988;

paratype 2. 2.77 x 1.84 mm, W:L 66%, AWC; paratype

3. 2.83 x 2.00 mm, W:L 71%, AWC; paratype 4. 3.24 x

2.12 mm, W:L 66%, TMC; paratype 5. 2.46 x 1.63 mm,

W:L 66%, TMC.

Colombia,

70-72. Granulina velaensis n. sp. Holotype. Off Cabo de Vela, Colombia, 11°57°N, 72°36°W, 58 m. 2.80 x 1.94

mm, W:L 69%, MNHN 21987.

73-75. Granulina ocella n. sp. Holotype. East Holandes Cays, San Blas, Panama, 9°35°N, 078°40°W, 3 m. 1.52

x 1.12 mm, W:L 74%, MNHN 21973.

76-78. Granulina nivalis n. sp. Holotype. Las Aves de Sotavento, Venezuela, 12°01.66°N, 067°38.05°W, I m,

1.62 x 1.15 mm, W:L 71%, MNHN 21971.

79-81. Granulina pinguisa n. sp. Holotype. Off Cabo de Vela, Colombia, 12°06.7'N 72°19.3'W, 50-59 m. 2.02 x

1.53 mm, W:L 76%, MNHN 21975.

T. MCCLEERY

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Other material. Lot of 100 plus ad. dd., off Cabo de

Vela, Colombia, 11°57°’N, 72°36°W, 58 m, TMC.

Type locality. Off Cabo de Vela, Colombia, 11°57°N,

72°36°W (Map ref. 7).

Description. Shell without colour, obovate, shightly

produced at both ends. Size range 2.46 x 1.63 mm to

3.24 x 2.12 mm, W:L 66-71%. Body whorl semi-

transparent, dorsum unusually striate posteriorly,

covered by light callus wash with light texture. Lip

gently curved, slightly more so posterior medially,

curls inwards strongly, wide, more so medially,

eighteen irregular denticles completely fill inner edge,

more widely spaced posteriorly. In side view, lip

shghtly sinuous. External varix wide, extremely

strong, only slightly raised on dorsum, sweeps around

wide, posterior canal, forms lumpy posterior callus

ridge, merges with moderately strong parietal callus

ridge. Varix remains strong, sweeps around weak

siphonal canal, merges into strong, wide anterior

callus, labial edge weakens, merges with slightly

raised, first columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately 38% of aperture. AI plications slightly

excavated. First moderately deep and narrow, slightly

kinked medially. Second strongest, slightly kinked at

wide, elongated lump, long tapering finger distally

fades out on strong anterior callus. Third weaker, short

with pointed distal lump. Fourth weakest, short with

pointed distal lump. Moderately strong, wide parietal

ridge commences at third plication. Aperture wide,

slightly more so anteriorly. Surfaces of all callus

deposits, and lip, textured with minute pustules.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. No live animals were collected. Shell

morphology indicates that Granulina velaensis n. sp.

is closest to G. iridisa With which it is compared.

Granulina velaensis is approximately 10 % larger and

similarly inflated, unusually striate, particularly

posteriorly, and more heavily textured. The most

significant differences are the unusually strong

external varix, slightly produced and wider posterior,

and more flared siphonal canal compared to the

Figures 82-90

medially widened varix which is more extensively

raised on the dorsum, and the distinctive form of

callus deposits on the emergent body whorl of G.

iridisa. (Figs 58-60). Type localities are

approximately 380 miles apart.

Etymology. Thé name is taken from the type locality.

Granulina pinguisa n. sp.

Figs 79-81, 105

Type material. Off Cabo de Vela, Colombia,

12°06.7°N 72°19.3°W, 50-59 m.

Holotype. 2.02 x 1.53 mm, W:L 76%, MNHN 21975;

paratype 1. 1.77 x 1.30 mm, W:L 74%, MNHN

21976; paratype 2. 1.75 x 1.24 mm, W:L 71%, AWC;

paratype 3. 1.86 x 1.40 mm, W:L 75%, AWC;

paratype 4. 1.74 x 1.23 mm, W:L 71%, TMC;

paratype 5. 1.83 x 1.31 mm, W:L 72%, TMC.

Other material. 4 ad. dd., off Cabo de Vela,

Colombia, 12°06.7°N, 72°19.3°W, 50-59 m; 3 ad. dd.,

1 juv., dd., off Cabo de Vela, Colombia, 11°57°N,

72°36°W approximately, 38-69 m; 19 ad. dd., 2 juv.

dd., off Cabo de Vela, Colombia, 12°00.4N,

72°31:9/W; IMC:

Type locality. Off Cabo de Vela, Colombia, 12°06.7°N,

72°19.3°W, 50-59 m. (Map ref. 8).

Description. Shell without colour, globose, very

slightly biconic, very solid. Size range 1.86 x 1.40 mm

to 2.02 x 1.53 mm, W:L 71-76%. Body whorl semi-

transparent, with light callus wash, lightly textured. Lip

gently curved, extremely wide, curls very strongly

inwards. Fourteen irregular denticles completely fill

inner edge, widely spaced posteriorly. In side view, lip

almost straight except extreme posterior end which

turns to right. External varix, very wide medially, less

so posteriorly, narrow anteriorly, strongly raised on

dorsum, weakens at gently curved apex, moderately

strong callus with straight transverse edge extends onto

dorsum. Weakening varix and dorsal callus continue

around posterior canal forming short ventral ridge to

merge with parietal callus ridge. Varix weakens, sweeps

82-84. Granulina granatensis n. sp. Holotype. Off Santa Martha, Colombia, 11°18.0°N, 74°12.2°W, 90-101 m.

3.05 x 2.02 mm. W:L 66%, MNHN 21964.

85-87. Granulina tobagoensis n. sp. Holotype. Off Tobago, to north, Trinidad and Tobago, 11°16°N, 60°49°W, 86

m. 2.79 x 2.01 mm, W:L 72%, MNHN?21983.

88-90. Granulina producera n. sp. Holotype. Off Piscadera Bay, Curaçao, 12°07.5°N, 68°58.5°W, 130 m. 2.22 x

1.30 mm, W:L 59%, MNHN 21981.

T:MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

around weak siphonal canal, merges with wide

anterior Callus. Labial edge joins raised first

columellar plication. Four plications fill

approximately 45% of aperture. Al plications

excavated. First weak, narrow, slightly Kkinked and

swollen medially. Second weak, widened externally,

slightly kinked downwards, rather short, bifurcated

distally. Third and fourth stop abruptly in aperture

before excavation, both have small external lump.

Parietal ridge strong, smooth, unusually remote from

aperture, commences at third plication. Aperture wide

at ends, narrower medially, parietal wall strongly

curved. Surfaces of all callus deposits textured with

minute pustules.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality and

stations in adjoining area to 12°06.7°N, 72°19.,3°W,

approximately twenty miles apart.

Remarks. Only dead shells were collected. Granulina

pinguisa n. sp. 1s very solid, inflated, and unlike any

other described Caribbean Granulina. It is closest to

G. cartagenaensis n. sp. With which it is compared.

Granulina pinguisa averages less that 2 mm in shell

length, compared with over 2.5 mm for G.

cartagenaensis, W:L ratios are similar. Significant

differences are present in the plications: in G.

cartagenaensis they fill one third of the aperture, and

the second is very long distally. In G. pinguisa

plications fil approximately 45% of the aperture and

all are shorter. The most significant difference is the

extremely wide, very strongly curled in lip of G.

pinguisa. These two species can be separated by any

one of these features.

Granulina ovuliformis d’Orbigny, 1842, should

also be mentioned here as the name suggests an

inflated shell shape. The original description of G.

ovuliformis includes the statements that the shell is

narrow anteriorly and wide posteriorly, and the

aperture extends beyond the length of the shell, the

same as the lip. These features are found in many

undescribed Granulina spp., but are not applicable to

G. pinguisa.

Etymology. The name reflects the solid appearance of

this species and is taken from the Latin word pinguis

meaning gross.

Figures 91-108

Granulina granatensis n. sp.

Figs 82-84, 106

Type material. Off Santa

11°18.0°N, 74°12.2°W, 90-101 m.

Holotype. 3.05 x 2.02 mm, W:L 66%, MNHN 21964;

paratype 1. 2.59 x 1.73 mm, W:L 67%, MNHN

21965; paratype 2. 2.55 x 1.77 mm, W:L 69%, AWC;

paratype 3. 2.48 x 1.69 mm, W:L 68%, AWC;

paratype 4. 2.74 x 1.79 mm, W:L 65%, TMC;

paratype 5. 2.66 x 1.81 mm, W:L 68%, TMC.

Martha, Colombia,

Other material. 7 ad. 1v., 5 ad dd., 2 juv. dd., off

Santa Martha, Colombia, 11° 18°N, 74°12°W, 46-99

m TMC.

Type locality. Off Santa Martha, Colombia, 11°

18.0°N, 74°12.2°W (Map ref. 6).

Description. Shell without colour, obovate, slightly

produced at both ends. Size range 2.48 x 1.69 mm to

3.05 x 2.02 mm, W:L 65-69%. Body whorl semi-

transparent, dorsum slightly striate, covered by light

callus wash with fine texture. Lip gently curved, wide,

slightly more so medially, strongly curled inwards,

completely filled by nineteen denticles, widely spaced

posteriorly. In side view, lip slightly convex, more so

anteriorly. External varix moderately strong, dorsal

edge almost straight, maintains profile, sweeps tightly

around narrow posterior canal, drops down steeply as

lumpy ridge, merges with parietal callus ridge. Strong

secondary ridge associated with dorsal edge of varix

curves completely around dorsum, slightly below

apex, merges With parietal callus ridge. Varix sweeps

around siphonal canal, merges with weak anterior

callus. Labial edge merges with raised, very strong

first columellar plication. Four strong plications fill

approximately 37% of aperture. Al slightly

excavated. First moderately deep, narrow swelling on

posterior side medially. Second sinuous, thickened,

kinked downwards as it emerges, merges with anterior

callus. Third with pointed distal lump pointing

downwards. Fourth with substantial distal lump

pointing downwards, fading, joins third distally.

91. Granulina volcana, holotype, 2.67 x 1.87 mm, W:L 70%; 92. Granulina calla, holotype, 2.57 x 1.75 mm,

W:L 68%; 93. Granulina colonensis, holotype, 1.98 x 1.31 mm, W:L 66%; 94. Granulina darienensis, holotype,

2.14 x 1.39 mm, W:L 65%; 95. Granulina gayracaensis, paratype 3, 1.6 4 x 1.17 mm, W:L 71%; 96. Granulina

cartagenaensis, holotype, 2.33 x 1.77 mm, W:L 76%; 97. Granulina waltergomezi, holotype, 1.47 x 1.16 mm,

W:L 79%; 98. Granulina iridisa, holotype, 2.37 x 1.66 mm, W:L 70%; 99. Granulina monjesensis, holotype,

1.74 x 1.27 mm, W:L 73%; 100. Granulina plagula, holotype, 1.63 x 1.14 mm, W:L 70%; 101. Granulina

ovata, holotype, 1.95 x 1.30 mm, W:L 67%; 102. Granulina ocella, paratype 1, 1.56 x 1.14 mm, W:L 73%; 103.

Granulina nivalis, holotype, 1.62 x 1.15 mm, W:L 71%; 104. Granulina velaensis, paratype 1, 2.82 x 1.94 mm,

W:L 69%; 105. Granulina pinguisa, holotype, 2.02 x 1.53 mm, W:L 76%; 106. Granulina granatensis,

holotype, 3.05 x 2.02 mm, W:L 66%; 107. Granulina tobagoensis, paratype 4, 2.80 x 1.97 mm, W:L 70%; 108.

Granulina producera, holotype, 2.22 x 1.30 mm, W:L 59%.

T. MCCLEERY NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 37-71, 10 juin 2010

F. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Parietal ridge weak, commences above fourth

plication, extends posteriorly. Aperture moderately

wide, less so medially. Surfaces of all callus deposits,

textured with minute pustules.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Seven live animals of Granulina

granatensis n. sp. Were collected but died before

imaging, therefore, specific assessment is based solely

on the shell morphology. Granulina granatensis is

closest to G. velaensis With which it is compared.

Holotypes of both species are mature shells, therefore,

the callus deposits of each are considered to accurately

represent each species. Granulina granatensis is a

more heavily callused species than G. velaensis (Figs

70-72, 104). Callus deposits are particularly heavy

posteriorly where a strong secondary ridge curves

completely around the dorsum, slightly below the

apex — absent in G. granatensis. Plications are deeper,

angled downwards distally, the third and fourth tend

to join together. G. velaensis has a very strong

external varix With a very strong dorsal edge, but this

does not result in a secondary posterior callus ridge.

The third and fourth plications point straight outwards

from the aperture with no tendency to merge.

Etymology. The name is taken from Granate Bay,

close to the type locality.

Granulina tobagoensis n. sp.

Figs 85-87, 107, 125-128, 133-135

Type material. Off Tobago, to north, Trinidad and

Tobago,11°16"N, 60°49°W, 86 m.

Holotype. 2.79 x 2.01 mm, W:L 72%, MNHN 21983;

paratype 1. 2.59 x 1.83 mm, W:L 71%, MNHN

21984; paratype 2. 3.18 x 2.24 mm, W:L 70%, AWC;

paratype 3. 3.38 x 2.42 mm, W:L 72%, AWC;

paratype 4. 2.80 x 1.97 mm, W:L 70%, TMC;

paratype 5. 3.42 x 2.46 mm, W:L 72%, TMC.

Other material. Approximately 500 shells, off N. W.

Tobago, Trinidad and Tobago, at various stations in

area around 11°16°N, 60°49°W, 73-86 m, TMC.

Type locality. Off N. W. Tobago, Trinidad and

Tobago, 11°16°N, 60°49°W, 86 m (Map ref. 17).

Description. Shell without colour, weakly pyriform,

Figures 109-120

109-120. S.E.M. images of shell surface texture.

lightly textured. Size range 2.59 x 1.83 mm to 3.42 x

2.46 mm, W:L 70-72%. Body whorl semi-transparent,

light callus wash, slightly striate. Lip curved, more so

posteriorly, wide, widest medially, curls inwards

strongly. Fifteen denticles completely fill inner edge,

widely spaced posteriorly. In side view, lip slightly

convex. External varix strong, wide, widest medially,

dorsal edge convex, raised slightly on dorsum, sweeps

around slightly flared posterior canal, forms short,

strong, lumpy callus ridge ventrally, merges with

parietal callus ridge. Dorsal edge of varix sweeps

around posterior canal at lower level, forming strong

ridge with distinct groove above, fades out ventrally.

Anteriorly, varix sweeps strongly around slightly

produced siphonal canal, merges with first columellar

plication. Four plications fill approximately 39% of

aperture, all moderately excavated, first least so. First

weakest, moderately deep, narrow, swelling on

posterior side medially; second with wide flat lump,

kinked downwards as it emerges, long thin finger

merges distally with anterior callus; third with wide

lump, very short finger extending from bottom,

pointing upwards slightly distally; fourth weakest with

small raised lump distally. Weak parietal ridge

commences at fourth plication, extends posteriorly.

Aperture moderately and uniformly wide. Surfaces of

all callus deposits textured with minute pustules.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality and

adjoining north west coastal area of Tobago.

Remarks. Granulina tobagoensis n. sp. was found to

be very common in the area along the north west coast

of Tobago. It appears to be related to G. calla n. sp.

and G. volcana n. Sp., but is closest to G. volcana with

which it is compared. The posterior half of the parietal

wall of G. tobagoensis. is considerably more convex,

the posterior canal is wider and slightly flared. The

plications are weaker, the second is longer, thinner,

and consistently extends further over the anterior

callus. The external varix is stronger and the dorsal

edge stronger. These are small but consistent

differences.

One specimen was collected with a live animal which

died before imaging (Paratype 4, TMC). The largest

Granulina so far recorded from the Caribbean — 3.42

mm — belongs to G. tobagoensis (Paratype 5, TMC).

Etymology. The name is taken from the type locality.

109-112. Granulina Colonensis n. sp. Holotype. 1.98 x 1.31 mm, W:L 66%.

113-116. Granulina waltergomezi n. sp. Paratype 2. 1.43 x 1.08 mm, W:L 75%.

117-120. Granulina darienensis n. sp. Holotype. 2.14 x 1.39 mm, W:L 65%.

2010

juin

7-71,10)

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 240

000839

100 pm

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 240

000860

100 pm

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 240

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 500

2°

«4

ré

iô

000873

50 um

miss 20

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 1000

000842

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 1000

l. MCCLEERY

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Granulina producera n. Sp.

Figs 88-90, 108

Type material. Off Piscadera

12°07.5°N, 68°58.5’W, 130 m.

Bay, Curaçao,

Holotype. 2.22 x 1.30 mm, W:L 59%, MNHN 21981;

paratype 1. 2.22 x 1.40 mm, W:L 63%, MNHN

21982; paratype 2. 2.23 x 1.37 mm, W:L 62%, TMC;

paratype 3. 2.22 x 1.35 mm, W:L 61%, TMC.

Type locality. Off Piscadera Bay,

12°07.5’N, 68°58.5’W, 130 m (Map ref. 11).

Curaçao,

Description. Shell without colour, elongate, slightly

produced. Size range 2.22 x 1.30 mm to 2.23 x 1.37

mm, W:L 59-63%. Dorsum semi-transparent,

somewhat striate, light callus wash, lightly textured.

Lip slightly curved, mainly posterior medially, curled

inwards, moderately wide, widest medially. Twenty

seven denticles, strongest medially, fill inner edge. In

side view, lip slightly convex. External varix wide,

raised on dorsum medially, sweeps around posterior

canal, flared to narrow edge. Dorsal edge of varix

sweeps around posterior canal, slightly lower, as

ridge, merges into parietal callus ridge. Continuing

wide varix sweeps around siphonal canal, weakens,

merges with first columellar plication. Anterior dorsal

edge of varix continues as ridge, merges with second

plication. Four weak plications fill approximately 33%

of aperture, all excavated. First thin, moderately deep;

second wider, tapering to point distally; third and

fourth end internally. Large, flat, callus lump above

second plication narrows and extends posteriorly,

merges with weak parietal ridge. Aperture narrow

medially, wider and slightly flared anteriorly.

Distribution. Only known from the type locality.

Remarks. Granulina producera n. sp. does not

compare closely with any new species described

herein, but is close to G. molinai Espinosa and Ortea,

2005, from Cuba, with which it is compared.

Granulina molinai is represented by eight live

specimens collected in Pinar, del Rio, Cuba, (Espinosa

and Ortea, 2005: 38-39, Figs 306). Granulina

producera is slightly longer at 2.22 - 2.23 mm than G.

molinai at 1.85 - 2.0 mm, external varix 1s narrower

Figures 121-132

121-132. S.E.M. images of shell surface texture.

medially, dorsum smooth, whereas, G. molinai has

substantially stronger varix and is moderately striate.

Most significant difference - one which clearly

separates these two species - are the very unusual,

elongate denticles which project outwards from the

posterior extremity of the lip of G. molinai, Whereas

denticles fade out on internal edge of the slightly

flared lip in G. producera. There appears to be a

widespread group of these elongate Granulina

inhabiting the Caribbean as the author has in his

collection several other undescribed species from

widely separated locations, each only represented by

one or two dead shells, in poor condition.

Etymology. The name is derived from the Latin verb

producere meaning to elongate.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author wishes to thank Andrew Wakefield for his

invaluable help during the preparation of this paper -

for providing historical documents and original

descriptions, for answering many questions and for his

continuing encouragement, Franck Boyer for his

invaluable help and guidance on many important

matters, for his critical appraisal of an early draft, and

for his continuing encouragement. He especially

thanks Roland Houart for his support and very

valuable help with technical matters relating to the

writing of this article.

REFERENCES

Covert, G. À. and Coovert, H. K. 1995. Revision of

the Supraspecific Classification of Marginelliform

Gastropods. The Nautilus, 109 (2-3): 43-110.

Boyer, F. and Rolän, E. 1999. Granulina fernandesi

(Gastropoda: Volutacea), a new species from Cape

Verde Islands, and some considerations on the

genus Granulina. Iberus, 17 (2): 1-10.

Espinosa, J. and Ortea, J. 2000. New genus and eleven

new species of Cystiscidae and Marginellidae

(Mollusca: Neogastropoda) from the Costa Rica

Caribbean. Avicennia, 12/13: 95-114.

Espinosa, J. and Ortea, J. 2003. New species of

Marine Molluses (Mollusca: Gastropoda) from the

National Park Guanahacabibes, Pinar del Rio,

Cuba. Avicennia, 16: 145-146.

121-124. Granulina nivalis n. sp. Holotype. 1.62 x 1.15 mm, W:L 71%.

125-128. Granulina tobagoensis n. sp. Holotype. 2.79 x 2.01 mm, W:L 72%.

129-132. Granulina ovata n. sp. Holotype. 1.95 x 1.30 mm, W:L 67%.

T. MCCLEERY NOVAE 37-71, 10 juin 2010

SATE

s = LES ss

100 pm 000852 Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 240 ms À ()0) jun 000794 000876

SR ps

se sûe > #& CIE SEL A4

igh PC-Low 10 kV

CE ee, “LS o

Vac-High PC-Low 000877

(2:

EX ai Pres DPF; Ce a

Vac-High PC-Low 10 KV x 1000 LE EE) Vac-High PC-Low 10 kV x 1000 000796

124 128 132

: ON - *

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 1000

T. MCCLEERY

Espinosa, J. and Ortea, J. 200$. Seven new species of

the family Cystiscidae Stimpson, 1865. Avicennia,

18: 36-42.

De Jong, K. M. and Coomans, H. E. 1988. Marine

Gastropods from Curaçao, Aruba and Bonaire. E.

J. Brill, Leiden, 261 pp.

MeCleery, T. 2008. Descriptions of sixteen new

species of the genus Gibberula SWainson, 1840

(Gastropoda: Cystiscidae) from the Caribbean.

Novapex, Vol. 9 (2-3): 101-108.

McCleery, T. 2009. Descriptions of four new species

of the genus Gibberula Swainson, 1840

(Gastropoda: Cystiscidae) from the western

Caribbean Sea and proposal for a new species

group. VNovapex, Vol.10 (2): 33-46.

Figures 133-141

133-135. Granulina tobagoensis n. sp. Three dead shells from type locality, with partially resorbed internal whorls

and reduced columellar plications.

Eighteen new species of Granulina

Ramon de la Sagra, M. 1833, Physique, Politique

etNaturelle de L’Ile de Cuba, Mollusques, par

Alcide D'Orbigny, tome 2, P 101, PI 20, Figs 33-

35.

Tomlin, J. R. le B. 1917. A systematic list of the

Marginellidae. Proceedings of the Malacological

Society of London. 12 (5): 242-306.

133. Adult shell, ventral view; 134. Adult shell, dorsal view; 135. Juvenile shell, ventral view.

136-141. Granulina nivalis n. sp. Adult specimen from type locality.

136-138. Light surface texture on internal surface of body whorl, close to apex; 139-141. External, posterior

surface of body whorl with partially removed, textured callus wash, exposing weak striations.

T. MCCLEERY :37-71, 10 juin 2010

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 240 000888 000897

PERLE Tr y SSD F sv \ 3 « { <

Vac-High PC-Low 10kV x 500 a 50 pm 000891

ÿ LÉ FER" «

STE NE Ê £ PAT

Vac-High PC-Low 10 KV x540 mm 50 um 000889 Vac-High PC-Low 10 kV x 1000

J. TRÔNDLE

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 73-78, 10 juin 2010

Les Pickworthiidae (Mollusca: Caenogastropoda) de Polynésie française

Jean TRÔNDLÉ

Attaché au Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle,

Département Systématique et Évolution

55, rue de Buffon, 75005 Paris, France

J.trondle(@orange.fr

MOTS-CLEFS. Mollusca, Caenogastropoda, Pickworthiidae, Polynésie française.

KEY WORDS. Mollusca, Caenogastropoda, Pickworthiidae, French Polynesia

RÉSUMÉ. Un inventaire

des espèces de Pickworthiidae vivant en Polynésie française est

présenté. Une description succincte des onze espèces actuellement connues de la région est faite,

accompagnée de leur distribution par archipel.

ABSTRACT. The French Polynesian Pickworthiidae are revised. A short description of the eleven

species living in the area is given with their respective geographical range.

INTRODUCTION

La famille des Pickworthiidae se compose d’une

soixantaine d’espèces récentes vivant en Zone

tropicale, atlantique et pacifique, de petite taille (1-9

mm), peu connues des collectionneurs et n’ayant fait

l’objet d’étude systématique que depuis une vingtaine

d’années. D'abord uniquement étudiées d’après des

coquilles vides, de récentes récoltes d'exemplaires

vivants ont permis de découvrir un de leurs habitats

dans des grottes sous-marines du Pacifique tropical

ouest entre 20 et 55 m. (Kase & Hayami, 1992; Kase,

1998a-c). Des coquilles vides sont fréquemment

draguées jusqu’à 250 m.

Sept espèces de Pickworthiidae avaient été

signalées de Polynésie française avant la récente revue

de la faune malacologique de Polynésie française

(Trôndlé & Boutet, 2009) qui en a mentionné onze,

grâce aux récoltes récentes de CJatrosansonia

jousseaumei (Bavay, 1921), Reynellona natalis

Iredale, 1917, Reynellona semipellucida Kase, 1998 et

Sansonia kirkpatricki ({redale, 1917). Le présent

travail donne la description des 11 espèces connues à

ce Jour de Polynésie française.

Le seul spécimen vivant [Astrosansonia

dautzenbergi (Bavay, 1917)] récolté en Polynésie

française par l'auteur (JT) a été obtenu à Anaa

(Tuamotu) par brossage sous un fragment de corail

mort du platier récifal, en arrière de la crête algale. La

radula a pu en être extraite par Anders Warén (NR)

(Le Renard & Bouchet, 2003).

Abréviations

AM: Australian Museum, Sydney, NSW, Australie.

IRSNB: Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de

Belgique.

LACM: Los Angeles County Museum of Natural

History, California, Etats-Unis.

MNHN: Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris,

France.

NR: Naturhistoriska riksmuseet, Stockholm, Suède.

NSMT: National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japon.

AST: Iles Australes.

MRQ: Iles Marquises.

SCT: Iles de la Société.

TMT: Archipel des Tuamotu.

CB: Collection Christian Beslu. Tahiti - Polynésie

Française.

JL: Collection Jean Letourneux. Tahiti - Polynésie

Française.

JT: Collection Jean Tründlé. La Force - France

MB: Collection Michel Boutet . Tahiti - Polynésie

Française.

VW: Collection Vincent Wargnier. Tahiti - Polynésie

Française

SYSTEMATIQUE

Famille PICKWORTHIIDAE Iredale, 1917

Genre Astrosansonia Le Renard et Bouchet, 2003

Astrosansonia dautzenbergi (Bavay, 1917)

Fig. |

Liotia dautzenbergi Bavay, 1917: 112, 113, pl. I,

figs 6-8.

Matériel type. IRSNB IG 10591, Holotype

RBINS/MT/525925 - MT36 (détruits par un tube de

verre acide) et 4 paratypes RBINS/MT/525926 -

MT37

J. TRÔNDLE

Pickworthiidae de Polynésie française

Localité type. Ouvea, Wallis Insularum, in arenis

(Uvea, Iles Wallis, dans le sable).

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (Trondle, 1986:

69, JL, JT), Tetiaora (JL), Raiatea (Le Renard &

Bouchet, 2003, MNHN), Tupai (JT), Motu One (JL);

FMT: sans localité précise (Dautzenberg & Bouge,

1933: 407, Richard, 1985: 415), Ahe (JL), Anaa,

Tikehau, Mururoa (JT), Hao (MNHN), Makemo (JL),

Katiu (JL), Pinaki (JL), Rangiroa (JT, MB), Takapoto

(JL).

Description. L'aspect discoïde de la coquille est celui

d’une Liotia, genre sous lequel Bavay décrit l'espèce.

La protoconque se dresse perpendiculairement à la

coquille et est constituée de 2,5 tours marqués d’une

carène médiane. La téléoconque de deux à trois tours

aplatis est ornementée par des bourrelets axiaux dont

certains se prolongent en forme d’épines à la

périphérie du test. La base est sculptée de nombreux

sillons axiaux. L’ombilic est large et bordé d’une

rangée de nodules. L'ouverture, oblique par rapport à

l’axe de la coquille, est double. Couleur sable.

Taille: D = 0,8-1,1 mm.

Remarques. Il s'agit de la plus petite espèce

actuellement connue de Polynésie. Bavay signale

qu'elle “habite ... en compagnie de Liotia parvissima

Hedley*. Astrosansonia dautzenbergi et

Lophocochlias parvissimus sont deux espèces

communément récoltées dans les sables coralliens à

l’arrière du récif barrière des Îles de la Société et du

récif externe des atolls des Tuamotu.

Genre Clatrosansonia Sabelli & Taviani, 2003

Clatrosansonia jousseaumei (Bavay, 1921)

Fig. 2

Mecoliotia jousseaumei Bavay, 1921: 160, pl. VI, fig.

Matériel type. Non localisé! IRSNB IG 10591, 1

possible syntype, Lifou, coll. Dautzenberg, ex. coll.

Goubin.

Localité type. Lifou, Loyalty Insularum, in arenis

(Lifou, Iles Loyauté, dans le sable).

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (JL, JT, MB),

Moorea (LACM); TMT: Anaa (JT), Makemo (JL),

Rangiroa (JT, MB); AST: Rapa (MNHN, JT).

Description. Coquille trochiforme, blanche, à

protoconque lisse, translucide et constituée de 2 tours.

Les tours suivants, au nombre de six, sont parcourus

par trois rides spirales, les deux premières proches

l'une de l'autre, la troisième à la base des tours est

parfois précédée d'une ride supplémentaire toujours

plus discrète. Ces rides sont entrecoupées par de

nombreuses côtes axiales formant à l’intersection de

petits nodules très marqués sur le dernier tour et

donnant un aspect quadrillé au test. La suture est

profonde. La base est parcourue par 5 à 7 rides

spirales. L’ombilic, à peine visible est le plus souvent

réduit à une simple fente. L'ouverture est peu inclinée,

arrondie et double. Le péristome est marqué par le

prolongement de la sculpture spirale.

Taille: H = 2,0-3,0 mm.

Clatrosansonia troendlei Le Renard & Bouchet, 2003

Fig. 3

Clatrosansonia troendlei Le Renard & Bouchet, 2003:

574, fig. 3.

Matériel type. Holotype MNHN 22754.

Localité type. Afaahiti, Tahiti, Society Is, 25 m.

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (Le Renard &

Bouchet, 2003, MNEHN); TMT: Hao (Le Renard &

Bouchet, 2003, MNHN).

Description. Très petite coquille, turbiforme, de

couleur blanche. Protoconque de 2,5 tours dans l'axe

de la coquille: Protoconque I lisse, protoconque II

sculptée de six cordes spirales granuleuses. Les tours

de la téléoconque, au nombre de trois, sont convexes

et sculptés de fortes cordes spirales séparées par de

profonds sillons. La sculpture axiale moins prononcée

forme à l'intersection avec les cordes des nodules

arrondis et détermine une réticulation de petits

rectangles légèrement obliques. L'ombilic est

largement ouvert et marqué de trois cordes spirales.

L'ouverture est circulaire; le péristome est fortement

sculpté par le prolongement des rides spirales du

dernier tour.

Dimensions de l'holotype: H = 1,0 mm, D = 1,2 mm.

Remarques. Seul l'holotype, récolté mort par l'auteur

(IT), et un fragment originaire de Hao, Tuamotu [leg.

Le Renard (MNHN)] sont connus de Polynésie. Un

fragment d'identification incertaine est également

connu, provenant du Grand Récif Aboré, Nouvelle-

Calédonie [leg. Bouchet & Marshall (MNHN)|].

Genre Mareleptopoma Moolenbeek & Faber, 1984

Mareleptopoma iredalei (Bavay, 1921)

Fig. 4

Mecoliotia iredalei Bavay, 1921: 160, pl. VI, fig. 8.

Matériel type. Probables syntypes Tuamotou MNHN

22765, Wallis MNHN 22764.

Localité type. /nsulas Tuamotou, Wallis, Loyalty,

Maurice, Réunion (Restreint ici à l'archipel des

Tuamotu).

J. TRÔNDLE

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 73-78, 10 juin 2010

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (JL, JT, MB),

Tetiaora (JL), Mehetia (JL), Moorea (JL, JT),

Huahine, Tupai (JT), Motu One (JL), TMT: Sans

localité précise (Richard, 1985: 415), Anaa (JT, MB),

Hao (MNHN), Makemo (JL), Rangiroa, Tikehau

(JT) ; AST: Rapa (MNHN).

Description. Petite coquille à spire conique,

translucide, constituée de 6 tours. La protoconque de

couleur brune comporte 2,5 tours dont le premier est

lisse et le suivant parcouru par 5 à 6 cordons spiraux

granuleux. Deux rangées circulaires de granules

arrondis ornent chaque tour, l'une sous suturale l'autre

à la base du tour. La sculpture axiale est constituée de

liserés reliant les granules des deux rangées. La suture

est profonde. La base légèrement convexe est

parcourue par 3 rides spirales, la plus externe souvent

granuleuse. L'ombilic est réduit à une simple fente à

peine perceptible.

Taille: H = 1,2-1,7 mm.

Remarques. L'espèce est communément récoltée

morte par brossage au récif et dans les sédiments,

pente externe des atolls jusqu'à 80 m.

Genre Microliotia Boettger, 1902

Microliotia alvanioides Le Renard & Bouchet, 2003

Fig. 5

Microliotia alvanioides Le Renard & Bouchet, 2003:

581, fig. 8.

Matériel type. Holotype MNHN 22755 et 8 paratypes

MNHN 22756.

Localité type. Marquesas Is, off Fatu Hiva, 10°34S,

138°42°’W, 1150-1250 m, MUSORSTOM 9, stn

DR1247.

Répartition régionale. MRQ: Fatu Hiva, Hiva Oa

(MNHN)).

Description. Petite coquille rissoiforme, de couleur

blanche aux tours plats. Protoconque globuleuse de

2,25 tours lisses (1), puis sculptés (11) de 3 cordes. La

téléoconque est constituée de 5,5 tours séparés par une

profonde suture et est ornée d'épaisses rides axiales.

Ces rides sont croisées par deux forts cordons, l'un

adapical, l'autre abapical et dans l'intervalle par

plusieurs cordons secondaires (4 sur le dernier tour).

La base légèrement convexe est sculptée de 5 cordes

spirales. L'ombilice est absent. L'ouverture est

circulaire et très inclinée par rapport à l'axe de la

coquille.

Dimensions de l'holotype: H = 1,75 mm, D = 1,15

mm.

Remarques. L'espèce n'est connue que des Iles

Marquises.

Genre Reynellona Iredale, 1917

Reynellona marshallensis Kase, 1998

Reynellona marshallensis Kase, 1998b: 246, figs 1-3.

Matériel type. Holotype NSMT Mo 71049, 4

paratypes NSMT Mo 71050 et S paratypes MNHN

DANSE

Localité type. Marshall Islands,

07°07’47.7°N, 171°14°58.2”, 30 m.

Majuro Atoll,

Répartition régionale. SCT : Raiatea (Kase, 1998c).

Description. Petite coquille blanche, rissoiforme.

Protoconque de 2,5 tours d'abord lisses (1) puis

finement sculptés de rides spirales (ID). La téléoconque

est formée de 6 tours légèrement convexes ornés de

fortes rides axiales et d'un cordon sous sutural formant

de petits tubercules à l'intersection avec les rides. Le

dernier tour est lisse dans sa partie dorsale. La base est

sculptée de 4 à 6 cordes concentriques. L'ombilic est

fermé. L'ouverture, circulaire et resserrée, présente

une légère protrusion du bord interne.

Taille: H = 2,15-2,30 mm.

Remarques. L'espèce est très proche de À. natalis

(Fig. 6), mais s'en distingue par sa taille sensiblement

inférieure, des tours convexes qui lui donnent un

aspect plus trapu et des rides axiales plus nombreuses.

L'espèce semble rare en Polynésie et n'a été signalée

que de Raïatea (Kase, 1998c).

Reynellona natalis Iredale, 1917

Fig. 6

Reynellona natalis Iredale, 1917: 333, pl. XIE, fig. 7.

Matériel type. Holotype AM C.103035.

Localité type. Christmas Island, off North-East Point,

100 fathoms (183 m).

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (JL, JT), TMT:

Anaa (JT), Makemo (JL), Mururoa (CB, MB).

Description. Coquille translucide, rissoiforme, de

taille moyenne pour le genre. Protoconque de 2 tours

lisses (1) puis marqués de fines stries spirales (11). La

téléoconque est constituée de 7 tours et comporte

uniquement de fortes rides axiales arrondies séparées

par de larges espaces concaves. Le dernier tour est

lisse dans sa partie dorsale. La base légèrement

convexe est sculptée de 4 ou 5 rides spirales.

L'ombilic est absent. L'ouverture est arrondie,

resserrée, sensiblement décollée du dernier tour, et son

bord interne est en saillie sur le péristome.

Taille: H = 2,0-3,3 mm.

à)

J. TRÔNDLE

Pickworthiidae de Polynésie française

Reynellona semipellucida Kase, 1998

Le og |

Fig. 7

Reynellona semipellucida Kase, 1998c: 251, figs 12-

14.

Matériel type. Holotype NSMT Mo 71057, 2

paratypes NSMT Mo 71058 et Mo 71059, 3 paratypes

MNHN 22753.

Localité type. Philippines, "Marigondon Cave” stn.

MG(7), Mactan Is., 10°15.8°N, 123°59.2’E, 27 m.

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (JL, JT).

Description. Petite coquille, rissoiforme, translucide.

Protoconque brune de 2,5 tours: Protoconque I

constituée de 1,5 tours couvert de microscopiques

granules, protoconque Il marquée par 5 cordes

granuleuses (Kase, 1998c). Téléoconque constituée de

5 tours sculptés de deux fortes cordes spirales

granuleuses à l'intersection avec des rides axiales plus

discrètes. Suture profonde. Dernier tour convexe. La

base est parcourue par 4 larges cordes spirales dont la

première possède des granules dans le prolongement

de ceux du dernier tour. L'ombilic est absent.

L'ouverture arrondie est peu inclinée par rapport à

l'axe de la coquille et son bord interne est en saillie sur

le péristome.

Taille: H = 1,4-2,5 mm.

Remarques. La protoconque des exemplaires

examinés est usée. Quelques différences sont à noter

dans la forme polynésienne. La sculpture est formée

par deux rangées spirales de nodules séparée par un

sillon, plus profond sur les derniers tours que sur les

premiers, plutôt que par des rides axiales

bituberculeuses. Sur la rangée abapicale les tubercules

sont plus prononcés et moins allongés. L'espèce est

proche de W. iredalei (Fig. 4) mais elle est plus grande

et les tours sont convexes.

Genre Sansonia Jousseaume, 1892

Sansonia kirkpatricki (Iredale, 1917)

Fig. 8

Pickworthia kirkpatricki Iredale, 1917: 332, pl. XI,

fig. 6.

Figures 1-11

Matériel type. Holotype AM C.103037.

Localité type. Christmas Island, off North-East Point,

100 fathoms (183 m).

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (JL, MB), Raiatea

(JL, JT, MB), TMT: Mururoa (JT); AST: Rapa

(MNEHN, JT).

Description. Coquille de forme conique, blanche,

semi-transparente. Protoconque lisse de 2,5 tours.

Téléoconque composée de 7 ou 8 tours au profil plat.

Deux cordes granuleuses spirales constituent la

sculpture des premiers tours. La corde abapicale se

divise ensuite pour donner une troisième corde

intermédiaire. Le dernier tour est lisse dans sa partie

distale. La suture est profonde. La base est plate et

parcourue par 3 cordons circulaires. Un quatrième

cordon borde l'ombilic réduit à une simple fente.

L'ouverture est double, au bord externe large et lisse.

Le péristome est très incliné par rapport à l'axe de la

coquille.

Taille: H — 4-5 mm.

Remarques. S. kirkpatricki est la plus grande espèce

polynésienne. Sur certains exemplaires le cordon

abapical peut rester double jusque sur la partie dorsale

du dernier tour.

Sansonia shigemitsui Kase, 1998

Fig.9

Sansonia shigemitsui Kase, 1998a: 165, figs 7-9.

Matériel type. Holotype NSMT Mo 71991, 5

paratypes NSMT Mo 70992-70994 et 5 paratypes

MNHN 22752.

Localité type. ”’Shodokutsu”, le Island, Okinawa,

26°42.9°N, 1237°50.1'E, 20 m.

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tetiaora (JL), Raïatea

(KASE, 1998a, MNHN), Tupai (JT); AST: Rimatara

(JL).

1. Astrosansonia dautzenbergi (Bavay, 1917): Anaa, Tuamotu, D = 1,1 mm (JT); 2. Clatrosansonia jousseaumei

(Bavay, 1921): Rapa, Australes, stn 8, H = 2,9 mm (MNHN); 3. C/atrosansonia troendlei Le Renard & Bouchet,

2003: Tahiti, Société, H = 1,0 mm (Holotype, MNHN 22754); 4. Mareleptopoma iredalei (Bavay, 1921): Rapa,

Australes, stn 98, H = 1,6 mm (MNHN); 5. Microliotia alvanioides Le Renard & Bouchet, 2003: Fatu Hiva,

Marquises, H — 1,4 mm (Holotype, MNHN 22755); 6. Reynellona natalis Iredale, 1917: Afaahiti, Tahiti,

Société, H = 2,1 mm (JT); 7. Reynellona semipellucida Kase, 1998: Afaahiti, Tahiti, Société, H = 2,3 mm (JT);

8. Sansonia kirkpatricki (Iredale, 1917): Rapa, Australes, stn 36, H = 3,6 mm MNHN); 9. Sansonia shigemitsui

Kase, 1998: Tupai, Société, H — 1,8 mm (JT); 10-11. Sherbornia mirabilis Xredale, 1917: Mururoa, Tuamotu,

H = 2,3 mm (JT).

J. TRÔNDLE NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 73-78, 10 juin 2010

J. TRÔNDLI

Pickworthiidae de Polynésie française

Description. Petite coquille trochiforme, blanche à

protoconque bulbeuse de 1,5 tours d'abord lisse

(protoconque 1) puis finement striée (protoconque IT).

La téléoconque est constituée de 4 tours sculptés de

deux cordes circulaires, noduleuses à l'intersection

avec des rides axiales. Une troisième corde

intermédiaire prend naissance dans la moitié distale du

dernier tour. La suture est profonde. La base, au bord

anguleux, est concave et parcourue de rides axiales

dans le prolongement de celles du dernier tour.

L'ombilic est large et profond bordé par deux rangées

de nodules. L'ouverture est double, le péristome est

épais et marqué de plusieurs stries de croissance dans

sa partie externe.

Taille: H = 1,0-1,8

Remarques. La forme générale de la coquille est celle

de C. jousseaumei (Fig. 2), mais cette dernière est

deux fois plus grande et la sculpture des tours et de la

base les différencie sans confusion possible.

Genre Sherbornia lredale, 1917

Sherbornia mirabilis Iredale, 1917

Figs 10-11

Sherbornia mirabilis Iredale, 1917: 331, pl. XIII, figs

1-4.

Matériel type. Holotype non localisé, paratype AM

C.49706

Localité type. Christmas Island, off North-East Point,

100 fathoms (183 m).

Répartition régionale. SCT: Tahiti (JL); TMT: Anaa

(Cernohorsky, 1981: 200, JT), Mururoa (Cernohorsky,

1981: 2200) Tips IS 19 TE TT MB CB):

Makemo (JL).

Description. Coquille fusiforme, blanche composée

de 7 tours. La protoconque est lisse sur 1,5 tours et

marquée de 3 fines rides spirales sur les 1,5 tours

suivants. Les tours de la téléoconque sont ornés de

deux cordons spiraux, séparés par un profond sillon:

un cordon adapical lisse et un cordon abapical

fortement noduleux. La suture est canaliculée. Le

dernier tour est lisse, anguleux et laisse apparaître

deux canaux face dorsale. L'ouverture est petite

approximativement dans l'axe de la coquille, s'ouvre

face ventrale, et possède un large péristome autour

duquel s'étend une palette marquée de stries

concentriques de croissance sur son entière surface.

Taille: H = 1,8-3,0 mm

REMERCIEMENTS

Nous sommes reconnaissant à Philippe Bouchet et

Jacques Le Renard pour leurs conseils et pour nous

avoir permis d'accéder aux collections et aux types

conservés au MNHN. Nous remercions Philippe

Maestrati pour la réalisation de la planche et des

photos faites à partir du MEB du Service commun de

microscopie du MNHN. Nos remerciements vont

également aux collectionneurs de Polynésie française,

Jean Letourneux pour les informations concernant de

nombreuses localités et en particulier Christian Beslu

et Michel Boutet pour le prêt d'un important matériel.

BIBLIOGRAPHIE

Bavay, A. 1917. Quelques coquilles des sables

littoraux de divers pays. Journal de

Conchyliologie, 63: 91-114, pl. IE, TX.

Bavay, A. 1921. Coquilles des sables marins de l'Indo-

Pacifique. Genres Sansonia Jousseaume,

Pickworthia Yredale, Mecoliotia Hedley. Journal

deConchyliologie, 66: 155-161.

Cernohorsky, W.O. 1981. Taxonomy of some Indo-

Pacific Mollusca. Part 9. Records of the Auckland

Institute and Museum, 18: 193-202.

Dautzenberg, P. & Bouge, J.L. 1933. Les mollusques

testacés marins des Etablissements français

d'Océanie. Journal de Conchyliologie, 77: 41-108,

145-326, 351-469.

Iredale, T. 1917. On some new species of marine

Mollusca from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean.

Proceedings of the Malacological Society of

London, 12: 331-334.

Kase, T. 1998a. The family Pickworthiidae

(Gastropoda: Caenogastropoda) from tropical

Pacific submarine caves: Four new species of

Sansonia. Venus, 57(3): 161-172.

Kase, T. 1998b. The family Pickworthiidae

(Gastropoda: Caenogastropoda) from tropical

Pacific submarine caves: Seven new species of

Microliotia. Venus, 57(3): 173-190.

Kase, T. 1998c. The family Pickworthiidae

(Gastropoda: Caenogastropoda) from tropical

Pacific submarine caves: Five new species of

Reynellona. Venus, 57(4): 245-257.

Kase, T. & Hayami, I. 1992. Unique submarine cave

fauna: composition, origin and adaptation. Journal

of Molluscan Studies, 58(4): 446-449.

Le Renard, J. & Bouchet P. 2003. New species and

genera of the family Pickworthiidae (Mollusca,

Caenogastropoda). Zoosystema, 25(4): 569-591.

Richard, G. 1985. Fauna and Flora, a first

compendium of French Polynesian sea-dwellers.

In: B. Delessale, R. Galzin & B. Salvat (éds). Sth

International Coral Reef Congress, Tahiti,

27 May-1 June 1985. Vol.1: "French Polynesian

Coral Reefs": 379-520.

Trôndlé, J. 1986. Premières données en écologie et

faunistique sur la microfaune malacologique de

Tahiti. Haliotis, 15: 61-72.

Tründlé, J. & Boutet, M. 2009. Inventory of marine

molluses of French Polynesia. Atoll Research

Bulletin, 570: 87 p.

L.G. BROWN

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 79-81, 10 juin 2010

Description of Epitonium yangi n. sp. (Gastropoda: Epitoniidae)

from the East China Sea

Leonard G. BROWN

5 Vumbaco Drive, Wallingford, CT 06492, USA

Epmanshell&@AOL.com

KEY WORDS. Gastropoda, Epitoniidae, Epitonium, new species, East China Sea.

ABSTRACT. Epitonium yangi, a new species from the East China Sea, is described and

compared with similar species from the Indo-Pacific: Epitonium spyridion Kilburn, 1985, £.

vestale (Hinds, 1844), Æ. innesi (Jousseaume, 1912), Æ. coutieri (Jousseaume, 1912) and E.

goldsmithi (DuShane, 1988).

INTRODUCTION

The East China Sea is a section of the Pacific Ocean

bordered on the north by the Yellow Sea, on the east

by the Ryukyu and Kyushu Islands, on the south by

Taiwan and on the west by China.

A review of the literature on the Epitoniidae, my

area of research interest, did not provide much

information on epitoniids found in the East China Sea.

Given the apparent lack of information on the

Epitoniidae occurring in this part of the Pacific, in

2006, when dealers began selling shells that were

trawled in the East China Sea, I began to

systematically acquire the specimens they were

offering for sale in order to compile a report on the

members of that family occurring in the region. See

Brown (2009: 21) for this report.

In the course of collecting that series of specimens

and preparation of the report, a species was recognized

as new to science. This new species is described

herein.

Abbreviations

ANSP: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

MNHN: Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris

dd: specimen(s) collected dead.

SYSTEMATICS

Family EPITONIIDAE S. S. Berry, 1910

Genus Epitonium Rôding, 1798

Type species: Turbo scalaris Linnaeus,

(Subsequent designation by Suter, 1913)

1758

Epitonium yangi n. Sp.

Figs. 1-3

Type material. Holotype ANSP 423044, length 16.1

mm, width 8.4 mm. Paratypes: ANSP 423045, length

11.2 mm, width 5.9 mm, ANSP 423046, length 16.7

mm, Width 8.7 mm; ANSP 423047, length 15.3 mm,

width 7.9 mm.

Type locality. East China Sea, in 150 m.

Material Examined. East China Sea, trawled, 150 m,

sand bottom, 1dd (holotype). East China Sea, trawled,

180 m, 1dd (paratype ANSP 423045). East China Sea,

trawled, 1dd (paratype- ANSP 423046). East China

Sea, trawled, 180 m, Idd (paratype ANSP 423047).

East China Sea, Zhejiang Province, China, trawled, up

to 130 m, Idd, in the author’s collection. East China

Sea, trawled, 150 m, 1 dd, in the author’s collection.

Distribution. East China Sea, 130-180 m (shell

only).

Description. Shell up to 16.7 mm in length,

pyramidal (width/length ratio 0.52 to 0.56); 3-3.5

conical, glassy protoconch whorls with dark line

below suture; teleoconch of up to 7 convex whorls;

sutures deep, narrowly fenestrate. Axial costae thin,

low, erect, prosocline, discontinuous, with weak

coronation close to suture; 17 to 25 costae on last

whorl. Intervals between costae with thin, low,

tabulate spiral lirae, narrower than interspaces on

abapical whorls. Number of spiral lirae on

penultimate whorl ranging from 25 on the holotype

(16.1 mm in length), to 20 on first paratype (11.2 mm

in length) and 38 on second paratype (16.7 mm in

length). On abapical whorls, microscopic axial and

spiral threads present in spaces between stronger spiral

striae. Umbilicus wide, open; aperture ovate, with a

thin peristome; auricle slightly expanded; shell white:

operculum unknown.

Remarks. Kilburn (1985: 324) used the subgenus

Asperiscala for spirally sculptured species with

peaked costae and partial uncoiling that are bulbous

and have a widely open umbilicus. Epitonium yangi is

one of three species from the East China that fit these

criteria. The other two species are Æ. spyridion

Kilburn, 1985 and EÆ. vestale (Hinds, 1844).

Epitonium yangi can be separated from Æ. spyridion

(Figs. 4-5) by the more numerous, thinner costae that

are only slightly reflected and that have peaks set

closer to the sutures. In addition, the costae on E.

vangi are discontinuous on the abapical whorls,

L.G. BROWN

whereas on Æ. spyridion the costae are continuous

rom whorl to whorl. Moreover, in the case of E

spyridion, the intercostal spaces are noticeably

cancellate due to the combination of axial and spiral

ines lhis cancellate sculpture 1s easily seen in

paratype 1985: 323,

Epitonium vangi has an intercostal sculpture

with

Kilburn’s photograph of the

12.147).

consisting of

numerous, fine spiral lines

microscopie axial and spiral threads in the spaces

between the spiral lines, resulting in a much finer, less

cancellate sculpture compared to the strongly

cancellate sculpture in the intercostal spaces of Æ.

spyridion. While the three examples of Æ. vangi with

an intact protoconch have 3 - 3.5 whorls and a dark

line below the suture, the protoconch of Æ. spyridion

EÉpitonium yangi n.sp.

has 4.5 whorls, and the dark line 1s not visible on the

protoconch of Kilburn’s figured specimens, nor is it

mentioned in the description.

Epitonium vestale (Hinds, 1844) (Figs. 6-7), another

species with which Æ. yangi can be confused, also

occurs in the East China Sea. It can be distinguished

from Æ. yangi by being more acuminate, rather than

pyramidal, by thin, rather than

prosocline costae and by having strong spiral cords on

the abapical whorls, instead of the more numerous,

much weaker spiral cords of E. yangi.

Two other Indo-Pacific species with somewhat similar

shell characters are Æ. innesi (Jousseaume, 1912) and

1912) from Aden and

having erect,

E. coutieri (Jousseaume,

Djibouti.

Figures 1-7

1-3. Epitonium yangi n. sp., length 16.1 mm, width 8.4 mm, East China Sea, trawled, 150 m, sand bottom,

Holotype (ANSP 423044); 4-5. Epitonium spyridion Kïlburn, 1985, length 10.4 mm, width 5.4 mm, East China

Sea, Zhejiang Province, China, trawled up to 130 m. (Brown collection No. 930); 6-7. Epitonium vestale (Hinds,

1844), length 10.7 mm, width 4.8 mm, East China Sea, trawled in about 130 to 230 m. (Brown collection No.

900).

L.G. BROWN

NOVAPEX 11(2-3): 79-81, 10 juin 2010

Epitonium innesi can be differentiated from Æ. yangi

by the continuous costae that have coronations set

much further from the suture and give the teleoconch

whorls a stepped appearance. This character is

evident in the photographs of syntypes at MNHN,

shown at :

http://dsiphoto.mnhn.fr/malaco/TYPEMBR/epitoniida

e/4281.jpg. Also see Kaicher (1981: card 3077).

Epitonium coutieri has continuous costae similar to

those of £. innesi, as well as less numerous intercostal

spiral cords than Æ. yangi. A photograph of the

syntype can be seen at :

http://dsiphoto.mnhn.fr/malaco/TY PEMBR/epitoniida

e/4233.jpg.

Epitonium goldsmithi (DuShane, 1988) is more

acuminate than Æ. yangi and has a skewed protoconch.

See DuShane (1988:268, figs. 3, 4).

Etymology. Named for Hao Yang, a shell dealer from

Fujian Province, China who provided the holotype.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I want to thank Dr. Emilio Garcia, University of

Louisiana at Lafayette, who examined examples of the

species described herein and provided me with his

comments, Amanda Lawless, ANSP, Philadelphia, PA

who photographed the holotype, Patrick Sweeney,

Peabody Museum of Natural History, New Haven, CT

who photographed the other illustrated specimens,

Lawrence Gall, Peabody Museum of Natural History,

New Haven, CT who prepared the plate and Bruce

Neville, Texas À & M University who provided

copies of papers listed in the bibliography.

REFERENCES

Brown, L. 2009. Report on the Epitoniidae of the East

China Sea. American Conchologist 37(2): 21-25.

DuShane, H. 1988. New Hawaïian species of

Epitoniidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda). The Veliger

31(3-4):267-271, 7 figs.

Kaicher, S.D. 1981. Card Catalogue of world-wide

shells. Pack # 30, Epitoniidae Part II (1981).

published by the author, St. Petersburg, Florida.

Kilburn, R. N. 1985. The family Epitoniidae

(Mollusca: Gastropoda) in southern Africa and

Mozambique. Annals of the Natal Museum 27(1):

239—337.

EL |

CET LT dr

me: DOS = LÀ

+ ee 4 de À]

. _ :

SJ ns , d

er” _

RS >

_ e

Das =

men fore

ne ©

rem 1

D _ PORT

- Se Las -